TOSHIBA 823T Instruction manual
PDF
Download
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
Using This Manual 1 Basic Operations 2 Call 3 Messaging 4 Internet 5 TV 6 Camera/Picture 7 Editing Media Player/S! Appli 8 Tools 9 Communication 10 Services Security 11 File Transfer/Backup 12 Customization 13 Appendix 14 Getting Started Manual Overview Contents ......................................................................→ Chapter Contents: First page of each chapter ................→ Page vi Function & Service Search Contents ......................................................................→ Index: Try searching by various terms.............................→ Page vi Objective Search Objective Search...........................................................→ Index ...........................................................................→ Page ii Feature Search Feature Search .............................................................→ Contents ......................................................................→ Page iv Display Indicators Display Indicators .........................................................→ Menu Operations .........................................................→ Page 1-4 Solving Problems Troubleshooting ...........................................................→ Warranty & After Sales Service ......................................→ Page 14-7 Page 1-1 to 14-1 Page 14-32 Page 14-32 Page vi Page 2-2 Page 14-45 i 823T824T̲web̲00.indd i 08.8.13 3:16:18 PM Objective Search Checking Handset Number Using Handset Phone Number/Mail Address Customizing handset address can help reduce spam. Checking Your Phone Number ⇒ Page 3-3 Customizing Handset Address ⇒ Page 4-3 Ringtone Customizing Handset Downloading Chaku-Uta® Select a music file, movie file or Chaku-Uta ® from ringtone settings. Download your favorite songs from the ChakuUta® site. Ringtone ⇒ Page 13-11 Obtaining Music and Videos ⇒ Page 8-3 Basic Operations Making Calls Using keys and accessing functions. Make voice/video calls. Use call functions such as Speed Dial or Answering Machine. Softkeys and Multi Selector ⇒ Page xi Menu Operations ⇒ Page 2-2 Voice Call ⇒ Page 3-4 Video Call ⇒ Page 3-7 Understanding Basics Watching TV Using Advanced Features Customizing Mail Address Check your phone number on handset. Listening to Music Watch One Seg Digital TV on handset. No additional fees required. Use Media Player to listen to downloaded music. TV ⇒ Page 6-2 Media Player ⇒ Page 8-2 ii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd ii 08.8.13 3:16:20 PM Saving Address to Handset Sharing Address with Friends Sharing Address via Infrared Saving your new address to My Details is convenient for exchanging information with others. Share your new address by sending a message to multiple addresses simultaneously. Share your e-mail address by infrared transfer. Save your e-mail address prior to transfer. My Details ⇒ Page 3-12 Sending Messages ⇒ Page 4-4, Page 4-6 Adding Recipients ⇒ Page 4-13 Infrared ⇒ Page 12-14 Wallpaper Changing Font Size Set images captured with handset camera as wallpaper. Change font size for menus and web pages. Font color pattern can also be changed. Wallpaper ⇒ Page 2-7 Setting Font Size ⇒ Page 13-5, Page 13-21 Text Entry S! Mail/SMS Accessing the Mobile Internet Enter text when creating Phone Book entries or messages. Select S! Mail or SMS according to your purpose. Use Yahoo! Keitai to access Mobile Internet sites tailored for SoftBank customers. Text Entry ⇒ Page 2-10 S! Mail ⇒ Page 4-4 SMS ⇒ Page 4-6 Yahoo! Keitai ⇒ Page 5-3 Digital Camera/Digital Video Using Handset as a Gaming Device Shoot pictures and videos with handset camera. Play preinstalled S! Appli games or download games from Yahoo! Keitai. Taking Pictures ⇒ Page 7-3 Recording Videos ⇒ Page 7-5 S! Appli ⇒ Page 8-8 iii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd iii 08.8.13 3:16:21 PM Feature Search 823T/824T Features SoftBank Features Convenient Features PC-related Features One Seg TV Bluetooth® Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for mobile phones and information terminals. You can also browse data broadcasts and use view timer. Files can be transferred using Bluetooth ® communication. ➡Page 6-2 ➡Page 12-5 Yahoo! Keitai Sites A special portal site for SoftBank handsets is available to enhance your Internet browsing experience. ➡Page 5-3 Phone Book/S! Addressbook Back-up Graphic Mail/Feeling Mail Send Graphic Mail (HTML mail) or Feeling Mail. ➡Page 4-5 Alarm/Event Schedule Save contact information to Phone Book and back up data on S! Addressbook Server. Use the alarm to wake you in the morning. Save and manage event schedule on Calendar that can be interfaced with phone/mail functions. ➡Page 2-16, Page 12-12 ➡Page 9-4, Page 9-14 PC Site Browser Document Viewer View PC-based websites with PC Site Browser. Microsoft® Office Word, Excel and PDF files are all viewable on handset. This is especially useful for business people. ➡Page 5-4 ➡Page 9-20 iv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd iv 08.8.13 3:16:21 PM 1.96 Megapixel Camera microSD Memory Card Electronic Books Handset is equipped with a 1.96 megapixel camera. Handset supports compact high-capacity microSD memory cards. This makes exchanging files with a PC quick and easy. Use BookSurfing® to read e-books. ➡Page 7-2 ➡Page 2-24 ➡Page 9-21 S! Town/S! Loop/S! Information Channel S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk These SoftBank-only communication services allow you to enjoy virtual community, exchange information with friends or subscribe to various information services. These two functions facilitate communication. Send your mood/availability to your friends and check their statuses, or talk to a group of people. Use the GPS function to check your position on a map. This function can also guide you to your destination. ➡Page 9-19, Page 10-2 ➡Page 10-3, Page 10-6 ➡Page 9-10 Barcode Reader Voice Recorder S! GPS Navi Optional Services Access a variety of information such as e-mail addresses and URLs using QR codes. Use handset as a recorder. Save recordings to microSD memory card. A complete line of services, including Call Forwarding and Voice Mail meet your phone needs. ➡Page 9-22 ➡Page 9-9 ➡Page 3-10 Card Reader Mode for use with PC Media Player for use with PC Use the optional USB cable to connect handset to a PC and access microSD memory card data from the PC. Use Card Reader mode to transfer music on a PC to microSD memory card in handset. Handset can be used as a portable music player. ➡Page 2-24, Page 12-9 ➡Page 8-2, Page 12-8 v 823T824T̲web̲00.indd v 08.8.13 3:16:22 PM Contents Introduction .........................................viii Package Contents ................................. ix Using This Manual .................................. x Safety Precautions ................................ xii Trademarks and Patents .................... xxxii SAR .................................................. xxxv 1 Getting Started Handset Parts & Functions .................. 1-2 Display Indicators ............................... 1-4 Charging Battery ................................ 1-7 Power On/Off ................................... 1-10 Date & Time ..................................... 1-11 About Mobile Manners..................... 1-12 Codes .............................................. 1-14 2 Basic Operations Menu Operations ............................... 2-2 Simple Mode ...................................... 2-5 Wallpaper/Active Window................... 2-7 Text Entry ......................................... 2-10 Word List (Japanese) ........................ 2-15 Phone Book ..................................... 2-16 Data Folder ...................................... 2-21 Memory Card ................................... 2-24 Advanced Features ........................... 2-26 3 Call Making Calls ...................................... 3-2 Voice Call........................................... 3-4 Video Call .......................................... 3-7 Call Log ............................................. 3-9 Optional Services.............................. 3-10 Advanced Features ........................... 3-12 4 Messaging View Timer ......................................... 6-6 Advanced Features ............................. 6-7 7 Camera/Picture Editing Camera .............................................. 7-2 Taking Pictures ................................... 7-3 Recording Videos................................ 7-5 Camera Functions .............................. 7-7 Picture Editing .................................... 7-8 Advanced Features ........................... 7-10 Messaging ......................................... 4-2 Sending Messages.............................. 4-4 8 Media Player/S! Appli Incoming Messages ............................ 4-8 Playing Music and Videos ................... 8-2 Organizing/Using Messages.............. 4-10 Playlists.............................................. 8-7 Advanced Features ........................... 4-13 S! Appli.............................................. 8-8 Advanced Features ........................... 8-10 5 Internet Internet .............................................. 5-2 Yahoo! Keitai ..................................... 5-3 PC Site Browser.................................. 5-4 Web Page Operations ......................... 5-5 Bookmarks/Saved Pages ..................... 5-6 Advanced Features ............................. 5-7 9 Tools Tools .................................................. 9-2 Calendar/Tasks ................................... 9-4 Time Table .......................................... 9-7 Notepad ............................................ 9-8 Voice Recorder ................................... 9-9 S! GPS Navi ..................................... 9-10 6 TV Idokoro Mail .................................... 9-12 TV...................................................... 6-2 Alarms ............................................. 9-14 Watching TV....................................... 6-3 World Clock ..................................... 9-15 vi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd vi 08.8.12 4:06:48 PM Calculator/Dictionary ........................ 9-16 Kitchen Timer ................................... 9-17 S! Quick News ................................. 9-18 S! Information Channel .................... 9-19 Document Viewer ............................. 9-20 Electronic Books ............................... 9-21 Barcode Reader ................................ 9-22 Ku-man's Room (Japanese)............... 9-23 Advanced Features ........................... 9-24 10 Communication Services S! Town (Japanese)/S! Loop (Japanese) .. 10-2 S! Friend's Status ............................. 10-3 S! Circle Talk .................................... 10-6 Advanced Features ........................... 10-9 11 Security Changing Handset Code................... 11-2 Prohibiting/Limiting Use ................... 11-3 Advanced Features ........................... 11-5 12 File Transfer/Backup Infrared ............................................ 12-2 Bluetooth® ....................................... 12-4 PC Connection ................................. 12-8 Memory Card Backup ..................... 12-10 S! Addressbook Back-up................. 12-12 Advanced Features ......................... 12-14 Default Settings.............................. 14-24 Glossary ......................................... 14-31 13 Customization Index ............................................. 14-32 Display Settings ................................ 13-2 Warranty & After Sales Service ........ 14-45 Incoming Event Settings ................... 13-9 Customer Service............................ 14-46 Sound Settings ............................... 13-11 Mail Settings .................................. 13-14 Internet Settings ............................. 13-19 Call Settings ................................... 13-22 Camera Settings ............................. 13-25 TV Settings..................................... 13-28 Media Player Settings ..................... 13-31 S! Appli Settings............................. 13-32 Reset ............................................. 13-33 Text Entry/Phone Book ................... 13-34 File Transfer .................................... 13-36 Various Tools .................................. 13-38 Communications ............................ 13-44 14 Appendix USIM Card ....................................... 14-2 Battery ............................................. 14-4 Software Update .............................. 14-6 Troubleshooting ............................... 14-7 Text Entry Keys ................................. 14-9 Simple Mode Function List .............. 14-11 Specifications ................................. 14-17 vii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd vii 08.8.12 4:06:49 PM Introduction Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 823T/SoftBank 824T handset. 7 To ensure proper usage, read this manual thoroughly before using SoftBank 823T/824T handset. 7 After reading this manual, retain it for later reference. 7 If this manual is lost or damaged, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). 7 Accessible services may be limited because of contract conditions. SoftBank 823T/824T handset is compatible with the 3G system. Caution ・ Unauthorized copying of any part of this manual is prohibited. ・ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. ・ Steps have been taken to ensure the accuracy of descriptions in this manual. If you find inaccurate or missing information, contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (page 14-46). User Guide (Japanese) and Start Book (Japanese) included in the package are also available online from SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website: http://www.softbank.jp/mb/r/support/823t/ http://www.softbank.jp/mb/r/support/824t/ viii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd viii 08.8.12 4:06:49 PM Package Contents 7Handset 7Battery (TSBAV1) 7Battery Cover 7Start Book (Japanese) 7User Guide (Japanese) 7First Step Guide 1 2 7Utility Software for 823T/824T (CD-ROM)* * *1 Complimentary sample not available for purchase. *2 Utility Software updates/upgrades may become available via SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp) without prior notification. Please check for the newest versions of Utility Software and download as required. 7 Use only SoftBank specified AC Charger (sold separately) to charge battery. 7 For information about AC Charger and other accessories, contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (page 14-46). 7 Battery is available for separate purchase. 7 Handset accepts microSD Memory Card (not included). Purchase microSD Memory Card to use related functions. 7 microSD Memory Card is referred to as "memory card" in this manual. 7 USB cable (not included) can be used with handset. Purchase a SoftBank specified USB cable to use related functions. ix 823T824T̲web̲00.indd ix 08.8.12 4:06:49 PM Using This Manual In this manual, SoftBank 823T/824T is referred to as "handset." Chapters Chapter 1 "Getting Started": Basic handset information. Chapter 2 "Basic Operations": Basic handset operations. Chapters 3 to 12: Handset functions. Each chapter starts with basic operation descriptions, followed by advanced operation descriptions. Chapter 13 "Customization": Handset settings. Chapter 14 "Appendix": Default settings, Index, etc. More Features Advanced features are listed under this icon. Refer to the indicated page to access "Advanced Features" at the end of the chapter. Creating Messages (Epage 4-13) Message Creation Settings (Epage 13-14) • Add Recipients to Simple Input List Available settings are listed here. Go to indicated page in Chapter 13 "Customization" for description. Symbols ➡ , ➡ and E navigate you to the next action/item. Press Center Key [ to confirm your selection. Some operations are described in an abbreviated format. Screenshots and Keys Screenshots and key graphics are simplified to facilitate explanation. Actual appearance may differ. Japanese Functions & Services x When "(Japanese)" appears in a title, Japanese ability is required to use full range of function and service. 823T824T̲web̲00.indd x 08.8.12 4:06:49 PM Softkeys Multi Selector Use Softkeys to perform operations indicated at the bottom of Display. The following notations are used to indicate Multi Selector operations. Notation/Operation OK Menu A Press up B Press down D • Press J to select OK. • Press K to access Option menu. • Softkey operations vary by the current function. • In this manual, Softkey operations are described as below. ➡jJ (OK) / ➡jJ/ ➡kK Press left C Press right [ Press center Function Enables Active Window operations* Increases volume Moves cursor up Accesses Phone Book* Decreases volume Moves cursor down Accesses Dialed* Moves cursor left Accesses Received* Moves cursor right Accesses Main Menu Confirms the selected item or performs the selected operation Acts as the camera shutter-release * Functions accessible from Standby can be changed by changing Multi Selector shortcuts (page 2-3). xi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xi 08.8.12 4:06:50 PM Safety Precautions • To ensure proper usage, be sure to read the Safety Precautions thoroughly before using your handset. Always keep this manual available for future reference. • Be sure to follow the safety information contained in the instruction manuals and indicated on the product to prevent injury to the user and other persons, as well as damage to property. • When a child uses handset, it is recommended that a parent or guardian reads the instruction manuals thoroughly and provides proper instructions to the child. • The following describes the meaning of safety symbols and signal words. Be sure to understand their meanings before proceeding to read this manual. Symbols Symbol Meaning indicates a prohibited action. The prohibited action is indicated graphically or described in text in or near the symbol. indicates a compulsory action that must be carried out. The compulsory action is indicated graphically or described in text in or near the symbol. Pictographs Pictograph 2 Injury includes wounds, burns and electric shock not requiring hospitalization or long-term medical treatment. 3 Damage to property includes extensive damage to homes and household property, as well as livestock and pets. Meaning Danger Indicates an imminently hazardous operation that could result in death or serious injury1 of the user. Warning Indicates a potentially hazardous operation that could result in death or serious injury1 of the user. Indicates a potentially hazardous operation that could Caution result in minor or moderate injury2 to the user or damage to property3. 1 Serious injury includes loss of sight, wounds, high temperature burns, low temperature burns (burns causing reddish areas, blistering and other damage to the skin as a result of heat exceeding the body temperature contacting your skin for a prolonged time), electric shock, fractures and poisoning requiring hospitalization or long-term medical treatment. xii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xii 08.8.12 4:06:53 PM Limitation of Liability • SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any damages arising from natural disasters such as earthquakes, lightning, storms and floods, as well as fires through no fault of SoftBank and Toshiba, acts by third parties, other accidents, improper use by the user, whether intentionally or negligently, or use under other abnormal conditions. • SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for incidental damages arising out of the use or inability to use the product, including, but not limited to, corruption or loss of data, lost business revenue or suspension of business operations. • SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any damages arising from improper use not conforming to the instructions in the instruction manuals. • SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any damages arising from malfunctions caused by use in combination with connection equipment or software that is not authorized for use by SoftBank and Toshiba. • Image data recorded with the camera, downloaded data and other data may be corrupted or lost due to malfunction, repair or other improper handling of the product. SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for the restoration of corrupted or lost data, as well as any damages or lost revenue and profits. • SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for corruption or loss of stored data resulting from failures or malfunctions of the product, regardless of the cause. Be sure to keep a separate memo of important data to limit damage caused by data corruption or loss to a minimum. Danger Do not disassemble, modify or repair handset, battery, charger (sold separately) or Stereo EarphoneMicrophone (sold separately) Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire, electric shock, injury or malfunction. Modification of handset is prohibited by Japanese Radio Law. For repair, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46). Do not dispose of handset, battery, charger (sold separately) and Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) in a fire or expose them to heat If they are exposed to water, do not dry them artificially in heating equipment (microwave oven, etc.) Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction. Do not charge, use or leave handset, battery, charger (sold separately) or Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) in hot places such as near a fire or heater Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction. xiii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xiii 08.8.12 4:06:54 PM Safety Precautions Danger Do not expose handset, battery, charger (sold separately) and Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) to fluids such as water, perspiration or seawater Do not leave them outdoors, in a bathroom or wherever water or any other fluid is used Do not place them near cups, vases or other containers of fluids Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire, electric shock or malfunction. If handset is dropped accidentally in water or any other fluid, immediately turn off handset and remove the battery. If handset, battery or charger is exposed to fluids such as water during charging, remove the power plug from the outlet immediately. Do not charge the wet battery. If the battery gets wet, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46). Do not use excessive force when inserting the battery into handset or connecting handset to the charger (sold separately) Do not connect any cords with reverse polarity Doing so may cause the battery to leak, rupture, overheat or catch fire, as well as cause electric shock or malfunction. Do not use a battery other than one supplied with or designated for handset Do not use the battery for any other handset Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction. Use the charger (sold separately) designated for handset to charge the battery Use the charger (sold separately) only for charging handset's battery Failing to do so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction. If electrolyte fluid leaking from the battery comes into contact with your skin or clothes, wash it immediately with clean water as this may hurt your body And if it gets into your eyes, do not rub them, and have them immediately treated by an ophthalmologist after washing them with clean water If the fluid sticks to the equipment, wipe it out without touching it directly If the fluid is left as it is, your skin may get irritated or there may be fear of losing your sight. Do not touch the battery terminal (metal parts) with any metal objects (necklace, hairpin, etc.) Doing so may cause the battery to overheat, rupture or catch fire, as well as the metal object to overheat. xiv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xiv 08.8.12 4:06:54 PM Warning Do not use handset while driving Do not make or receive a call and do not use other functions (messaging, game, camera, TV, video, music, Mobile Light, etc.) Doing so may cause a traffic accident. Use of handset while driving is prohibited by law. Before using handset, stop the vehicle in a safe area where parking is permitted. Turn off handset while you are near any precision electronic equipment Radio waves may adversely affect the operation of electronic equipment. Examples of such equipment: medical electronic equipment such as cardiac pacemakers and hearing aids or fire alarms and automatic doors. If you use medical electronic equipment, consult with the equipment manufacturer or distributor about the influence of radio waves. Be sure to turn off your SoftBank handset before entering places such as gas stations where flammable gases may be produced Also do not charge handset in those places The gases may be ignited. Remove the power plug from the outlet if AC Charger (sold separately) is not to be used for a long period of time or before cleaning Failing to do so may cause an electric shock, fire or malfunction. Do not swing handset by its strap, TV Antenna, USB cable (sold separately), Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately) or Stereo EarphoneMicrophone (sold separately) Doing so may cause an injury, accident or damage. Turn off handset wherever its use is prohibited such as on an aircraft Failing to do so may adversely affect the operation of electronic equipment and cause an accident. Use of handset on an aircraft is prohibited by law. Check your surroundings to confirm that it is safe to make/receive calls, send/receive messages, take pictures, record videos or watch TV Failing to do so may cause you to trip over or cause a traffic accident. xv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xv 08.8.12 4:06:55 PM Safety Precautions Warning Do not use handset with any power voltage other than the specified voltage Doing so may cause a fire. The power voltages are 100 to 240 V AC for AC Charger (sold separately) and 12 or 24 V DC (for a negative ground car only) for In-Car Charger (sold separately). Wipe away any dust on the plug of AC Charger (sold separately) with a dry cloth after removing the plug from the outlet Dust on the plug or outlet may cause a fire. Follow the instructions below when installing and wiring in-vehicle devices ・Make sure that devices do not interfere with driving and safety equipment such as airbags ・Make sure that wires are not caught in seatbelt buckles, doors or other moving parts Any wire caught around a foot, brake pedal, accelerator pedal, etc. may interfere with driving and cause a traffic accident. If any part of an in-vehicle device drops onto the floor, it may startle you into abrupt braking or steering, leading to a traffic accident. When thunder is heard outside, stop using handset immediately Turn off handset and do not touch it Failing to do so may attract lightning and cause electric shock. When thunder is heard, stop using handset and move to a safe place such as inside a building. If the battery fails to charge in the specified time, stop charging immediately Failing to do so may cause overheating, rupturing or fire. Contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46). When inserting the plug of AC Charger (sold separately) into an AC household outlet, make sure that a metal strap or any other metal object does not touch the plug Failing to do so may cause electric shock, short circuit or fire. xvi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xvi 08.8.12 4:06:56 PM Warning If something unusual happens to handset, battery or charger (sold separately); for example, it emits smoke or an unusual odor or is damaged, perform the following steps immediately 1. If the battery is charging, unplug AC Charger (sold separately) from the AC household outlet or unplug In-Car Charger (sold separately) from the cigarette lighter socket. 2. Make sure that handset is not hot, then turn it off and remove the battery. Failing to do so and continuing use (charging) may cause the battery to overheat, rupture or catch fire or handset to overheat. If something unusual happens, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46). Do not drop handset or battery or subject it to excessive shock Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction. Do not sit down with handset in your trousers pocket Excess weight may damage Display, battery or other parts resulting in overheating, fire or injury. If handset is used near an implanted cardiac pacemaker, defibrillator or other electronic medical equipment, radio waves may interfere with such a device or equipment Observe the following guidelines 1. If you have an implanted cardiac pacemaker or defibrillator, carry and use handset at a distance of at least 22 centimeters away from the implanted device. 2. Turn off handset in crowded places such as packed trains because a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or defibrillator may be nearby. Radio waves can interfere with the operation of a cardiac pacemaker or other medical device. 3. Follow the precautions below in medical institutions. ・Do not bring handset into an operating room, intensive care unit or coronary care unit. ・Turn off handset in a hospital ward. ・Turn off handset in a lobby or other location close to medical equipment. ・Observe the instructions of individual medical institutions and do not use handset in or bring it into prohibited areas. xvii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xvii 08.8.12 4:06:57 PM Safety Precautions Warning 4. When using electronic medical devices other than an implanted cardiac pacemaker or defibrillator outside of medical institutions (such as at home), consult with the individual medical device manufacturer about the possible influence of radio waves. The above information conforms to "The Guidelines on Use of Mobile Phones and Other Devices to Prevent Electromagnetic Wave Interference with Electronic Medical Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference Japan), as well as refers to "The Investigative Research Report on the Influence of Electromagnetic Waves on Medical Equipment" (Association of Radio Industries and Businesses, March 2001). Do not use AC Charger (sold separately) with any power supply other than a 100 to 240 V AC household power supply Doing so may result in a fire, as well as cause the charger to overheat, catch fire or malfunction. xviii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xviii 08.8.12 4:06:57 PM Caution Do not use or leave handset or battery in places where it will be exposed to direct sunlight or in hot places such as inside a car in the sun Doing so may cause overheating, fire or malfunction. Keep handset, battery and charger (sold separately) away from infants and small children Failing to do so may result in the battery or memory card being accidentally swallowed or cause an injury. Make sure that the terminals (metal parts) of the charger (sold separately) do not come into contact with wires or other metal objects Failing to do so may cause overheating or burns. Do not pull the cord when unplugging AC Charger (sold separately) or In-Car Charger (sold separately) from an AC household outlet or socket Damage to the cord may cause electric shock, overheating or fire. Hold the plug when unplugging the AC Charger (sold separately) or In-Car Charger (sold separately). Do not pull, bend with excessive force or twist the cords of AC Charger (sold separately) and In-Car Charger Do not damage or modify them Do not place objects on them Do not apply heat and keep them away from heaters Damage to a cord may cause electric shock, overheating or fire. Do not plug or unplug AC Charger (sold separately) with wet hands Doing so may cause electric shock or malfunction. Keep magnetic cards away from handset and make sure that a magnetic card is not trapped when closing handset Failing to do so may cause the magnetic data on a cash card, credit card, telephone card or floppy disk to be lost. Do not use handset in a vehicle if it affects in-vehicle electronic devices Use of handset in some types of vehicles may, in some rare cases, affect in-vehicle electronic devices and interfere with safe driving. xix 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xix 08.8.12 4:06:58 PM Safety Precautions Caution Do not place handset on an unstable or unlevel surface Doing so may result in handset falling and causing injury or malfunction. Be particularly careful when vibration is set. Do not dispose of the used battery with ordinary garbage Insulate the terminal with tape and then dispose of the used battery separately from ordinary garbage or take it to your nearest SoftBank Shop. Be sure to observe local regulations on the separate collection of used batteries, wherever applicable. Do not touch handset with sweaty hands or place it into a pocket of sweaty clothes Sweat and humidity may erode the internal components of handset and cause overheating or malfunction. If the fuse for In-Car Charger (sold separately) blows, replace it with a designated fuse Replacing the fuse with other than a designated fuse may cause overheating and fire. For details on replacing the fuse, refer to the instruction manual of In-Car Charger (sold separately). Use handset in well-lighted places and with an appropriate distance between your eyes and its screen when you watch TV Failing to do so may cause decreased vision. Do not leave TV Antenna extended except when using TV Talking on handset without stowing TV Antenna may cause injury. Do not use In-Car Charger (sold separately) when the car engine is not running Doing so may result in a flat battery. xx 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xx 08.8.12 4:06:59 PM Caution If your skin becomes irritated, immediately stop using handset and consult with a dermatologist The following materials and surface treatments have been used for handset. Some of these materials may cause itching, irritation, eczema, etc. in some rare cases depending on the individual's constitution and physical condition. Part Outer housing (front face of Display side) Outer housing (external side of upper section) Outer housing (hinge cover) Outer housing (keypad side) Outer housing (external side of lower section) Outer housing (external panel of upper section) Outer housing (battery cover) Display panel External Display panel Screw covers (above Display panel) External panel of lower section (battery cover side) Clearance retainer on internal face of lower section Keypad Side Key Camera panel Infrared Port Material (Surface Treatment) 823T 824T Magnesium alloy (acrylic baking coating) Magnesium alloy (acrylic baking coating) PC resin (deposition, UV cured acrylic coating) PC resin (discontinuous deposition) (stereoscopic print) PC resin (deposition, UV cured acrylic coating) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) (stereoscopic print) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) PC resin (discontinuous deposition) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) PC resin (integral moulding of synthetic leather) − PC resin (integral moulding of synthetic leather) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Tempered glass with polyester film (UV cured Tempered glass with polyester film (UV cured acrylic processing) acrylic processing) PC resin (discontinuous deposition) − PET film PET film PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Acrylic urethane resin Acrylic urethane resin PC resin (SUS plate, silicone rubber) PC resin (SUS plate, silicone rubber) PC resin (deposition) PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Acrylic resin Acrylic resin Acrylic resin Acrylic resin xxi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxi 08.8.12 4:07:00 PM Safety Precautions Caution Part Memory Card Slot cover External Device Port cover Charger Terminals Screws TV Antenna fixation tab TV Antenna (top part) TV Antenna (base part) TV Antenna (connection part) TV Antenna (hinge part) Strap pin Material (Surface Treatment) 823T 824T Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Stainless steel (gold plating, nickel undercoat) Stainless steel (gold plating, nickel undercoat) Steel (nickel coating) Steel (nickel coating) POM resin POM resin ABS resin (discontinuous deposition) ABS resin (UV cured acrylic coating) ABS resin (discontinuous deposition) ABS resin (UV cured acrylic coating) PA resin PA resin Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel xxii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxii 08.8.12 4:07:00 PM Caution Before using handset, make sure that no metal objects (such as pins) are stuck to the earpiece or speaker Failing to do so may result in a metal object causing an ear or hand injury, etc. If you have a weak heart, be careful with the call vibration and ringtone volume settings Failing to do so may startle you and may be harmful to your heart. Do not use Mobile Light for purposes other than taking pictures, recording videos or lighting Doing so may harm the eyes and cause impaired vision or other injury. Make sure things like paper, cloth and bedding are not placed on handset during a video call or while charging using a USB connection, In-Car Charger (sold separately), AC Charger (sold separately), etc. Failing to do so may cause overheating, fire, burns or malfunction. Do not turn the volume up too high while using Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) Do not use Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) continuously for long periods of time Exposure to high sound levels may impair hearing and prolonged use may cause hearing defect regardless of the volume level. Sound leakage may annoy other people and surrounding sounds may not be heard clearly resulting in an accident. Do not insert objects other than the memory card into Memory Card Slot Doing so may cause overheating, electric shock or malfunction. Cover the slot with the cover at times other than when you are inserting or removing the memory card. Keep your face away from Memory Card Slot when inserting or removing the memory card Keep the memory card out of the reach of small children If the memory card is let go of suddenly, it may fly out and hit your face resulting in injury. Do not subject the memory card to vibration or shock or remove it from the slot or turn off handset while data is being written to or read from the memory card Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction. xxiii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxiii 08.8.12 4:07:00 PM Safety Precautions Caution Use only the memory card supported by handset Failing to do so may cause data loss or malfunction. Handset supports memory cards with a storage capacity of up to 2 GB (as of May 2008). Do not let children use cables such as USB cable (sold separately), Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately) and Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) unsupervised and keep cables out of infant's reach An injury may be caused if, for instance, the cable is wrapped around a neck. Use only a USIM Card designated for handset Failing to do so may cause data loss or malfunction. Do not bend TV Antenna with excessive force Doing so may result in damage or distortion of TV Antenna and cause injury. Be careful not to trap your fingers or objects when closing handset and not to trap your fingers in the hinge when opening handset Failing to do so may cause injury or damage to the LCD Display. Do not point the infrared beam at anyone’s eye during infrared communication Doing so may cause eye damage. Do not use Mobile Light close to eyes Doing so may cause eye damage. Be especially careful not to take pictures or record videos with Mobile Light too close to the eyes of infants. Do not use excessive force when inserting or removing USIM Card Doing so may cause a malfunction. Be careful not to injure a hand or finger when removing the card. xxiv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxiv 08.8.12 4:07:01 PM General Notes Using Your Handset • Handset employs radio waves. Signals may be disrupted even within service areas if you are indoors, underground, inside a tunnel or inside a vehicle. If you move to a location with poor signal reception, a call or the TV image/sound may be suddenly cut off. • When using handset in public places, take care not to annoy other people around you. Use of handset is prohibited in some public places such as in theaters or on buses and trains. • Handset is a radio transceiver under Japanese Radio Law. You may be requested to submit handset for inspection based on this law. • Use of handset near a landline phone, TV or radio may affect the image and sound quality of the equipment. • Handset employs a digital system to maintain a high level of communication quality even at very low signal levels. However, calls may be suddenly cut off when the signal strength becomes too weak. • The digital system provides a high level of privacy protection. However, the possibility of someone eavesdropping on your conversation cannot be ruled out as long as radio waves are used. • Data stored on handset may be corrupted or lost on the following occasions. ・Handset is used improperly. ・Handset is exposed to static electricity or electric noise. ・Handset is turned off during operation. ・The battery is completely discharged. ・Handset malfunctions or is sent for repairs. SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for the corruption or loss of stored data. Be sure to keep a separate memo of important data to limit damage caused by data corruption or loss to a minimum. • Be sure to charge the battery before using handset for the first time or if handset has not been used for a long time. When the battery is stored for a long time, it discharges over time even if it is not used. • Before using a memory card, read the instruction manual of the memory card thoroughly to ensure safe and proper operation. • When handset is used for extended periods of time, especially in high temperature conditions, its surface could become hot. Please use caution when touching handset under such conditions. • When certain items are taken out of the country, documentation may be required to certify that the export of the items is not controlled, prohibited, or restricted by the Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order. Basically, no such documentation is required if you take handset out of the country and bring it back for the purpose of personal use when going on vacations or short business trips. In some cases, however, an export permit may be required if handset is to be used by or transferred to anyone else. Furthermore, a US government export permit may be required when taking handset to countries for which the US government has imposed export restrictions (Cuba, North Korea, Iran, Sudan, Syria). For details on export laws, regulations and procedures, refer to the Web page of the Security Export Control Policy Division of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. • If you use a hearing aid, handset usage may interfere with hearing aid performance. If there is any interference, consult with the manufacturer or distributor of the hearing aid. xxv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxv 08.8.12 4:07:02 PM Safety Precautions Inside Vehicles • Do not use handset while driving. Use of handset while driving is prohibited by law. Talking on handset using Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) while driving may be subject to penalties in some prefectures. • Before using handset, stop the vehicle in a safe area where parking or stopping is permitted. Aboard Aircraft • Do not use handset on an aircraft. Do not turn handset on while you are on an aircraft. Use of handset on an aircraft is prohibited by law. Handling Basics • Do not use handset in extreme temperatures, direct sunlight and humid or dusty places. • Do not drop handset or subject it to excessive shock. • Synthetic leather on handset (823T) may deform, discolor or deteriorate (i.e. tear, rip, etc), or stain your clothes, etc. depending on storage/usage conditions. • To clean handset, wipe it with a dry soft cloth. Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzene or other solvents. Doing so may cause discoloration and remove the printed logo. • Avoid exposing handset to rain, snow or high humidity. Handset, battery, charger (sold separately), Stereo EarphoneMicrophone (sold separately) and other optional accessories are not waterproof. • Do not remove the battery while handset power is on to avoid malfunction. • If the battery has been removed from handset or handset has not been charged for a long time, stored data and settings may be lost or altered. SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any damage or loss resulting from such negligence. • The battery is a consumable item employing lithium ions. Replace the battery with a new one if the operation time becomes extremely short after it is fully charged. Buy a new battery designated for handset. • Do not dispose of batteries with municipal waste. Insulate the terminal with tape or place the battery in a plastic bag and take it to the nearest SoftBank Shop or recycling center. Be sure to observe local regulations on battery disposal. • Be sure to use the PULL tab when removing the battery. Removing the battery in any other way may damage the terminals (page 14-5). • Some handset display pixels may be missing or remain lit. This is not a defect or malfunction. If Display is left on for a long period of time, pictures may be permanently burned into it. • Make sure Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately) or Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) is securely plugged into Earphone Microphone Jack. Failing to do so may generate noise on the other party's phone during calls. • Do not turn the volume up too high while using Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately). Exposure to high sound levels may impair hearing and prolonged use may cause hearing damage regardless of the volume level. Sound leakage may annoy other people and surrounding sounds may not be heard clearly when walking, resulting in an accident. • When Earphone Microphone Jack, External Device Port and Memory Card Slot are not in use, make sure to replace the covers. Otherwise dust or water may enter handset causing malfunction. xxvi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxvi 08.8.12 4:07:02 PM • Hold the plug and do not pull the cord when unplugging Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately) or Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately). Pulling the cord may cause damage or malfunction. • Antenna of handset is built into the body and does not protrude. Signal sensitivity may be reduced by touching/ covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3). Do not cover this area by affixing stickers, or any other items. Doing so may prevent you from making/receiving calls, sending/receiving messages or accessing the Web. • When you replace handset or send it for repair, messages and other data stored on handset cannot be transferred to another handset. • Do not drop USIM Card or subject it to excessive shock. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • Do not bend USIM Card or place a heavy object on it. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • Do not allow USIM Card to get wet or leave it in places of high humidity. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • Do not use or leave USIM Card in hot places such as near a fire or heater. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • Avoid storing USIM Card in direct sunlight or hot and humid places. Failing to do so may cause a malfunction. • Keep USIM Card out of infants' reach. Failing to do so may result in USIM Card being accidentally swallowed or cause an injury. • Before using USIM Card, read the instruction manual of USIM Card thoroughly to ensure safe and proper operation. • Do not put handset into a bag or pocket without stowing TV Antenna. Doing so may apply excessive force on TV Antenna and result in damage. Functional Limitations • After handset upgrade or subscription cancellation, the following functions become unavailable on handset: ・Camera ・Digital TV ・Media Player ・S! Appli • Above functions may become unavailable after long periods of not using handset. Contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Mobile Camera • Be sure to observe proper etiquette when using the camera. • Do not expose the camera lens to direct sunlight. Concentrated sunlight through the lens may cause handset to malfunction. • Be sure to try taking and previewing pictures before using the camera on important occasions like wedding ceremonies. • Do not commercially use or transfer pictures taken with the camera without the permission of the copyright holder (photographer), except for personal use. • Do not use the camera in locations where taking photos and recording videos are prohibited. • Do not block the lens with your fingers, strap or TV Antenna when shooting pictures or videos. Stow TV Antenna in handset when using the camera. xxvii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxvii 08.9.2 10:59:43 AM Safety Precautions Mobile Light • Do not use Mobile Light in hot, cold or humid places. Doing so may shorten its life. • Mobile Light has a limited life. Repeated use will decrease the light intensity. Copyrights • Copyrighted materials, such as music, images, computer programs and databases, and their respective holders are protected by copyright laws. Duplication of copyrighted materials is permitted only for individual or home use. Making copies (including data conversion), modifications, transfers or network distributions of copies for purposes other than stated above without proper authorization constitutes an infringement of copyrights and moral rights, potentially resulting in claims for reparations or criminal punishment. If you use handset to make copies, observe the copyright laws. Furthermore, recording materials using the camera is also subject to the same laws. Right of Portrait • Portrait right is the right of an individual to refuse to be photographed by others and protects from the unauthorized publication or use of an individual's photograph by others. Right of personality is a portrait right applicable to all citizens and right of publicity is a portrait right (property right) designed to protect celebrities' interests. Be careful when taking pictures with handset camera. Photographing, publicizing and distributing photographs of citizens and celebrities without permission are illegal. xxviii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxviii 08.8.12 4:07:03 PM End User License Agreement TOSHIBA CORPORATION IMPORTANT NOTE: PLEASE READ BEFORE USING YOUR HANDSET BY ATTEMPTING TO USE ANY SOFTWARE ON THE SUPPLIED HANDSET THIS CONSTITUTES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE EULA TERMS. IF YOU REJECT OR DO NOT AGREE WITH ALL THE TERMS OF THIS EULA, PLEASE DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ACCESS OR USE THE SUPPLIED SOFTWARE. End User License Agreement This End User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between you (as the user) and TOSHIBA CORPORATION ("Toshiba") with regard to the copyrighted software as installed in a Toshiba 3G handset supplied to you (the "Handset"). Use or disposal of any software installed in the Handset and related documentations (the "Software") will constitute your acceptance of these terms, unless separate terms are provided by the Software supplier on the Handset, in which case certain additional or different terms may apply. If you do not agree with the terms of this EULA, do not use or dispose the Software. 1. License Grant. Toshiba grants to you a personal, nontransferable and non-exclusive right to use the Software as set out in this EULA. Modifying, adapting, translating, renting, copying, making available, transferring or assigning all or part of the Software, or any rights granted hereunder, to any other persons and removing any proprietary notices, labels or marks from the Software is strictly prohibited, except as expressly permitted in this EULA. Furthermore, you hereby agree not to create derivative works based on the Software. 2. Copyright. The Software is licensed, not sold. You acknowledge that no title to the intellectual property in the Software is or will be transferred to you. You further acknowledge that title and full ownership rights to the Software will remain the exclusive property of Toshiba, Toshiba's affiliates, and/or their suppliers, and you will not acquire any rights to the Software, except as expressly set out in this EULA. You may keep a back-up copy of the Software only so far as necessary for its lawful use. All copies of the Software must contain the same proprietary notices as contained in or on the Software and are subject to the terms of this EULA. All rights not expressly granted under this EULA are reserved to Toshiba, Toshiba's affiliates and/or their suppliers. 3. Reverse Engineering. You agree that you will not attempt, and if you are a business organization, you will use your best efforts to prevent your employees, servants and contractors from attempting to reverse engineer, decompile, modify, translate or disassemble the Software in whole or in part except to the extent that such actions cannot be excluded by mandatory applicable law and only if those actions are taken in accordance with such applicable law. Any failure to comply with the above or any other terms and conditions contained herein will result in the automatic termination of this license and the reversion of the rights granted hereunder to Toshiba. xxix 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxix 08.8.12 4:07:04 PM Safety Precautions 4. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. The Software is provided "AS IS" without warranty of any kind. TOSHIBA, TOSHIBA'S AFFILIATES, AND THEIR SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS OR OTHER TERMS (WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED), INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND TERMS OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS; AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS WITH YOU. YOU ACCEPT THAT SOFTWARE MAY NOT MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS AND NO WARRANTY CAN BE GIVEN THAT OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE. 5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT LEGALLY PERMITTED, IN NO EVENT SHALL TOSHIBA, TOSHIBA'S AFFILIATES OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES FOR (A) LOST BUSINESS OR REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS DATA; OR (B) CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (WHETHER UNDER CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF: (I) THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TOSHIBA, TOSHIBA'S AFFILIATES OR THEIR SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES; OR (II) ANY CLAIM BY A THIRD PARTY. SAVE AS SET OUT IN THIS SECTION, TOSHIBA'S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER THIS EULA SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THE SOFTWARE, IF ANY. PLEASE MAKE AND RETAIN A COPY OF ALL DATA YOU HAVE INSERTED INTO YOUR PRODUCT, FOR EXAMPLE NAMES, ADDRESSES, PHONE NUMBERS, PICTURES, RINGTONES ETC, BEFORE SUBMITTING YOUR PRODUCT FOR A WARRANTY SERVICE, AS SUCH DATA MAY BE DELETED OR ERASED AS PART OF THE REPAIR OR SERVICE PROCESS. 6. Laws. This EULA will be governed by the laws of Japan. All disputes arising out of this EULA shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Tokyo District Court. 7. Export Laws. Any use, duplication or disposal of the Software involves products and/or technical data that may be controlled under the export laws of applicable countries or region and may be subject to the approval of the applicable governmental authorities prior to export. Any export, directly or indirectly, in contravention of the export laws of applicable countries or region is prohibited. 8. Third Party Beneficiary. You agree that certain suppliers of the Software to Toshiba have a right as a third party beneficiary to enforce the terms of this EULA against you as a user. xxx 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxx 08.8.12 4:07:04 PM Declaration of Conformity xxxi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxi 08.8.12 4:07:04 PM Trademarks and Patents Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more the following United States Patents and/or their counterparts in other nations : 4,901,307 5,504,773 5,109,390 5,535,239 5,267,262 5,600,754 5,416,797 5,778,338 5,490,165 5,101,501 5,511,073 5,267,261 5,568,483 5,414,796 5,659,569 5,056,109 5,506,865 5,228,054 5,544,196 5,337,338 5,657,420 5,710,784 Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries. microSD Logo is a trademark. Powered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D EditionTM Mascot Capsule® is a registered trademark of HI Corporation © 2002-2003 HI Corporation. All Rights Reserved. The Bluetooth word mark and logo are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by TOSHIBA is under license. THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR (i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD ("MPEG-4 VIDEO") AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG-LA TO PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. T9 Text Input is covered by Japan Pat.No. 特許 3532780,3492981 and other patents pending. xxxii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxii 08.8.12 4:07:06 PM Chaku-Uta®, Chaku-Uta Full® is a registered trademark of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc. Copyright © 1998-2003 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected]) All rights reserved. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AND/OR BY ERIC YOUNG "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT, ERIC YOUNG OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. QR Code is a registered trademark of Denso wave Incorporated. Sky Mail, S! Mail, S! Appli, S! GPS Navi, S! Information Channel, S! Addressbook Back-up, S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk, PC Site Browser, Sha-mail, Movie Sha-mail, Navi appli, S! Quick News, S! Town, S! Loop, Graphic Mail, Feeling Mail, Secure Remote Lock and 3G High Speed are registered trademarks or trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Copyright © 1995-2006 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Macromedia, Flash, Macromedia Flash, and Macromedia Flash Lite are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and other countries. BookSurfing® is a registered trademark of CELSYS, Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY, Inc. "SOFTBANK" SOFTBANK's equivalent in Japanese, and the SOFTBANK logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and in other countries. xxxiii 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxiii 08.8.12 4:07:06 PM Trademarks and Patents This product contains NetFront Mobile Client Suite of ACCESS CO., LTD. ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries. © 2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved. This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. This product uses OKAO ™ Vision of OMRON Corporation. "OKAO" and "OKAO Vision" are registered trademarks of OMRON Corporation in Japan. Yahoo! and the Yahoo!/Y! logos are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc. Microsoft, PowerPoint, Excel are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. All other company names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners. xxxiv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxiv 08.9.2 11:03:27 AM SAR This 823T/824T mobile phone complies with the technical standards for the absorption of radio frequency (RF) energy as set by the Japanese government. These technical standards, based upon scientific evidence, were established to ensure that RF energy from wireless mobile devices used next to the head do not have a serious effect on human health. The maximum Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), which measures the average radio wave energy absorbed by the human head, set by the Japanese government is 2 W/kg*. This allowed value includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and stature. The value corresponds with the international guidelines prescribed by the International Commission on NonIonizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) in cooperation with the World Health Organization (WHO). All models of mobile phones are required to comply with the technical standards of Japan set forth in the Radio Law before being released for sale. The 823T/824T has received construction design certification under the Radio Law with a SAR value of 0.930 W/kg for 823T and 0.913 W/kg for 824T. This maximum SAR value was determined by TÜV Rheinland Japan, Ltd. (registered certification agency) and the Telecom Engineering Center (measurement agency) at the maximum transmission power of this handset with measurement carried out conforming to the guidelines set by the Japanese government. Depending on the product, there may be minute differences in the SAR. However, they are within the allowed limits. During calling, the actual SAR is lower as handset is designed to use the minimum transmission power necessary to communicate with the mobile network. Additional information about SAR can be found at the website listed below. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications website: http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/j/ele/index.htm Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB) website: http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html SoftBank website: http://www.softbankmobile.co.jp/corporate/legal/emf/emf03.html Toshiba Mobile Phone website: http://www.toshiba.co.jp/product/etsg/cmt/ * The technical guidelines are stipulated in the Ministerial Ordinance Related to the Radio Law (Wireless Equipment Regulations, Article 14-2). ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------About SoftBank's Body SAR Policy * Body SAR: Refers to the SAR of the maximum transmission power when continuously talking with handset attached to the body and using an earphone. ** Specific Absorption Rate (SAR): Measured value of continuous talking at 6 minute intervals. Our technical standards for body SAR include information from Europe. For details, see "European RF Exposure Information." *** Placement on the body: Measurements were taken with the rear of handset facing the body at a distance of 1.5 cm as the normal position of handset. In order to maintain compliance with radio frequency (RF) exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 1.5 cm separation distance between the body and the back of handset. Choose accessories, such as belt clips and holsters, that do not contain metallic components. xxxv 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxv 08.8.12 4:07:07 PM SAR European RF Exposure Information Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health. The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg and the highest SAR value for this device when tested at the ear was 0.833 W/kg for 823T and 0.833 W/kg for 824T*. As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as described in this user guide. In this case, the highest tested SAR value is 0.499 W/kg for 823T and 0.558 W/kg for 824T. As SAR is measured utilizing the devices highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum level required to reach the network. The World Health Organization has stated that present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length of calls or using a ʻhands-freeʼ device to keep the mobile phone away from the head and body. Additional Information can be found on the websites of the World Health Organization (http://www.who.int/emf). * The tests are carried out in accordance with international guidelines for testing. xxxvi 823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxvi 08.8.12 4:07:08 PM 1 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-1 Getting Started Handset Parts & Functions ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-2 Display Indicators ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-4 Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-4 External Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-5 Information Prompt ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-6 Charging Battery ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-7 Power On/Off ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10 Turning Handset Power On ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10 Turning Handset Power Off ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10 Date & Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-11 Setting Date and Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-11 Clock Format (12-hour/24-hour) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-11 About Mobile Manners ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-12 Manner Mode and Offline Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-12 Codes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-14 About Codes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-14 08.8.12 4:08:15 PM Handset Parts & Functions 1 1 Getting Started 23 22 2 24 13 14 17 18 15 19 16 20 25 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 21 7 26 12 27 1-2 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-2 08.8.12 4:08:15 PM 23 Side Key R: Activate camera/shutter/toggle External Display views.* * Available while handset is closed. R (Press and hold in Standby): Activate video camera. R (Press and hold while handset is closed): Turn on Twin Illuminations, set/cancel Manner Mode, send a Simple Notice, or turn on Penlight (the key function can be set (page 2-4)). 24 TV Antenna 25 Memory Card Slot 26 Earphone Microphone Jack External Device Port 27 Charger Terminals 1 Getting Started 1 Earpiece 2 Display 3 Multi Selector E: Move cursor. Center Key [: Open Main Menu/confirm operations. 4 Mail Key (Left Softkey) J: Open Messaging Menu. J (Press and hold): Switch to Simple Mode. 5 TV Key H: Activate TV. 6 Send Key N: Make/answer voice calls. 7 Keypad: Enter numbers/characters. *: Turn on Mobile Light (when using camera). * (Press and hold): Show My Status. # (Press and hold): Set/cancel Manner Mode. 8 Yahoo! Keitai Key (Right Softkey) K: Access Yahoo! Keitai. 9 Shortcut Key S: Open Shortcut Menu. 10 Clear/Memo Key L: Delete characters/cancel operations. L (Press and hold): Set/cancel Answering Machine. 11 End/Power Key O: End calls/operations. O (Press and hold): Power handset on/off. 12 Microphone 13 External Lights/Twin Illuminations 14 Charging Indicator: Lights during charging and goes out when charging is complete. 15 Mobile Light/Penlight 16 Camera/Video Indicator 17 External Display 18 Handstrap Hole 19 Internal Antenna 20 Camera 21 Speaker 22 Infrared Port • Signal sensitivity may be reduced by touching/covering Internal Antenna area. Do not cover this area by affixing stickers, or any other items. • Use an optional charger-earphone branch cable (sold separately) to connect AC Charger and Earphone-Microphone simultaneously. 1-3 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-3 08.8.12 4:08:16 PM Display Indicators 1 ⑥ Display Getting Started ①②③④⑤⑥⑦⑧⑨⑩ ⑪ 12:30 ⑦ ⑫⑬⑭⑮⑯⑰⑱ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ Signal Strength Strong Moderate Weak Faint Out of Range Offline Mode On / Voice/Video Call Dial-up Connection Positioning Packet Transmission My Status Online Packet Transmission Ready Packet Network Range Non-SoftBank Network Area 3G Network Area 3G Network Area While Roaming S! Information Channel Updated Reception of Rights Object Indicates the reception of a content key during operation. Message Box Full Message Delivery Failed New Messages Delivery Report New S! Mail/SMS and Delivery Report ⑧ ⑨ Password Lock Active (appears during TV Timer Viewing.) PC Site Connected S! Quick News Updated Memory Card Inserted Web SSL Indicates a connection to a web page with security protection. / Bluetooth® Connection Established/ Connection Standby Bluetooth® Connection Established (SCMS-T Device Supported) Some Bluetooth® Connections Lost Bluetooth® Connection(s) Lost Infrared Communication USB Connection Card Reader Mode Software Update External Connection for Data Synchronization / S! Appli Activated/Paused Playing Music Files Music File Playback Paused Playing Video Files Streaming TV Timer Set Missed Call(s) Manner Mode (Silent) Manner Mode (Alarms) Manner Mode (Drive) / / Manner Mode (Original 1 to 3) Battery Level Sufficiently Charged Low Very Low Charge Immediately Charging ⑪ Clock ⑫ Keypad Lock Active Password Lock Active ⑬ Alarm Set ⑭ Answering Machine On (No Messages) / / / / Answering Machine On (Message(s) Recorded) / / / / Answering Machine Off (Message(s) Recorded) ⑮ Voice Mail Message(s) Call Forwarding (Ringer Off for Voice Call) Call Forwarding (Ringer Off for Video Call) Call Forwarding (Ringer Off for Voice and Video Calls) ⑯ Open Information Prompt ⑰ S! Friend's Status Notification (Invitation) ⑱ Show Secret ⑩ 1-4 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-4 08.8.13 3:18:55 PM External Display ⑥ ① ② ③ Signal Strength Strong Moderate Weak Faint Out of Range Offline Mode On Battery Level Sufficiently Charged Low Very Low Charge Immediately Charging Message Box Full Message Delivery Failed New Messages Delivery Report New S! Mail/SMS and Delivery Report Keypad Lock Active Password Lock Active Cannot Start Music Player / Bluetooth® Connection Established/ Connection Standby Bluetooth® Connection Established (SCMS-T Device Supported) Some Bluetooth® Connections Lost Bluetooth® Connection(s) Lost 1 Getting Started ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ Missed Call(s) Manner Mode (Silent) Manner Mode (Alarms) Manner Mode (Drive) / / Manner Mode (Original 1 to 3) ⑤ Voice Mail Message(s) Answering Machine On (No Messages) / / / / Answering Machine On (Message(s) Recorded) / / / / Answering Machine Off (Message(s) Recorded) ⑥ Clock ④ Toggle External Display views by pressing R while handset is closed. • See page 2-8 for setting External Display. 12:30 Icon & Clock Display Clock Display Icon Display Track0 Music Player 1-5 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-5 08.8.13 3:19:00 PM Display Indicators 1 Information Prompt Getting Started Information Prompt appears to inform you of missed calls, new messages and other information. q Information Prompt appears w Select an item➡[ Information Prompt Items Missed Calls: Missed call(s) Missed Calls: New Voice Mail message(s) at Voice Mail Center Ans Machine: New message(s) recorded New Messages: Unread S! Mail/SMS Unsent Messages: Unsent S! Mail/SMS Partly Sent: Unsent S! Mail for some recipients Delivered: Unread delivery report(s) Missed CT: Missed S! Circle Talk call(s) Notification: New S! Friend's Status notification(s) Info Channel: Content update(s) available Info Channel: S! Information Channel update failed Weather Updated: Weather report update available Update Failed: S! Quick News update failed Stop Snooze: Cancel snooze Timer Results: TV view timer results Resume S! Appli: S! Appli paused Software Update: Software updated Content Key Memory Full: Content key cannot be saved any more 1-6 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-6 08.8.13 3:19:04 PM Charging Battery • Charging at low temperatures may be ineffective. Charge battery between Using AC Charger 1 Use only specified AC Charger (sold separately). AC Outlet 823T/824T Charging Indicator Plug Connector Release Buttons Getting Started C. 5 to 35° • Battery must be installed in handset before charging. Use only specified AC Charger (sold separately), Desktop Cradle (sold separately) and In-Car Charger (sold separately). • Regularly clean Charger Terminals, battery terminal and External Device Port with a dry cotton swab to avoid contact failure. • If Please check connection with your charger. appears on Display, clean Charger Terminals, battery terminal and External Device Port with a dry cotton swab and try again. When the message still does not disappear, stop charging immediately, and take the battery to your nearest SoftBank Shop or contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). • Do not charge the battery in humid places. • Charging is possible while handset is turned on, but takes longer than while handset is turned off. • When charging while handset is turned on, appears on Display and turns to when charging is complete. • Handset and AC Charger may warm during charging. However, if it overheats, stop using immediately. There may be some defect. • If a call arrives during charging, ringtone sounds/handset vibrates and External Lights flash. AC Charger External Device Port q Connect AC Charger connector to handset • Inscription on connector should face down. w Insert the plug into an AC outlet Charging Indicator illuminates red while charging; may take up to approximately 120 minutes. e Unplug AC Charger, then disconnect handset • Press and hold Release Buttons to remove AC Charger connector from handset. 1-7 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-7 08.8.12 4:08:24 PM Charging Battery 1 • AC Charger and Desktop Cradle support a power supply of 100 to Getting Started 240 V AC. • AC Charger is exclusively for use in Japan. • SoftBank is not liable for any problems associated with charging overseas. • Use an optional charger-earphone branch cable (sold separately) to connect AC Charger and Earphone-Microphone simultaneously. Using Desktop Cradle Use only specified AC Charger (sold separately) and Desktop Cradle (sold separately). Charging Indicator 823T/824T Plug Release Buttons AC Charger AC Outlet Connector Desktop Cradle q Attach AC Charger connector to Desktop Cradle • Inscription on connector should face up. w Insert the plug into an AC outlet e Slide handset into Desktop Cradle until it clicks Charging Indicator illuminates red while charging; may take up to approximately 120 minutes. r Remove handset from Desktop Cradle, then unplug AC Charger t Disconnect AC Charger from Desktop Cradle • Press and hold Release Buttons to remove the connector. 1-8 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-8 08.8.12 4:08:25 PM Using In-Car Charger • Do not use In-Car Charger when the car engine is off. Doing so may Plug Charging Indicator Cigarette Lighter Socket 823T/824T In-Car Charger Connector Release Buttons External Device Port drain the car battery. • Unplug In-Car Charger when leaving your car. If Charging Indicator remains on after removing car key, In-Car Charger may drain car battery. • Use of handset while driving is prohibited by law. Before using handset, stop the vehicle in a safe area where parking is permitted. • Use an optional charger-earphone branch cable (sold separately) to connect In-Car Charger and Earphone-Microphone simultaneously. 1 Getting Started Use only specified In-Car Charger (sold separately). More Features Charging In Progress Image (Slideshow) (E page 13-7) q Connect Charger connector to handset • Inscription on connector should face down. w Insert Charger into cigarette lighter socket Charging Indicator illuminates red while charging; may take up to approximately 120 minutes. e Unplug In-Car Charger, then disconnect handset • Press and hold Release Buttons to remove Charger connector from handset. 1-9 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-9 08.8.12 4:08:25 PM Power On/Off 1 Turning Handset Power On Getting Started q Press and hold O Retrieving Network Information Before using network-related services (Yahoo! Keitai, Messaging or S! Appli), retrieve network connection information. The first time you press [, J or K, a prompt appears. Turning Handset Power Off q Press and hold O Power-off screen appears and handset powers off. q Press [/J/K Standby When Handset Powers On for the First Time Following appears the first time handset is powered on or after performing Reset All or Reset Setting. w Select YES➡[ Handset connects to the network and Network Information is retrieved. • If Network Information is not acquired, some features will be limited. • After replacing USIM Card, retrieve network information again. • Set Date & Time (page 1-11). • To retrieve network information from Main Menu: Press a[➡Settings➡a[➡Connectivity ➡a[➡Retrieve NW Info➡[ a ➡YES ➡a[ 1-10 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-10 08.8.12 4:08:26 PM Date & Time Clock Format (12-hour/24-hour) • The date and time are set for Main City set in the World Clock settings. q From Clock Menu (left), select 12hour/ q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Phone 24hour ➡[ Settings➡[➡Clock➡[ w Select 12 hour or 24 hour ➡[ 1 Getting Started Setting Date and Time Clock Menu w Select Date&Time ➡[ e Enter the year, month, day and time ➡[ • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. • Use F to move cursor and G to select a number. • Day of the week is automatically set. 1-11 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-11 08.8.12 4:08:26 PM About Mobile Manners 1 Manner Mode and Offline Mode Getting Started Be careful about disturbing others in public or quiet areas. • Turn handset off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm. • Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc. • In airplanes, turn off handset to avoid interference with flight equipment. • In hospitals, research institutes and other places where handset use is prohibited, turn handset power off to avoid interference with precision apparatus. • When using handset in quiet places such as restaurants and hotel lobbies, be mindful not to disturb others. • Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic. Using Manner Mode • See the table below for Manner Mode types q Press and hold # and descriptions. Type Description Silent No sounds are emitted from the speaker. Alarms Only alarm sounds. Drive Handset tones and sounds are emitted only when earphones are connected. Handset does not vibrate. All incoming calls are answered by Answering Machine. • To cancel Manner Mode, press and hold #. • Shutter click and recording start/end tone sound even in Manner Mode. • S! Circle Talk connects automatically if My Status is set to Auto Join. Other party's voice will sound from speaker when connected, if handset is closed, even in Manner Mode. Customize following items: ・Ringtone (Ringtone Volume & Vibration) ・Alarm (Alarm Volume & Vibration) ・Calendar (Alarm Volume Original 1 to 3 & Vibration) ・S! Appli (S! Appli Volume) / / ・Sound Volume ・Effect Sound On/Off ・Battery Alarm On/Off ・Answering Machine On/ Off 1-12 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-12 08.8.12 4:08:27 PM Using Offline Mode q Press [➡ Settings ➡[➡ Call Settings ➡[ w 1 More Features Manner Mode (E page 13-11) • Switch Manner Modes • Customize Original Mode Getting Started Use Offline Mode to temporarily suspend all handset transmissions. In Offline Mode, incoming/ outgoing calls and network services (e.g. S! Mail/ SMS transmission) are blocked. Select Offline Mode ➡[ (twice) ➡ ON ➡[ • To cancel Offline Mode, select OFF. • The following are unavailable in Offline Mode. ・Emergency calls: 110 (police), 119 (fire and ambulance) and 118 (coast guard) ・Bluetooth® and infrared communications 1-13 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-13 08.8.12 4:08:27 PM Codes 1 About Codes Getting Started Your Handset Code, Center Access Code, Call Barring Service Code and Internet Security Code are required for some functions and settings. • Write down those codes. If they are lost, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). • Do not reveal your codes. SoftBank is not liable for misuse or damages. Handset Code Handset Code is a four-digit number. It is required to use various handset functions. Handset Code can be changed (page 11-2). • The default setting is "9999". Call Barring Service Code Call Barring Service Code is a four-digit number assigned at initial subscription. It is required to set Call Barring. The code can be changed (page 3-18). If the code is incorrectly entered three times, Call Barring settings lock. If this happens, Call Barring Service Code and Center Access Code must be changed. For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Internet Security Code Internet Security Code is required to set Internet security. The code can be changed (page 11-5). Center Access Code Center Access Code is a four-digit number assigned at initial subscription. It is required to perform Optional Service operations via landlines or to subscribe to fee-based content on the Internet. 1-14 823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-14 08.8.12 4:08:28 PM 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-1 2 Basic Operations Menu Operations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-2 Accessing Handset Functions ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-2 Simple Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-5 Using Only Basic Functions ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-5 Wallpaper/Active Window ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-7 Standby ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-7 Text Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 About Text Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 Entering Characters ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 Editing Text ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Word List (Japanese) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-15 Saving Frequently Used Words ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-15 Phone Book・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-16 Creating New Entries・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-17 Using Phone Book ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-19 Data Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-21 Data Folder Structure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-21 Opening Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22 Managing Files and Folders ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22 Memory Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-24 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 08.8.12 4:09:37 PM Menu Operations Accessing Handset Functions 2 Basic Operations Press [ in Standby to open Main Menu. Use E to select a menu icon and press [ to access that menu. ② ① ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ Main Menu ①Messaging Create S! Mail/SMS messages. Also check received and sent S! Mail/SMS messages (Chapter 4). ②Yahoo! Keitai From Yahoo! Keitai menu, access the Mobile Internet to download pictures, melodies and applications. Use PC Site Browser to access websites for PCs (Chapter 5). ③Entertainment Access latest news, launch BookSurfing® and visit Ku-man's Room (Chapter 9). ④TV Watch Digital TV (Chapter 6). ⑤Camera Take pictures and record videos (Chapter 7). ⑥S! Appli Access applications such as games (Chapter 8). ⑦Tools Access useful functions such as Alarms and Calculator (Chapters 9, 13, 14). ⑧Data Folder Save/access files here (Chapter 2). ⑨Media Player Play music and video files (Chapter 8). ⑩Communications Access Communication Services provided by SoftBank (S! Town, S! Loop, S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk) (Chapter 10). ⑪Phone Book Save and access Phone Book information (Chapter 2). ⑫Settings Modify and confirm handset settings, and perform data communication and backup (Chapters 12, 13). Operations in Landscape View Use Multi Selector in Landscape View as follows. Portrait Landscape Up Right Left Down 2-2 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-2 08.8.12 4:09:38 PM Customizing Main Menu w Select an item➡K Customize Main Menu design (icons, font color, focus frame color, etc.). Enter the menu item number on handset keypad (0 to 9, *, #) for direct menu access. Press [➡K➡Set Images➡[➡ Options➡[ e Select Icons➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡ Select an image➡[ • To change the icon order: Press K➡ Change Order ➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Select a position ➡[ • Original - Default theme. • Phone Memory - Select a Main Menu file. • Keitaideco - Sets the downloaded Keitaideco as Main Menu. • To change the font color: Press K➡Font Color ➡[➡Select a color➡[ • To change the wallpaper: Press K➡Wallpaper ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡ Pictures or Digital Camera➡[➡ Select an image➡[ • To change the focus frame color: Press K➡Highlight ➡[➡Select a color➡[ 2 Basic Operations q Numbered Menu Items Numbers correspond to keypad keys. Changing Multi Selector Shortcuts By default, a shortcut is assigned to each Multi Selector key. Switch the assigned shortcuts. q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Phone Settings➡[ Phone Settings Window 2-3 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-3 08.8.13 3:21:08 PM Menu Operations w Select Navigation Keys➡[ Sub Menu View Sub Menu View appears at top of sub menus (press K (Menu) for sub menu access). When multiple sub menu items are available, the two most recently selected items appear in Sub Menu View. 2 Basic Operations q From Phone Settings Window, select Sub Menu View➡[ e Press [➡Select the function you want to assign to A➡[➡Select the function you want to assign to B➡ [➡Select the function you want to assign to D➡[ • The remaining function is assigned automatically to C. Setting Side Key Function Set a function to Side Key. Select from Twin Illuminations, Manner Mode, Simple Notice and Torch (Penlight). To access the set function, press and hold Side Key while handset is closed in Standby. w Select Show or Hide➡[ • This setting is disabled for S! Circle Talk, w Press J (Assign) • Assign does not appear when the function is unavailable for Shortcuts Menu. Using Shortcuts Menu q Press S➡Select a function➡[ • Activate up to two functions from Shortcuts Menu. More Features S! Circle Talk Call Log and S! Friend's Status. Menus (E page 2-26) Adding Functions to Shortcuts Menu Add frequently used functions to Shortcuts Menu for quick and easy access. q Open a function (e.g. open S! Appli Library)➡S Mini Tool Settings (E page 13-3) • Configure Mini Tool Settings • Set Wide View • Set an Animation for Mini Tool q From Phone Settings Window, select Side Key➡[➡Select a function➡[ 2-4 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-4 08.8.13 3:21:09 PM Simple Mode Using Only Basic Functions • The following items are automatically set in Simple Mode. Use Simple Mode to limit menu items. Select from the following menu patterns. Pattern View Menu 2 Menu 3 Phone Book Messaging Camera Data Folder My Number Alarms Tools Settings Full Menu Phone Book Messaging Yahoo! Keitai Camera My Number Data Folder Tools Settings Full Menu Message Box Create Message Add to Phone Book Phone Book Search Manner Mode Tools Settings My Number Full Menu 1-Line Digit if Mini Clock has been set in normal mode. ・IdleScreen under Wide View: ON ・Mini Tool: Giant Date The above settings are retained after canceling Simple Mode. Switching to Simple Mode 2 Basic Operations Menu 1 Icon View List View Phone Book Search Message Box Create Message Manner Mode My Number Add to Phone Book Tools Settings Full Menu ・Sub Menu View: Hide ・Standby clock (page 2-8): Switches to q Press and hold J Alarms Camera Messaging Phone Book Data Folder Tools Settings My Number Full Menu w Select YES➡[➡Select a font size ➡ [➡Select a menu pattern➡[ • To switch to Simple Mode from Main Menu: Press a[➡Settings➡a[➡SimpleMode ON➡a[ Yahoo! Keitai Camera Messaging Phone Book Data Folder Tools Settings My Number Full Menu 2-5 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-5 08.8.13 3:21:09 PM Simple Mode Opening Main Menu 2 q More Features In Simple Mode, press [ Simple Mode (E page 2-26) Basic Operations Main Menu • Press J (Switch) to toggle between List View and Icon View. Canceling Simple Mode q In Simple Mode, press and hold J➡ YES➡[ • To cancel Simple Mode from Main Menu: Press a[➡Settings➡a[➡SimpleMode OFF➡a[➡YES➡[ a • The font size setting is retained after canceling Simple Mode. 2-6 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-6 08.8.13 3:21:10 PM Wallpaper/Active Window Standby Wallpaper ➡[ • To adjust the width or height: Press J (Resize)➡Fit to Width or Fit to Length➡[ • To rotate the image: Press J (Resize)➡Rotate Image➡[ t Press K (Cut)➡[ Animation A series of images appear as an animation in Standby. Set animation effect and image order. q From Display Setting Window, select Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display➡[ ➡Wallpaper ➡[➡Photo Album➡[ • To set the default image: In e, select Preset ➡a[ (twice) • To set Keitaideco: Display Setting Window w Select Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display ➡[➡Wallpaper ➡[➡Picture➡[ 2 Basic Operations q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Display r Use E to compose the image (twice) In e, select Keitaideco*➡[ a * Keitaideco must be set in advance (page 2-32). w Select Image➡[➡Images List➡ [➡Select an image list➡[ • Save images to an image list first: e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a folder➡[➡Select an image➡[ Select an image list➡J (Edit)➡Select an item➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡ Select an image➡[ (twice)➡J (Set) e Select Design➡[➡Select an animation effect➡[ (twice) r Select Order➡[➡Select an image order➡[ t Press J (Set) 2-7 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-7 08.8.13 3:21:10 PM Wallpaper/Active Window • To set images in a folder: 2 Basic Operations In w, select Select Folder➡a[➡Select a folder➡a[ • To set preinstalled images: In w, select Preset➡[ a Clock q From Display Setting Window, select Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display ➡[ ➡Others➡[➡Select a clock type➡ [ (twice) • When you select 1-line Digit, 2-line Digit, World-Digital, or World-Analog, do the following. Use E to adjust the position➡[ (twice) Operating Active Window q Press A The cursor appears indicating Active Window is enabled. External Display Set Indicators on or off for External Display. q From Display Setting Window, select Idle Screen➡[➡Ext. Display➡[➡ Icon+Clock or Clock Only➡[ ① ② Shortcut Mode Active Window (Japanese) Save contact information to Members List and make calls, send messages and initiate S! Circle Talk from Active Window. In addition, check the latest information from S! Quick News and Weather Indicator. ③ Communication Mode • Press J (Switch) to toggle between Shortcut and Communication Modes. 2-8 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-8 08.8.13 3:21:11 PM ①S! Quick News Saving People to Members List Add members to Members List from S! Friend's Status Members List or Phone Book. View members' statuses from Active Window. q From Active Window (Communication Mode), select an empty item➡[ (Save) • To change members: Select an entry➡K➡ Change Member ➡[➡YES➡[ w Select Friend Status or Phone Book➡ [➡Select an entry➡[ Contacting Members q From Active Window (Communication Mode), use G to select a member More Features 2 Active Window w Use F to select a contact method (E page 2-27) ➡[ Make a call Create and send a message Make an S! Circle Talk call Checking S! Quick News Updates • You must register contents of S! Quick News in advance (page 9-18). Active Window Settings • • • • (E page 13-8) Show All Information or Only Unread One Set Ticker Speed Show/Hide Images Restore Settings and Registered Contents of S! Quick News to Default Basic Operations Shows newly received information. ②Weather Indicator ③Members List Your current status (My Status) is shown on the top. Set an icon or a photo for each member. Save members from S! Friend's Status Members List to view their statuses. Make calls, send messages or initiate S! Circle Talk in Communication Mode. q From Active Window (Shortcut Mode), use G to select S! Quick News➡[ • Press J (Update) to update information. Press K (Access) to access selected site. • If update fails, Information Prompt appears. In News List Window, press kK then select Update to initiate update. Checking Weather Forecast • For details on using Weather Indicator, see page 9-19. q From Active Window (Shortcut Mode), use G to select Weather Indicator ➡[ 2-9 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-9 08.8.13 3:21:12 PM Text Entry About Text Entry 2 Switching Text Input Modes Basic Operations There are four kinds of input methods: Standard mode, Beeper mode, T9 mode and Multi-tap mode. Unless otherwise noted, text entry operations are described using Standard mode. For details on entering text in Beeper mode, see page 14-10. q In a text entry window, press H • Unavailable text input modes are not shown. Entering Characters • For text entry key assignments, see page 14-9. Example: Entering 須々木 q In a text entry window, enter すずき • Press 3 (three times)➡C➡ 3 (three times)➡*➡2 (twice) About Text Entry Window ② ③ w Select a text input mode➡[ The text input mode is switched. ① ④ ①Number of characters entered/Maximum number of characters allowed. The maximum number of characters allowed varies depending on the function. ②Current input mode. ③Select a text range and press [ to copy the text, save it to Word List, etc. ④Press K to edit text, create Graphic Mail, etc. Text Input Mode Icons Kanji (hiragana) Single-bye katakana Double-byte alphanumerics (upper case) Double-byte alphanumerics (lower case) Single-byte alphanumerics (upper case) Single-byte alphanumerics (lower case) Double-byte numbers Single-byte numbers URL: Enter e-mail address and URL extensions from the address library. Pict: Enter pictographs. (^−^): Enter emoticons. My Pict: Enter pictographs in My Pictograms folder. w Press B • To exit the suggestion list and enter characters after すずき , press L. 2-10 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-10 08.8.12 4:09:44 PM e Use E to select 須々木 ➡[ 須々木 is determined. • To end text entry, press [ after determining entered text. Except in Numeric input mode, you can change the case of a character selected by the cursor (unconverted character) (compatible characters only). Enter alphanumerics and katakana in Kanji (hiragana) input mode. Example: Entering TOM (single-byte) q Example: Changing あ to ぁ q In a text entry window, press 1 w Press #➡[ ぁ is determined. Adding ゛or ゜ In Kanji (hiragana) input mode and Single-byte katakana input mode, you can add "゛" (dakuten) and " ゜" (handakuten) to a character selected by the cursor (unconverted character) (compatible characters only). Example: Entering が q In a text entry window, press 2 w Press *➡[ w In a text entry window, press the keys corresponding to the characters • Press 8 (once)➡6 (three times)➡ C➡6 (once) やふは is entered. Press J (Kana) A suggestion list of roman characters and katakana appears. • Press J (Kana)/K (Num.) to switch between roman character/katakana conversion and number conversion. Toggling Characters in Reverse Order Except in Numeric input mode, press H to toggle unconverted characters on the cursor in the reverse order. Example: Toggling the characters assigned to 2 ➡ Press 2 Press H か き く け こ ⇒ か こ け く き Symbols q In a text entry window, press # 2 Basic Operations Lower Case (a, っ, etc.) Hiragana to Alphanumerics/Katakana Conversion The double-byte symbol list opens. e Use E to select TOM (single-byte)➡[ TOM (single-byte) is determined. w Select a symbol➡[ The selected symbol is entered and the symbol list closes. • To enter symbols continuously, press H after selecting each symbol. が is determined. • With characters like は to which both "゛" (dakuten) and "゜" (handakuten) can be added, you can switch between "゛" and "゜" by pressing *. 2-11 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-11 08.8.12 4:09:45 PM Text Entry Alphanumerics 2 q In a text entry window, press # (twice) Basic Operations The double-byte alphanumeric list opens. • The number of times # is pressed differs depending on the function. w Select a number or letter➡[ • Repeat this step to enter other numbers or letters. Pictographs q In a text entry window, press * The pictograph list opens. • You may be unable to enter pictographs depending on the function. w Select a pictograph➡[ The selected pictograph is entered and the pictograph list closes. • To enter pictographs continuously, press H after selecting each pictograph. Emoticons q In a text entry window, press * (twice) The emoticon list opens. • The number of times * is pressed differs depending on the function. w Select an emoticon➡[ The selected emoticon is entered and the emoticon list closes. • To enter emoticons continuously, press H after selecting each emoticon. 2-12 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-12 08.8.12 4:09:46 PM E-mail Address and URL Extensions Example: Entering .co.jp (part of an e-mail address) q Correcting Entered Text q In a text entry window, move cursor to the left of the character to delete➡L The character is deleted. • To delete all characters to the right of the cursor, press and hold L. • When the cursor is at the end of text, press and hold L to delete the entire text. w Enter correct characters Copy/Cut/Paste q In a text entry window, move cursor to the first character of the text range to copy/cut➡J (Range・paste) w Select Start ➡[➡Move cursor to the last character➡[ e Select Cut or Copy ➡[ The selected range of text is stored on the clipboard. 2 Basic Operations In a text entry window, press # (three times) The address library opens. • The number of times # is pressed differs depending on the function. Editing Text r Position the cursor Deleting Multiple Characters w q In a text entry window, move cursor to Use E to select .co.jp ➡[ the first character of the text range to delete➡J (Range・paste) w Select Start ➡[➡Move cursor to the t Press J (Range・paste)➡Paste➡[ last character➡[ e Select Delete ➡[ 2-13 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-13 08.8.12 4:09:46 PM Text Entry y Select the text to paste➡[ 2 Undoing Last Operation q In a text entry window, press K➡ Undo➡[ More Features Text Entry (E page 2-27) Basic Operations Text Entry Functions (E page 2-28) Text Entry Settings (E page 13-34) • Change Input Method • Do Not Show Word Suggestions from Entered Text • Do Not Predict Next Phrase from Entered • Once text is reconverted or replaced, undo is unavailable. Phrases • Set Custom Window • Set Text Deletion Method • Reset Prediction Dictionary/Conversion Dictionary 2-14 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-14 08.8.12 4:09:47 PM Word List (Japanese) Saving Frequently Used Words q In a text entry window, press K➡ Customize➡[➡Word List ➡[ Save Words During Text Entry q During text entry, move cursor to the q In a text entry window, press K➡ Customize➡[➡Word List ➡[➡ Edit Word➡[ w Select Start ➡[➡Move cursor to the last character➡[ w Select To Word List ➡[➡Word ➡[ ➡Enter a word➡[ e Select To Word List ➡[ r Select Reading ➡[➡Enter a reading 2 Basic Operations first character of target word➡J (Range・paste) Edit Saved Entries ➡[ t Press K (OK) e Select Reading ➡[➡Enter a reading ➡[ w Select a word➡J (Edit)➡Select the word/reading➡[➡Edit the word/ reading➡[ e Press K (OK) r Press K (OK) More Features Word List (E page 2-29) 2-15 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-15 08.8.12 4:09:47 PM Phone Book Save phone numbers, e-mail address and other contact information to Phone Book. 2 Phone Book Entry Items Basic Operations Contact & Personal Info Name & Reading Entry Number Phone Numbers E-mail Addresses Picture Group Address Job Title Company Birthday URL Location Information Note Access Phone Book information while making calls, writing messages, creating S! Circle Talk groups. Some Features Speed Dial Make calls to people in Phone Book quickly. S! Addressbook Back-up Back up Phone Book to server. Sync updates to back up new information. Messaging Specify addresses from Phone Book quickly when writing messages. Reject Calls Reject calls from numbers not saved in Phone Book. Settings External Lights Ringtone Volume Ringtone Vibration Ring Time Message Folder Secret External Display • Back Up Important Information When the battery is exhausted or removed for long periods, Phone Book entries may be lost. Handset damage may also affect handset information recovery. SoftBank is not liable for damages from lost or altered data. 2-16 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-16 08.8.12 4:09:48 PM r Select Email ➡[➡Enter an e-mail Creating New Entries address➡[➡Select a category➡[ Example: Saving a name, phone number and e-mail address, and specifying a group. 2 Entry➡[ e Select Phone Number ➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[➡Select a category ➡[ • To enter a hyphen "-" or a pause "P" (page 3-14), press K and then select Manual Hyphen or Pause (P). t Select No Group ➡[➡Select a group Basic Operations q Press [➡Phone Book ➡[➡New ➡[ Phone Book Entry Window w Select Name ➡[➡Last Name or First Name ➡[➡Enter a last name/first name➡[➡J (OK) • Characters entered for name (reading for kanji) appear. • To correct the reading, select a reading field (last name or first name) and edit the information. • When you save to USIM Phone Book, enter both the first name and last name in the Name field. y Press J (OK) 2-17 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-17 08.8.12 4:09:48 PM Phone Book Setting a Picture 2 q From Phone Book Entry Window, select Picture➡[ Setting Personal Ringtones q From Phone Book Entry Window, select Options ➡[ Secret Entries Set specific Phone Book entries as secret so other people cannot see them. Basic Operations Phone Book Entry Window, select w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card w Select a type of incoming event➡[➡ q From Options ➡[ ➡[ Ringtone ➡[ • To capture an image: Select Take Picture➡[➡Take a picture➡[ For details on taking pictures, see page 7-3. e Select Pictures or Digital Camera➡[ ➡Select a picture➡[ (twice) • If the selected picture does not fit in the prescribed frame, adjust the picture size (page 7-9). w Select Secret ➡[➡ON➡[ e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ • To set a preinstalled ringtone: Select Patterns or Melodies➡[➡ Select a ringtone pattern➡[ • If you select Same as Phone, the ringtone will be the same as the corresponding setting of Sounds. • indicates a secret entry. • To view secret entries, switch Secret Mode (page 11-4) to Show. r Select a folder➡[➡Select a ringtone pattern➡[ (twice) • If Details of a picture file (page 2-31) indicate that the file is Unavailable for forwarding, the picture file cannot be set as Picture. 2-18 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-18 08.8.12 4:09:49 PM Saving Numbers from Call Log q Press D/C Using Phone Book Calling from Phone Book • To switch between Dialed and Received, (¢1 to ª9) to access the corresponding index tab. Then, enter the first character(s) of the name to find an entry. 2 Basic Operations q Press B • In Standby, press and hold a number key press D/C. w Select a phone number➡K➡To Phone Book ➡[➡Add New ➡[ • To add a phone number to an existing Phone Book entry, select Add and select an entry. • Press D or C to access the previous or next index tab. w Select an entry➡[ • Press D or C to scroll entries within the same index tab. e Select a phone number➡N 2-19 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-19 08.8.12 4:09:50 PM Phone Book Changing Search Mode 2 q Press B➡K➡Search Mode➡[ * 2タッチ検索 (By 2-Touch), if 言語選択 (Language) is set to 日本語 (Japanese). In By 2-Touch search, select the first character of a reading (Press a key from 0 to 9, * or #➡Press 1 to 5). Basic Operations More Features w Select a search mode➡[ • Select from the following search modes. Tab/Reading (default): Enter reading (or partial reading) to search entries or select tab to scroll through entries. List View: Select tab then scroll through entries. By 1-Touch*: Search entries by the first letter of names. Press corresponding number key (1 to 9). By Reading: Enter reading (or partial reading) to search entries. By Memory No.: Search by entry number (Memory Number). Enter target entry number. By Phone No.: Search by entering a phone number. Group Filter: Search entries by Group. Phone Book Entry Functions (E page 2-29) Customizing by Entry (E page 2-30) Managing Phone Book (E page 2-30) Phone Book Settings (E page 13-35) • Change Storage Location • Prohibit Use of Phone Book Settings for Phone Book Groups (E page 13-35) • Edit a Group Name/Group Icon 2-20 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-20 08.8.12 4:09:50 PM Data Folder Data Folder Structure Use Data Folder to save and manage files on handset. Files are saved to folders by file format. 2 Folders Digital Camera*1 Ring Song・Tone Picture files including those taken with the camera & My Pictograms folder Pictures taken in Digital mode Sound files such as melodies, sounds recorded with Voice Recorder Videos Books Templates Video files including those recorded with the camera Electronic comic books, photo albums, etc. Graphic Mail templates Gamendeco Keitaideco Mini Tool*2 Icon/image files for screen decoration Keitaideco files Mini Tool image files & Mini Photo folder S! Appli Downloaded S! Appli Flash(R) ® Flash image files & Flash(R) Tones folder Music Downloaded music files, Chaku-Uta Full® Main Menu*2 Basic Operations Pictures Image files for Main Menu Other Documents Files other than those listed above, such as vObjects, document files, etc. *1 Shown only in memory card Data Folder. *2 Shown only in handset Data Folder. • Files saved on handset may be altered or lost by improper use, accidents, or mechanical failure. We recommend that you make backups of your important • files. indicates files requiring content usage rights. Press kK and select Buy Key to obtain a content key. 2-21 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-21 08.8.12 4:09:51 PM Data Folder Opening Files 2 q Press [➡Data Folder ➡[ Basic Operations Data Folder Window w Select a folder➡[ e Select a file➡[ Slideshow q Open Data Folder➡Pictures➡[ w Select a file➡K➡Change View➡[ e Select Slideshow➡[ • To end slideshow, press L. Managing Files and Folders Creating a Folder Folders can be created in Pictures, Ring Song・ Tone, Music, Videos, Books, Flash(R), Main Menu, Gamendeco, Mini Tool and Other Documents. q Open Data Folder➡Select a folder ➡[ w Press K➡Create Folder ➡[ e Enter a folder name➡[ Using Download Links Some folders contain a link to Yahoo! Keitai. Use links to access Yahoo! Keitai and download content. 2-22 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-22 08.8.12 4:09:51 PM Moving Files q Open Data Folder➡Select a folder ➡[ • To move multiple files: Select Select Multi ➡[➡Select files➡ [➡J (Move) • To move all files: Select All➡[➡Enter Handset Code q Open Data Folder➡Select a folder you created➡K➡Security Lock➡[ w Enter Handset Code➡ON➡[ More Features 2 Opening Files (E page 2-31) Using Files (E page 2-31) Managing Files/Folders (E page 2-33) Basic Operations w Select a file➡K➡Move➡[ e Select One➡[ Setting Folder Security Set Security Lock to a folder to require Handset Code entry when accessing files in the folder. r Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ t Select a destination folder➡[ • To move files to a new folder: Press J (Create)➡Enter a folder name ➡[ • When you move a still picture file taken in Digital mode to memory card, or a music file in MPEG-4 format (.3GP, .MP4 and .M4A) to another folder, select the fixed folder first and then select a destination folder. 2-23 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-23 08.8.12 4:09:52 PM Memory Card 2 Basic Operations Save files to memory cards. • This manual refers to a microSD memory card as "memory card". • Handset may not read/write files when battery level is low. • Never remove memory card or battery while accessing/formatting files. Doing so may damage memory card resulting in lost files. • Files on memory cards may be altered or lost from improper use, accidents or mechanical failure. Back up important files. • Do not put labels or stickers on memory cards. • For details on saving files to a memory card, see the corresponding explanation for each function. • Handset supports memory cards with a storage capacity of up to 2 GB (as of May 2008). There is no guarantee that all memory cards will work with handset. • Do not use excessive force to open Memory Card Slot cover. Doing so may damage the cover. Memory Card Structure and File Storage Locations Folder Name DCIM PRIVATE MYFOLDER Mail My Items TS_Folder Utility Calendar Contacts Memo Rights Tasks File Type Pictures taken in Digital mode Message backup files Folders in Data Folder (Pictures, My Pictograms, Videos, Ring Song・Tone, Music, Templates, Flash(R), Flash(R) Tones, Books, S! Appli, Other Documents), bookmark backup files Handset settings (backed up by Relocate function), Gamendeco/Keitaideco files, Media Player files, Ku-man's Room files Event backup files Phone Book data and backup files Notepad backup files Content key backup files Tasks backup files 2-24 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-24 08.8.12 4:09:52 PM Inserting Memory Card Formatting Memory Card Insert a memory card after turning off handset. Otherwise, files on the memory card may be lost. ⑤ ③ ① ④ q Press [➡Data Folder ➡[➡C q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Memory ➡[ q Pull out TV Antenna (①) and open w Select a folder➡[ Memory Card Slot cover (②) 2 Basic Operations ② Formatting memory card deletes all data on the memory card. • If a memory card is formatted on another device, it may not work properly with handset. Opening Memory Card Data w Insert memory card until it locks into position (gold terminal should face down) (③) e Close Memory Card Slot cover (④) and w Select Format Card ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ stow TV Antenna (⑤) Removing Memory Card e Select a file➡[ Turn handset off and open Memory Card Slot. Gently push to eject card. Slide card out gently. More Features • A memory card may pop out abruptly when Opening Files removing it from handset. Be cautious when ejecting a memory card. (E page 2-31) 2-25 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-25 08.8.12 4:09:53 PM Advanced Features Display 2 Customize Shortcuts Menu Icons S➡Select a function➡K Menus ■Setting a Preinstalled Icon Basic Operations From ➡ Main Menu page 2-2 Phone Settings Window page 2-3 Change Icon ➡[➡Preset Icons ➡[➡ Select an icon➡[ Reset Main Menu (Icons/Wallpaper) ■Setting an Image in Data Folder/Memory Main Menu K➡Reset Options ➡[➡YES➡ Card Change Icon ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡ [ Reset Multi Selector Assignment Phone Settings Window Navigation Keys ➡[➡ K➡Reset➡[➡YES➡[ K➡[ • You cannot change the icons of preset Shortcut ■Moving Icons S➡Select a function➡K➡Edit Title➡[➡ Enter a title➡[ [ functions. From ➡ Main Menu page 2-6 Change Main Menu Pattern Main Menu K➡Menu Patterns ➡[➡Select a pattern➡[ Show Main Menu Guide Main Menu K➡Guidance ➡[➡ON ➡[ Open Full Menu in Simple Mode Main Menu Full Menu ➡[ functions. Rename Shortcut Titles • You cannot edit the titles of preset Shortcut Simple Mode Arrange Icons ➡[➡Select a destination➡ Delete Shortcut Icons S➡Select a function➡K ■Deleting One Entry Delete➡[➡YES➡[ ■Deleting All Entries Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES ➡[ • You cannot delete Main Menu icon. 2-26 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-26 08.8.12 4:09:53 PM Active Window From ➡ Shortcut Mode page 2-8 Communication Mode page 2-8 [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display ➡[➡Active Window➡[➡ ON (Always) ➡[ • When OFF is set, Active Window does not open even by pressing A in Standby. Set Shortcut Mode View Shortcut Mode K➡Settings➡[➡Templates ➡[➡Member/News, Member, News or News: No Image➡[ Edit Members List Communication Mode K➡Edit List ➡[➡Select a member➡[➡YES➡[➡Friend Status or Phone Book ➡[➡Select an entry➡[ • To add a new member, select Edit List, then Not Registered, and press [. Communication Mode Select a member➡K➡ Change Icon➡[➡Phone Book or Icon➡ [➡Select an icon➡[ Show/Hide My Status Communication Mode K➡Edit List ➡[➡My Status ON or My Status OFF➡[ (ON/OFF) Check a Member's Status Communication Mode G to select a member➡K ➡View➡[ Text Entry Insert Line Break In a text entry window, enter characters and convert➡B to insert line break • When the input method is Standard or Beeper, you can also enter line break by pressing and holding #. • To insert line break to the left of a determined character, access line break from the symbol list (page 2-11). • Line break is unavailable in some text entry windows. 2 Basic Operations Always Show Active Window Change Members List Icons Insert a Space In a text entry window, C • To insert a space to the left of a determined character, select a space from the symbol list (page 2-11). 2-27 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-27 08.8.12 4:09:54 PM Advanced Features 2 Basic Operations Use Single Kanji Conversion ■Using Phase Prediction Save Text to Notepad Example: Entering 鱸 (すずき) In a text entry window, enter すずき ➡S (twice)➡ Select 鱸 from the suggestion list➡[ • When 単漢候補 (Single Kanji Conversion List) does not appear in a text entry window, the entered characters cannot be converted with Single Kanji conversion. Example: Entering the same phrase 渋谷でライブ that you have entered before In a text entry window, enter し ➡B➡E to select 渋谷 ➡[➡B➡E to select で ➡[➡ B➡E to select ライブ ➡[ Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start➡ [➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡To Notepad ➡[➡Select an entry➡[ Save Original Emoticons Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start ➡[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡To Phone Book ➡[➡Add New or Add ➡[ • See "Creating New Entries" (page 2-17) for entering other items. • If selected item contains characters or symbols not savable to Phone Book, the entry is not saved. Convert a Name One Character at a Time In a text entry window, H➡(^−^)➡[➡ User Created ➡[➡Select an empty item➡ J➡Create an emoticon➡[ (twice) Example: Entering 亜香梨 (あかり) In a text entry window, enter あかり ➡A➡E to select 名前変換 (Name Conversion)➡[➡Select 亜 ➡ [➡Select 香 ➡[➡Select 梨 ➡[ (twice) Text Entry Functions Conversion Prediction/Phrase Prediction Font Size TM Handset is equipped with MobileRUPO , Toshiba's kana-kanji conversion engine. * MobileRUPOTM is a trademark of Toshiba Corporation. ■Using Conversion Prediction Example: Entering お父さん In a text entry window, 1 (five times)➡4 (five times)➡B➡E to select お父さん ➡[ • Used entries will be overwritten. Save Numbers/E-mail Addresses to Phone Book In a text entry window, K➡Customize➡[ ➡Font Size➡[➡Select a font size➡[ Insert Phone Book Information In a text entry window, K➡Insert➡[ ■Inserting Phone Book Information Phone Book➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry ➡[➡Select an item➡[ ■Inserting Other Information My Details, Phrases, Emoticon, Signature, Notepad, Message Box or URL History ➡[ 2-28 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-28 08.8.12 4:09:54 PM Reconvert Determined Text Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start ➡[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡ Convert ➡[ ■Converting All into Full/Half Width Full Width or Half Width➡[ ■Converting All Roman Characters into Upper/Lower Case Upper Case or Lower Case➡[ ■Note Delete All Entries Phone Book Entry Window Note➡[➡Enter a reminder➡[ In a text entry window, K➡ Customize➡[ ➡Word List ➡[➡Delete All ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Phone Book Phone Book Entry Functions From ➡ Phone Book Entry Window page 2-17 Save Other Information ■Address/Job Title/Company Replace Text with Clipboard Entry Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start ➡[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡ Replace➡[➡Select text from clipboard➡[ Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡ Select an item➡[➡Enter an item➡[➡J ■Birthday Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡ Birthday ➡[➡Enter birthday➡[➡J • Enter four digits for the year and if the month or date is a single digit, prefix it with a 0. ■URL Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡ URL➡[➡Enter a URL➡[➡Home or Business➡[➡J 2 ■Memory Number (Entry Number) Phone Book Entry Window Select the current entry number➡[➡Enter a new entry number➡[ Set Location Information Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡ No Location ➡[ Basic Operations ■Converting Hiragana to Kanji Kana/Kanji ➡[➡Select a word from the suggestion list➡[ Word List ■Setting Your Current Position Position ➡[➡Perform positioning➡[➡J ■Setting from Location Logs/My Locations Location Logs or My Locations➡[➡ Select location information➡[➡J Check Number of Entries [➡Phone Book ➡[➡Memory Status➡ [ • Press K (Count) /K (Rate) to switch between the number of entries and the usage rate. • When Secret Mode is set to Hide, secret entries are excluded from the number of entries. 2-29 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-29 08.8.12 4:09:55 PM Advanced Features Customizing by Entry 2 Ringtone Volume Basic Operations Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡Voice Call, Video Call, Message, Circle Talk or Notification ➡[➡Ringtone Vol.➡[➡ Options or Same as Phone ➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Filter Messages Managing Phone Book Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡ Message➡[➡MessageFolder➡[➡ Select a folder or None➡[ Switch Phone Book (USIM/Handset/ Memory Card) Show/Hide Caller/Sender Name (External Display) Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡Ext. Display ➡[➡ON, OFF or Same as Phone External Lights/Vibration ➡[ Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡Voice Call, Video Call, Message, Circle Talk or Notification➡[ Customize Incoming Event Alerts by Group ■External Lights ExternalLight ➡[➡Select a pattern, OFF or Same as Phone ➡[ ■Vibration Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern, OFF or Same as Phone➡[ Ring Time for New Message/Notification Ringtone Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡ Message or Notification➡[➡Duration➡ [➡Set Duration, 1 Cycle or Same as Phone➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[ [➡Phone Book ➡[➡Group ➡[➡ Select a group➡[➡ Options ➡[ • See "Setting Personal Ringtones" (page 2-18) for following operations. B➡K➡ Change View ➡[➡Select a storage location➡[ • The storage location of each Phone Book entry is indicated by the following icons: Handset USIM Card Memory card Sort Entries B➡K➡Sort by ➡[➡Alphabet or Birthday ➡[ • Available when Search Mode (page 2-20) is set to List View, By 1-Touch or 2タッチ検索 (By 2-Touch). Edit Entries B➡Select a Phone Book entry➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡J➡Save or Save as New ➡[ 2-30 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-30 08.9.2 11:06:10 AM Delete Entries File Properties ■Copying/Moving One Entry ■Deleting One Entry B➡Select a Phone Book entry➡K➡ Copy or Move ➡[➡ One ➡[➡Phone Memory, USIM or Memory Card ➡[ B➡Select a Phone Book entry➡K➡Delete ➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[ Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a file➡K➡Details➡[ ■Copying/Moving Multiple Entries B➡K➡ Copy or Move ➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select Phone Book entries➡[ ➡J (Copy)/J (Move)➡Phone Memory, USIM or Memory Card ➡[ ■Copying/Moving All Entries B➡K➡ Copy or Move ➡[➡All➡[ ➡Phone Memory, USIM or Memory Card ➡[ • The items you can save to Phone Book differ depending on the storage location (handset, USIM or memory card). ■Deleting Multiple Entries B➡K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[ ➡Select Phone Book entries➡[➡J➡YES ➡[ ■Deleting All Entries B➡K➡Delete➡[➡All ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Check Available Memory (Data Folder/ Memory Card) Data Folder Window Memory Status ➡[ • Press J to toggle between handset and memory card. 2 Basic Operations Copy/Move Entries Using Files Picture Files Data Management From ➡ Data Folder Window page 2-22 Opening Files Change Data Folder View Data Folder Window Pictures, My Pictograms, Digital Camera, Videos, Books, Main Menu, Mini Tool or Mini Photo ➡[➡K ➡ Change View ➡[➡View Type ➡[➡ Select a view type➡[ Access Data Folder from each function*➡ Pictures➡[➡Select a file➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[ * See the following: Customizing Main Menu icon/wallpaper (page 2-3), setting wallpaper (page 2-7), setting incoming call/message images (page 13-2), setting video call images (page 13-23), setting Phone Book picture (page 2-18) • For adjusting the picture size, see page 7-9. • If a GIF animation is selected, only the first frame (still image) is shown. 2-31 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-31 08.8.12 4:09:57 PM Advanced Features 2 Basic Operations Melody/Music/Video and Flash® Files vObjects ■Creating a vObject Access Data Folder from each function*➡Ring Song・Tone, Music, Videos, Flash(R) or Flash(R) Tones ➡[➡Select a file➡[ (twice) * See the following: Sound settings (page 13-11), setting wallpaper (page 2-7), setting event/task/Reminder alarm tones (page 9-24), setting alarm tone (page 9-28), setting personal ringtones (page 2-18) • By converting data such as Phone Book entries, Calendar (events) and tasks into vObject file format, you can exchange those data with other vObject compatible SoftBank handsets and PCs. • vObject compatible software is required to use vObjects on a PC or other device. • When a vObject includes many characters, some of the data may not be able to be sent or received. • Depending on the software used, some vObject characters may become illegible. Open a function: Phone Book (page 2-16)/ Calendar (page 9-4)/Tasks (page 9-5)/Message (page 4-2)/Bookmarks (page 5-6)/Notepad (page 9-8)➡Select a file to be saved as vObject➡K➡ Export➡[➡One➡[➡Phone Memory, Data Folder or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a folder➡[ • To save multiple files, do the following. While selecting files to be saved, K➡Export ➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select files➡ [➡J (Save)/J (Export) • To save all files, do the following. While selecting files to be saved, K➡ Export ➡[➡All ➡[ Customize User Interface (Keitaideco) Data Folder Window Keitaideco➡[➡Select a file➡[➡YES➡[ • Wide View is switched to ON in Standby. ■Importing vObjects into Respective Functions Data Folder Window Other Documents ➡[➡ Select a vObject➡K➡To Phone Book, To Cal./Tasks, To Messages, To Bookmarks or To Notepad ➡[➡ One ➡[ • To import multiple vObjects, do the following. Select Multi ➡[➡Select vObjects➡[➡ J 2-32 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-32 08.8.12 4:09:57 PM Managing Files/Folders Change Folder and File Names ■Changing Folder Name ■Copying Multiple Files Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡ K➡Move Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code • When moving a folder created in Ring Song・ Tone or Music, do the following. Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡ Ring Song・Tone or Music➡[ Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡ Copy ➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select files ➡[➡J➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a destination folder➡[ • If Security Lock is set to the folder, Handset Code entry is required after selecting Rename Folder. ■Changing File Name Data Folder Window Select a file➡K➡Rename➡ [➡Enter a file name➡[ • If you change the file name of a music or movie file, its title will not be changed. Copy Folders and Files ■Copying a Folder Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡ K➡ Copy Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code ➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ • When copying a folder created in Ring Song・ Tone or Music, select a destination folder from Ring Song・Tone or Music. Change File Order ■Copying One File Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a file➡K➡ Change View ➡[➡Sort by ➡ [➡Select a criterion➡[ • Files in the memory card cannot be sorted by title. Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a file➡K➡ Copy ➡[➡ One ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a destination folder➡[ ■Copying All Files Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡ Copy ➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡ Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡ Select a destination folder➡[ • To copy files to a new folder, do the following. While selecting a destination folder, J➡Enter a folder name➡[ • If Details indicate that the file is Unavailable for forwarding, the file cannot be copied. • When you copy a still picture file taken in Digital mode to memory card, or a music file in MPEG-4 format (.3GP and .MP4) to another folder, select the fixed folder first and then select a destination folder. 2 Basic Operations Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡ K➡Rename Folder ➡[➡Enter a folder name➡[ Move a Folder 2-33 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-33 08.8.12 4:09:58 PM Advanced Features Delete Folders and Files ■Deleting a Folder 2 Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡ Basic Operations K➡Delete Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ ■Deleting One File Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a file➡K➡Delete ➡[➡One ➡[➡YES➡ [ ■Deleting Multiple Files Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡ Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select files ➡[➡J➡YES➡[ ■Deleting All Files Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡ Delete➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code ➡YES➡[ 2-34 823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-34 08.8.12 4:09:58 PM 3 Call Making Calls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-2 Voice Call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4 Answering Machine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-6 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Call Log ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-9 Viewing Dialed Numbers and Received Calls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-9 Optional Services ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-10 Overview ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-10 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-1 08.8.12 4:10:26 PM Making Calls Voice Call Video Call Make Calls to: Make Video Calls to: 3 Call SoftBank Handsets Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones Landlines SoftBank Handsets Optional Services such as Call Forwarding and Voice Mail are available. International Calling Abroad Make and receive voice and video calls. Call (Prior application may be required.) Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones Only with video call compatible mobile phones and terminals Global Roaming Using Handset Abroad Handset is Global Roaming Service eligible. The same phone number can be used abroad as in Japan. (Prior application may be required.) Take “Global Roaming Guide” with you when traveling abroad. 3-2 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-2 08.8.12 4:10:27 PM Checking Your Phone Number q Press [➡Phone Book➡[➡ My Details➡[ ➡a[ • To check your phone number during a call: Press kK➡My Details➡a[ About Emergency Calls Emergency calls (110 (police), 119 (fire and ambulance) and 118 (coast guard)) are available, even when Password Lock and/or Call Barring is active. Caller's location is notified to emergency agencies for emergency calls (110, 119 and 118). Positioning Information uses GPS information, where available, or base station information*. * If handset signal is received by a distant base station, Positioning Information may not be accurate. • GPS information is recorded as Location Logs (page 9-27). • Positioning Information may be inaccurate, depending on the caller's location and signal strength. • This system may not operate if the responding agency has not installed the proper system. • If emergency numbers (110, 118 and 119) are dialed with the 184 prefix, Positioning Information is not provided. However, emergency agencies may retrieve location information in life-threatening cases. • No application fees or transmission fees apply. • This system is unavailable while using handset abroad. More Features My Details (E page 3-12) 3 Call • Alternatively, press a[➡™0➡My Details Emergency Positioning Request • If a video call is made to an emergency service, the call becomes a voice call. 3-3 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-3 08.8.12 4:10:29 PM Voice Call Making a Voice Call q Enter a phone number 3 w Press N Answering a Voice Call When a call arrives, incoming image, External Lights, ringtone and/or vibration notify you. • Include the area code for all numbers. • Press O or press and hold L to Call delete the entire number and return to Standby. Press L to delete the last number entered. • For details on making a call from Phone Book, see page 2-19. q Press N/[ when a call is received • Use G to adjust the ringtone volume while receiving an incoming call. • To stop the ringtone while receiving an Voice Call Window • Use G during a call to adjust the earpiece volume. incoming call, press and hold R. w Press O to end the call e Press O to end the call • Antenna is built into handset. Signal Dial Window sensitivity may be reduced by touching/ covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3). Do not cover this area by affixing stickers, or any other items. Doing so may prevent you from making/receiving calls, sending/ receiving messages or accessing the Web. • TV Antenna is only for receiving television signals. Stow the antenna when TV is not activated. • The orientation and location of handset may affect signal strength. • When Cost Limit is set and the limit is reached, outgoing voice calls are blocked. If the limit is reached during a call, the call ends. 3-4 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-4 08.9.2 11:08:19 AM Speed Dial Calling Abroad from Japan Abbreviated dialing is possible for phone numbers saved in handset Phone Book. Make international calls from Japan. • Prior application may be required. q Enter the last two digits of entry q Enter a phone number➡K➡ Intl. Calls➡[ Make international calls from a visiting country. q From Country Number List Window, select a country➡[➡N w Press O to end the call Calling within Visiting Country Do not omit 0 from area code or enter country code. 3 Call number 0010 to 0099➡N • For entry numbers 0000 through 0009, enter the last digit only and press N. Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming) Manual Entry of Country Codes Country Number List Window w e Press O to end the call Select a country➡[➡N q Press N➡Press and hold 0 “+” is entered. w Enter a country code • See “Global Roaming Guide” for country codes. e Enter a number with area code➡N • Omit the first 0 from area code except calls to Italy. r Press O to end the call 3-5 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-5 08.9.3 10:15:43 AM Voice Call Answering Machine Record callers' messages to handset when you are unable to answer voice calls. 3 q Call Press and hold L Answering Machine is activated. • When recording capacity becomes full or call ends, recording stops automatically. • To cancel Answering Machine, press and hold L. • Press and hold L or [ to activate Answering Machine while receiving an incoming call. • Answering Machine is not available for video calls and Call Waiting. • When five messages are recorded, Answering Machine is disabled. Delete messages as follows. ➡Select a message➡K Press L k ➡Delete l ➡a[➡YES➡[ a • Messages may not be recorded when an S! Appli is set as Screensaver. • When Manner Mode is set in Drive Mode, you cannot cancel Answering Machine. • When Manner Mode is set in Original Mode, Answering Machine setting in Original Mode is given priority. To set or cancel Answering Machine while in Original Mode, change the Answering Machine setting in Original Mode. Playing Messages q More Features Press L➡Select a message➡[ Outgoing Call Functions (E page 3-12) Incoming Call Functions (E page 3-13) Answering Machine Functions (E page 3-13) Functions During Calls (E page 3-13) Response Settings for Incoming Calls (E page 13-9) • Answer Incoming Calls by Opening Handset (Open to Talk) • Set Any Key Answer Answering Machine Settings (E page 13-9) • Set Answering Machine Response Time International Call Settings (E page 13-22) • Change International Code • Add Country Codes to Country Number List • Set Operator to Use • Change Priority Order of Operators • Add an Operator Earphone-Microphone Settings (E page 13-24) • Save a Phone Number for Earphone-Microphone Call • Set Auto Answer 3-6 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-6 08.9.2 11:08:21 AM Video Call Make video calls to other compatible mobile phones. • Handset does not send your live image during video calls. Making a Video Call The other party answers your video call. • When Cost Limit is set and the limit is reached, outgoing video calls are blocked. If the limit is reached during a call, the call ends. Video Call Icons Video Call Mute My Voice Mute All Faster Moving Mode Standard Mode Better Picture Mode Handsfree On Handsfree (Bluetooth® connection) Image Transfer Off Sending Picture Voice Connection Established Video Connection Established Answering a Video Call When a video call arrives, incoming image, External Lights, ringtone and/or vibration notify you. q Press N/H/[ when a video call is received A confirmation window appears. Select YES and press [ to send live camera image. 3 Call q Enter a phone number and press H w Press O to end the call w Press O to end the call Video Call Window • Use G during a call to adjust the speaker (earpiece) volume. 3-7 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-7 08.9.2 11:08:21 AM Video Call More Features Outgoing Call Functions 3 (E page 3-12) Incoming Call Functions Call (E page 3-13) Functions During Calls (Voice & Video) (E page 3-13) Functions During Calls (Video) (E Page 3-15) Video Call Settings • • • • • • (E page 13-23) Set Alternative Picture Set Incoming Image Quality Add a Phone Number to Auto Answer List Set Mute Set Audio Output Set Hold Image 3-8 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-8 08.9.2 11:08:23 AM Call Log Viewing Dialed Numbers and Received Calls q Press D/C More Features Call Log Functions (E page 3-15) Functions for Call Time and Cost (E page 3-16) 3 Call Call Cost Settings Call Log Window (E page 13-22) • Set Currency & Exchange Rate • Show Call Cost After Each Call • Set Maximum Cost Limit • Press D/C to switch between Dialed (outgoing call log) and Received (incoming call log). • Press J ( / ) to switch between outgoing S! Circle Talk call log and voice/ video call log. • Press J ( / ) to switch between incoming S! Circle Talk call log and voice/ video call log. 3-9 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-9 08.9.2 11:08:23 AM Optional Services Overview • For details, contact SoftBank General 3 Information (page 14-46). • Operations are unavailable when out of range. Activating Call Forwarding q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings ➡[➡Call Services➡[ Call Call Forwarding Forward calls to a preset phone number. Voice Mail Transfer calls to Voice Mail Center when handset is out of range or line is busy. Access messages from handset or touchtone phones (page 3-11). Call Waiting* Place a call on hold to receive another incoming call (page 3-17). Multiparty Call* Make or receive a call during a call and talk to multiple parties simultaneously (page 3-17). e Call Barring Restrict outgoing/incoming calls and SMS (page 3-17). r Select All Calls or No Answer ➡[➡ Caller ID Show or hide your phone number when making calls (page 3-12). * Separate application required. Call Service Settings Menu t Select Phone Book, Phone Number or Call Log➡[➡Select or enter phone number➡[ (twice) • Phone Book: Search from Phone Book. Phone Number: Enter number directly. Call Log: Select number from Call Log. y Connect to the network w Select VM/Call Fwd➡[ Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu Select Call Fwd ON➡[➡Select a type of call➡[ u Press [ Set response time (skip this step for All Calls)➡[ • All Calls: Forwards calls immediately. No Answer: Forwards calls after set ring time elapses. 3-10 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-10 08.9.2 11:08:23 AM Activating Voice Mail q From Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu, select Voice Mail ON➡[ e Connect to the network set simultaneously. If one service is activated, the other will be deactivated (Voice Mail is available with Call Forwarding for video calls). • Receiving Calls After Activating Call Forwarding/Voice Mail Press lN while the ringtone is sounding to talk to the caller. If you set All Calls, handset does not receive calls, but they are forwarded to the preset phone number or Voice Mail Center. • Voice Mail Service Options Access the Personal Options menu from Voice Mail Center to set/customize outgoing message. For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Missed Call Notification Missed Call Notification informs you of calls missed while handset was powered off, out of range or engaged. Once handset is powered on or in signal range, notification appears in Information Prompt. Activate Voice Mail in advance to use this feature. q Enter 1414➡N • Follow the voice prompts. Checking Messages q From Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu, select Listen VM➡[ • From overseas, call +819066514170 3 (international charges apply). Deactivating Call Forwarding/Voice Mail Call w Select All Calls or No Answer➡[➡ Set response time (skip this step for All Calls)➡[ • All Calls: Forwards calls to Voice Mail Center immediately. No Answer: Forwards calls to Voice Mail Center after set ring time elapses. • Call Forwarding and Voice Mail cannot be q From Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu, select DeactivateAll➡[ Call Forwarding and Voice Mail are deactivated. • If Call Forwarding/Voice Mail is not activated, forward incoming calls as follows. ・Voice call: Press jJ (Divert) while handset is ringing/vibrating ・Video call: Press kK➡Divert while handset is ringing/vibrating More Features Functions for Optional Services (E page 3-16) • From overseas, call +819066514191 r Press [ (international charges apply). 3-11 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-11 08.9.2 11:08:24 AM Advanced Features My Details Outgoing Call Functions From ➡ Dial Window page 3-4 Save Information to My Details [Save My Details] 3 Call [➡Phone Book➡[➡My Details➡[ ➡Select an item➡K➡Edit➡[➡Enter information➡[➡J ■Entering a Name [➡Phone Book➡[➡My Details➡[ ➡Name➡[➡Select an item➡K➡Edit➡ [➡Enter a name➡[➡J (twice) Use Location Information Voice Call Window page 3-4 Video Call Window page 3-7 Open Map, Location Mail, Add Location or Delete➡[ • To save a location, select Personal Info. and then do the following. No Location➡K➡Add Location➡[ [Earpiece Volume] [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[➡ Earpiece Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Set Caller ID On/Off Redial [Dialed Numbers] D➡Select an entry➡N➡O to end the call • To make a video call, select an entry and press H. • To make an S! Circle Talk call, press and hold R when My Status is Online (page 10-4). [Personal Info.] [➡Phone Book➡[➡My Details➡[➡ Personal Info.➡[➡Location Exist➡K➡ Set Earpiece Volume Call from Received Calls [Received Calls] C➡Select an entry➡N➡O to end the call • To make a video call, select an entry and press H. [Show My Number] [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡ Show My Number ➡[➡Select Show My ID, Hide My ID or OFF➡[ • If you select OFF, the settings you chose when you subscribed to Caller ID service apply. • Caller ID setting has the following options, and they are given priority in the order of ① to ③ if they are all set or operated. ① Dial Window K➡Hide My ID or Show My ID➡[ ② Setting for Show My Number ③ Application for Caller ID service Show/Hide Caller ID [Show My ID] Dial Window K➡Hide My ID or Show My ID ➡[ 3-12 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-12 08.9.2 11:08:24 AM Make Voice Calls Using EarphoneMicrophone [Earphone-Microphone Call] • Make one-touch calls from Earphone- Incoming Call Functions placed on hold, the call is connected without the confirmation window asking whether to send the camera image. Answer Calls with Earphone-Microphone [Earphone-Microphone Answer] Insert Earphone-Microphone plug into earphone jack➡Press and hold the microphone switch when a call is received➡Press and hold the microphone switch to end the call • Press O to end the call [Reject Calls] K when a call is received • To reject an incoming video call, press K and select Reject Call. Place Incoming Call on Hold [Hold Answer] O when a voice or video call is received • The caller is charged for the call while placed Delete Recorded Messages [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡ Ans Machine➡[➡Recordings➡[➡ Select a message➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡ [ 3 Functions During Calls Voice & Video Calls Mute Audio During a Call Answer Incoming Video Calls Automatically [Auto Answer] • When Auto Answer is set to ON, video calls Reject an Incoming Call Answering Machine Functions Call Microphone. Before making a call, save a phone number to Earphone-Microphone (page 13-24). Insert Earphone-Microphone plug into earphone jack➡Press and hold the microphone switch to dial the set phone number➡Press and hold the microphone switch to end the call • Press and hold the switch again to cancel dialing. • Press O to end the call. • When you answer a video call that has been received from phone numbers on Auto Answer List are answered automatically without having to press a key, if handset is open. • Regardless of Manner Mode setting, the speaker will beep and the video call is automatically connected. [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡ Video Call➡[➡Auto Answer➡[➡ON/ OFF➡[ (twice)➡ON➡[ [Mute] ■Voice Calls Voice Call Window K➡Mute My Voice or Mute All➡[ ■Video Calls Video Call Window K➡Mute➡[➡Mute My Voice or Mute All➡[ • Press [ to cancel mute during a call. on hold. • Pressing O while the caller is on hold terminates the call. 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-13 3-13 08.9.2 11:08:25 AM Advanced Features Place a Call on Hold [Hold Call] Voice Call Window / Video Call Window K➡Hold➡ [ 3 • Subscription to Call Waiting (page 3-17) or Call Multiparty Call (page 3-17) is required to use the Hold feature for voice calls. Voice Calls Record Other Party's Voice During a Call [Voice Record During Calls] Voice Call Window K➡Voice Record➡[ • Recording stops when the maximum time is reached or the call ends. To stop recording manually, press [. • To play a recording, do the following. [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡ Voice Recorder ➡[➡Recordings➡[ ➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ ➡Select a file➡[ Save Number Memo During a Call [Save Number Memo] ■Sending Touch Tone Sequences Voice Call Window Press keypad keys • After the call ends, the number memo is automatically saved. • You can enter the following numbers and symbols. 0 to 9, *, #, +, -, P • To check a number memo, do the following. [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡ Number Memo➡[➡Select a number memo➡[ (page 2-17) and remotely access your answering machine or other devices. Voice Call Window K➡Phone Book➡[➡ Select a Phone Book entry➡[➡Select a touch tone sequence (phone number) ➡K➡Send Tone➡[ Talk Handsfree [Handsfree Call] Voice Call Window J • To cancel handsfree, press J (HandsfreeOFF). Send Touch Tones During a Call [Send Touch Tones] ■Manually Entering Touch Tones Voice Call Window Press a key from 0 to 9, • Save touch tone sequences to Phone Book ■Adding Pause "P" to Touch Tone Sequence • Enter a pause "P" to separate touch tones. Example: To save 03123XXXX3 (phone number), #7777 (answering machine access code), and #1 (answering machine playback command), enter the following in the Phone Number field. 03123XXXX3P#7777P#1 Open the Phone Book entry➡N (handset calls phone number before the first "P") ➡[ (handset sends next set of touch tones) • Repeat this step until all the touch tones have been sent. * or # 3-14 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-14 08.9.2 11:08:26 AM Video Calls Set a Still Picture as the Outgoing Image [Send Picture] Toggle Audio Output (Earpiece/Speaker) [Handsfree On/Off] Video Call Window J (Handsfree ON/HandsfreeOFF) Video Call Window K➡Send Picture➡[➡ Send Pic. ON➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a picture➡[ [Zoom] Video Call Window F • Zoom is unavailable when a still picture is set for outgoing image. Switch Outgoing Image During a Video Call [Switch Outgoing Images] Video Call Window [ (Switch) • Press [ to toggle between the alternative picture and camera image. Switch Outgoing/Incoming Image Windows [Switch Windows] Video Call Window K➡Screen Set.➡[➡ Switch➡[➡In. Prior, Incoming Only, Out. Prior or Outgoing Only➡[ Video Call Window K➡Alt. Picture➡[➡Alt. Pic. ON➡[ ■Selecting Default Image Preset➡[ ■Selecting an Image in Data Folder/ Memory Card Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select an image➡[ • Handset automatically adjusts the image size. Some images may be unavailable depending on the image size. From ➡ Call Log Window page 3-9 Delete Call Log Records [Delete/Delete All] 3 ■Deleting a Record Call Log Window Select a record➡K➡Delete➡ [➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[ Call Change Alternative Picture [Alternative Picture] Zoom Outgoing Image Call Log Functions ■Deleting All Records Call Log Window K➡Delete➡[➡Delete All ➡ [➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Lock Call Log [Call Log Lock] Call Log Window K➡Call Log Lock➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[ • To cancel the lock, select Unlock. Change Incoming Image Quality [Image Quality] Video Call Window K➡Screen Set.➡[➡ Image Quality➡[➡Select an item➡[ 3-15 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-15 08.9.2 11:08:26 AM Advanced Features Functions for Call Time and Cost View Call Time and Cost [Call Time & Cost] 3 Call [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡ Call Time&Cost ➡[➡All Calls or Last Call ➡[➡Time or Cost ➡[ • Use call time/cost indications only as a guide. The actual call cost billed may be different. • The total call time does not include mail communications, Web browsing, and S! Circle Talk connection and talk time. • Up to 277 hours 46 minutes and 39 seconds can be counted for the total call time. • Sum of charges appears for Multiparty Call (page 3-17). • The total call cost does not include mail/ Internet/S! Circle Talk transmission fees. • When you make an international call, the call cost is not shown. • Cost of each call may not be shown depending on your subscription. In this case, the total call cost indication and maximum cost limit are also unavailable. Reset Total Call Time [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡ Call Time&Cost ➡[➡All Calls➡[➡ Time➡[➡K➡Reset ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Reset Total Call Cost [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡ Call Time&Cost ➡[➡All Calls➡[➡ Cost ➡[➡K➡Reset ➡[➡Enter PIN2 (page 14-2) ➡[➡YES➡[ Functions for Optional Services From ➡ Voice Call Window page 3-4 Call Service Settings Menu page 3-10 Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu page 3-10 Optional Service Setting Status Check Optional Service Setting Status [Status] ■Call Forwarding/Voice Mail Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu Status ➡[ ■Call Waiting Call Service Settings Menu Call Waiting➡[➡ Status➡[ ■Call Barring Call Service Settings Menu Call Barring➡[➡ Status➡[➡Select a type of restriction➡[ 3-16 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-16 08.9.2 11:08:27 AM Call Waiting • To talk to just one person during a multiparty Multiparty Call Set Call Waiting Call Another Party [Call Waiting On/Off] Call Service Settings Menu Call Waiting➡[➡ ON or OFF➡[ During a call, Call Waiting tone is heard➡K➡ Answer➡[ Switch Between Two Callers [Switch Parties] During Call Waiting➡2N • Press 2N to switch between parties. • If a caller terminates a call during Call Waiting, a ringtone sounds and Holding. appears. Press N to start talking with the other person on hold. Voice Call Window Enter a phone number➡N • Alternatively, press K and select an entry from Phone Book (page 2-19) or Dialed/Received (page 3-9). Switch Between Parties call: Select a party to talk with➡K➡Multiparty ➡[➡Private➡[ 3 Call Barring Restrict Outgoing and Incoming Calls and SMS Messages [Call Barring] [Switch Parties] Call Service Settings Menu Call Barring➡[ Voice Call Window Enter a phone number➡N➡ When the other party answers, 2N • Press 2N to switch between parties. • If a caller terminates a call during a call, a ringtone sounds and Holding. appears. Press N to start talking with another person on hold. ■Restricting Outgoing Calls and SMS Talk to Multiple Parties [Multiparty Call] Voice Call Window Enter a phone number➡N➡ When the other party answers, K➡Multiparty ➡[➡Multiparty➡[ • During a multiparty call, press O to end the call with all parties simultaneously. • If one person ends the call during a multiparty call, the other parties remain connected. Call Answer an Incoming Call During a Call [Call Waiting] [Call During a Call] Outgoing Call ➡[➡All Outgoings, All Out-Intl. or Out-Intl.➡[➡Enter Call Barring Service Code (page 1-14) ➡Connect to the network automatically➡[ ■Restricting Incoming Calls and SMS Incoming Call ➡[➡All Incomings or All If Roamed➡[➡Enter Call Barring Service Code➡Connect to the network automatically➡ [ ■Deactivating Call Barring Cancel All➡[➡Enter Call Barring Service Code➡Connect to the network automatically➡ [ 3-17 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-17 08.8.12 4:10:39 PM Advanced Features • After connecting to the network, a setting 3 Call completed window appears. If the window does not appear, follow the procedure again. • You can still make emergency calls (110 (police), 119 (fire and ambulance) and 118 (coast guard)) when Call Barring is activated. • You cannot use All Outgoings and All Incomings if you have started using Call Forwarding or Voice Mail. • If Call Barring Service Code is incorrectly entered three consecutive times, Call Barring settings are locked. Change Call Barring Service Code and Center Access Code (page 1-14). For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Change Call Barring Service Code [Call Barring Service Code] Call Service Settings Menu Call Barring➡[➡ Security Code➡[➡Enter current Call Barring Service Code➡Enter new Call Barring Service Code➡[➡Re-enter new Call Barring Service Code for confirmation➡[ • After connecting to the network, a setting completed window appears. If the window does not appear, follow the procedure again. 3-18 823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-18 08.8.12 4:10:39 PM 4 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-1 Messaging Messaging ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-2 Message Types ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-2 Customizing Handset Address ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-3 Sending Messages・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-4 Sending S! Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-4 Sending SMS ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-6 Incoming Messages・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-8 Opening New Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-8 Checking Received Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-8 Replying to Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-9 Organizing/Using Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-10 Sorting Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-11 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-13 08.8.12 4:11:06 PM Messaging Message Types Handset supports S! Mail (MMS) and SMS. Available Messaging Services Send messages to phone numbers or e-mail addresses! 4 SMS Messaging SoftBank Handsets Server Handset Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones Server If recipient is out of the service area, the message is stored on the server. Once recipient's signal becomes available, message is resent. ● Incoming SMS/S! Mail (including attachments) are automatically downloaded to handset. Charges are incurred according to your subscription. ● PCs S! Mail (separate contract required) Use Short Message Service (SMS) to exchange short text messages with other SoftBank handsets. Exchange long text messages, pictures, sounds, etc. with S! Mail compatible SoftBank handsets, non-SoftBank mobile phones and PCs that support e-mail. S! Mail is better than ever. Graphic Mail Change text size, text color, background color and insert images and pictograms. Feeling Mail Set your mood when sending messages to compatible SoftBank handsets. Recipient's handset shows your mood accordingly. 4-2 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-2 08.8.12 4:11:07 PM Customizing Handset Address ➡[➡各種変更手続き (Changing Applications) ➡[ 4 Messaging Change the account name (part before @) of your handset e-mail address. □□□□□□□□□□□@softbank.ne.jp • For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). • This operation uses Yahoo! Keitai access. • Before using Messaging service, retrieve network connection information (page 1-10). • A random alphanumeric text string is assigned at the time of contract. Composing a long e-mail address using single-byte alphanumerics and symbols is an effective way for preventing spam. q Press K➡設定・申込 (Settings/Applications) w Select メール各種設定(オリジナルメール設定)(Mail Settings/Original Mail)➡[ • Follow the onscreen instructions. 4-3 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-3 08.8.12 4:11:08 PM Sending Messages Sending S! Mail q Press J➡Create New ➡[ • To select an address from Phone Book: Select Phone Book ➡[➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number/ e-mail address➡[ r Select Subject ➡[➡Enter a subject ➡[ 4 • If you enter an e-mail address or input text that cannot be sent by SMS, the mail type automatically changes to S! Mail. • S! Mail you send may look different on a receiving handset if it does not support S! Mail. Attaching Files Messaging Attach an image or melody to an S! Mail. Create Message Window q From Create Message Window, select w Select Address ➡[ Files➡[ t Select Text ➡[➡Enter text➡[ Attachments Menu Set Address Menu w Select Data Folder ➡[➡Phone e Select Phone Number or Email ➡[➡ Memory or Memory Card ➡[ Enter a phone number/e-mail address ➡[ y Press J (Send)➡OK➡[ • If you select Notify Only Once in the sending confirmation/completed window, the window will not appear from the next time. 4-4 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-4 08.8.12 4:11:08 PM e Select a folder➡[➡Select a file➡[ Feeling Mail Feeling Mail notifies the recipient of message arrival by special graphics expressing the sender's mood in Information Prompt, as well as by vibration and External Lights. • Actions when Feeling Mail arrives vary according to the recipient's handset. • Some files may not be able to be attached to Feeling ➡[ messages. To find out whether a file can be attached or not, check Details of the file (page 2-31). Send HTML mail to change font size, font color, background color, add moving text, insert images, etc. Example: Changing the font size and background color, and inserting a picture q From Create Message Window, select Text ➡[ w Press K➡GraphicMail ➡[ 4 Messaging q From Create Message Window, select Graphic Mail w Select a pictograph➡[ Graphic Mail Window • To decorate text using a Graphic Mail • If you send a message with Feeling Mail graphics to a handset that doesn't support Feeling Mail, a regular pictograph appears in the subject field on the recipient's handset. template: Press K➡Templates➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select a template➡[➡YES➡[➡ Edit text➡[ 4-5 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-5 08.8.12 4:11:09 PM Sending Messages e Select Font Size➡[ y Select a background color➡[ Sending SMS Send short text messages to other SoftBank handsets using phone numbers as address. q Press J➡Create New ➡[ 4 Messaging r Select a font size➡[➡Enter text u Press K➡GraphicMail ➡[➡Picture ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ t Press K➡GraphicMail ➡[➡ ScreenColor➡[ i Select a folder➡[➡Select an image ➡[ Create Message Window w Select Text ➡[➡Enter text➡[ e Select Address ➡[ Set Address Menu 4-6 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-6 08.8.12 4:11:09 PM r Select Phone Number ➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ More Features Creating Messages (E page 4-13) Attaching Files (E page 4-14) Graphic Mail Functions Book: Select Phone Book➡[➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number➡[ t Press J (Send)➡OK➡[ • If you select Notify Only Once in the sending confirmation/completed window, the window will not appear from the next time. Message Creation Settings (E page 13-14) • Add Recipients to Simple Input List • Set Groups • Set a Signature • Set Default Mail Type • Show/Hide Notification When Mail Type is Switched Outgoing Messages (E page 13-15) • Show/Hide Sending Confirmation Window • Set Vibration When Sending is Confirmed • Check Delivery • Set Server Storage Period of Sent Messages • Set Message Priority • Set Time for Delivering Messages to Recipients • Save a Reply Address • Edit SMS Center Number (+819066519300) 4 Messaging • To select a phone number from Phone (E page 4-15) Outgoing Message Functions (E page 4-15) 4-7 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-7 08.8.12 4:11:10 PM Incoming Messages Opening New Messages 4 Messaging When a message arrives, ringtone sounds and animation plays. Incoming messages are saved to Received. Check any unread messages from Information Prompt. • By default, S! Mail retrieval is set to Immediate. The complete incoming message and attachments are automatically downloaded. Change settings to Phone # Only (autodownload messages from SoftBank handsets) or Deferred (select messages to download) (page 13-16). • When there are several unread Feeling Mails, graphics expressing the sender's mood of the most recently received Feeling Mail appear in the background of Information Prompt. q Information Prompt appears e Select a folder➡[➡Select a message Checking Received Messages ➡[ • To retrieve new messages from the server: Press jJ➡Retrieve New ➡a[ • If Priority is set to Pause, incoming messages are notified by a confirmation window during handset use (except in Standby). Select Read Now or Later. To delete a message without reading it, select Delete. • While watching TV, if a confirmation window appears to notify of an incoming message, select Read Now or Later. When Later is selected, handset receives the message after ending TV. q Press J➡Message Box ➡[➡Received w Select a folder➡[➡Select a message ➡[ • It may be impossible to open/play a file unless you obtain a content key (content license) depending on the file. w Select New Messages ➡[ 4-8 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-8 08.8.13 3:30:15 PM Replying to Messages Create Message Window opens and the recipient's address is automatically set. • When replying to an S! Mail, the subject to which Re: is prefixed is automatically inserted in the subject field. More Features Receiving Messages (E page 4-16) Server Operations (E page 4-16) 4 Example: Replying by creating new text ➡[➡J (Reply) e Select Blank➡[ (E page 13-15) • Set Font Size • Set Scroll Unit • Show/Hide Address and Subject When Messaging q Press J➡Message Box ➡[➡Received w Select a folder➡[➡Select a message Display Settings Sending/Receiving Messages Incoming Messages (E page 13-16) • Set New Message Retrieve Mode • Set Automatic Display of Picture Files • Set Automatic Playback of Sound Files • Set Spam Filter 3D Pictograms (E page 13-16) • Set Automatic Playback of 3D Pictograms • Set Font and Background Colors for 3D Pictograms • To reply to the sender of a message with multiple addresses, select To Sender or To All. • To reply by quoting the received message text, select With Text; to reply by referring to the received text, select Refer. 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-9 4-9 08.8.13 3:30:16 PM Organizing/Using Messages Received and sent messages are saved to the Received and Sent message folders respectively. Unsent draft messages are saved to Drafts, and undelivered (delivery failed) messages are saved to Unsent. q Press J➡Message Box ➡[ • About Auto-delete 4 Messaging If Message Box memory is full, the oldest message is deleted when receiving/sending a new message. Set Protect (page 4-17) to save important messages. Alternatively, set Auto-delete (page 13-17) to Do not Set. However, when memory is full, a warning appear on Display. Delete and unnecessary messages to receive new messages (page 4-18). • When unable to receive S! Mail notifications due to insufficient memory, delete unnecessary messages. Once memory space becomes available, S! Mail notifications are redelivered by Retry function. Alternatively, retrieve Mail List (page 4-16) to receive notifications. For details on redelivery of S! Mail notifications, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Message Box Window w Select Received or Sent ➡Select a folder➡[ ① ② ③ Message List Window ①Message Status Unread Message Read Message Unread Message with Attachments Replied Unread Message Forwarded Unread Message Replied & Forwarded Unread Message Unread S! Mail Notification Read S! Mail Notification Replied Unread S! Mail Notification Forwarded Unread S! Mail Notification Replied & Forwarded S! Mail Notification Sent Message with Unread Delivery Report Sent Message with Delivery Being Confirmed Sent Message without Delivery Confirmed Forwarded Sent Message without Delivery Confirmed Sent Message of Which Delivery to Some Recipients is Failed Forwarded Sent Message of Which Delivery to Some Recipients is Failed Unsent Message with Delivery Failed Unsent Message Waiting for Delivery Message Being Sent Draft Message 4-10 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-10 08.8.13 3:30:16 PM ②S! Mail/SMS S! Mail SMS SMS on USIM Card ③Priority/Protection Received and sent messages can be sorted into folders under Received and Sent of Message Box according to the conditions you set. q Open Message Box➡Select a folder➡ K➡Sort Setting➡[ w Select a criterion➡[➡Specify conditions➡[ • Select Person to set an individual entry in Phone Book as the sorting condition. • Select Group to set a Group entry in Phone Book as the sorting condition. • Select Address to set the specified addresses, regardless of whether they are saved to Phone Book, as the sorting condition. • Select Phone Book to set those addresses that are either saved or not saved to Phone Book as the sorting condition. • Select Ku-man to set messages from Ku-man as the sorting condition. • Select Idokoro to set Departure Mail, Arrival Mail, and Simple Notice as the sorting condition. 4 Messaging High/Protected High/Not Protected Normal/Protected Low/Protected Low/Not Protected Sorting Messages 4-11 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-11 08.8.13 3:30:17 PM Organizing/Using Messages More Features Organizing Messages (E page 4-17) Using Messages (E page 4-18) 4 Messaging Message Box Settings (E page 13-17) • Do Not Auto-delete Old Messages • Switch Between Folder View and All Message View • Switch Between Mixed View and Separate View Message List View Settings (E page 13-17) • Switch Message List Views • Split Message List Window Message List Window Settings (E page 13-18) • Filter Messages • Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Phone Number/E-mail Address • Add a Phone Number/E-mail Address to a Phone Book Entry • Switch Between Unread and Read • Switch All Messages in a Folder Between Unread and Read Mini Tool Setting in Message List Window (E page 13-18) • Set Mini Tool in Message List Window 4-12 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-12 08.8.13 3:30:18 PM Advanced Features Sending Messages Creating Messages From ➡ Create Message Window page 4-4 Set Address Menu page 4-4 Specify Recipients Quickly [Simple Input] Insert Your Name and Other Information Automatically [Insert] Save a Recipient's Address to Phone Book [To Phone Book] Create Message Window Text➡[➡K➡Insert ➡[➡Phone Book, My Details, Phrases, Emoticon, Signature, Notepad, Message Box or URL History ➡[➡Do the respective operations [➡Select an address➡K➡Save Sender ➡ [➡Add New or Add ➡[ [To/Cc/Bcc] Add Recipients Send a Message from Sent Log/Received Log [Sent Log/Received Log] • For details on how to enter addresses, see Set Address Menu Sent Log or Received Log➡ Delete Recipients [Delete/Select Multi/Delete All] [Add Address] Create Message Window Select the address field➡ K➡Add Address➡[➡Select an address➡ [➡J page 4-4. ■Deleting One Entry Send a Message to a Group [Group] • You can select addresses saved to a group (page 13-14). Set Address Menu Group➡[➡Select a group➡ [ 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-13 4 entering other items. Set To/Cc/Bcc to Simple Input list (page 13-14) and enter them. Set Address Menu Simple Input ➡[➡Select an entry➡[ [➡Select an entry➡[ • See "Creating New Entries" (page 2-17) for Create Message Window Select the address field➡ [➡Select an address➡K➡Delete➡[➡ One➡[ ■Deleting Multiple Entries Create Message Window Select the address field➡ [➡K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[ ➡Select addresses➡[➡J ■Deleting All Entries Create Message Window Select the address field➡ K➡Delete All ➡[ Create Message Window Select the address field➡ [➡Select an address➡K➡To/Cc/Bcc➡ [➡To, Cc or Bcc➡[➡J • To: The recipient's address. • Cc: Copies of a message sent to the address in the To field are sent to other addresses. Addresses entered in the Cc (carbon copy) field are revealed to other recipients. • Bcc: Addresses entered in the Bcc (blind carbon copy) field are not revealed to other recipients. Messaging • You can select addresses that you have saved Create Message Window Select the address field➡ 4-13 08.8.13 3:30:18 PM Advanced Features • If the text exceeds the maximum number of Save All Addresses to a Group [To Group] Create Message Window Select the address field➡ K➡To Group ➡[ (twice)➡Select a group➡ [➡Enter a group name➡[ 4 Edit Text Messaging Create Message Window Select the text➡[➡Edit the text➡[ [Edit Text] characters allowed in SMS, a confirmation window appears. If you select Cut to Fit SMS after selecting Change, the maximum amount of text from the beginning is remained and the excess is deleted. • If you change the mail type to SMS, the following items are deleted. E-mail address, Cc and Bcc setting, Subject, Attached file, Graphic Mail template and settings, Feeling Mail setting ■Switching to S! Mail Delete Text [Clear Text] Create Message Window Select the text➡K➡ Clear Field ➡[ Change Mail Type [Mail Type] ■Switching to SMS Create Message Window Type➡[➡SMS➡[ • If a message contains something that cannot be sent by SMS, a confirmation window appears. The contents which cannot be sent will be deleted if you select Change. Create Message Window Type➡[➡S! Mail ➡ [ • By performing the following operations, you can also change the mail type from SMS to S! Mail automatically. If these items are deleted, the mail type returns to SMS automatically. Add an e-mail address, Set Cc/Bcc, Enter subject, Attach a file, Set Feeling Mail • If you press K and select Templates or GraphicMail while entering text, or if you enter text that exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed in SMS and press [, a confirmation window telling the message cannot be sent as SMS appears. Select Change to S!Mail, Cut to Fit SMS, or Edit Message. Attaching Files From ➡ Create Message Window page 4-4 Attachments Menu page 4-4 Shoot Picture or Video Attachments [Take Picture/Record Video] ■Picture Attachments Menu Take Picture➡[➡Frame subject in Display➡[(twice) ■Video Attachments Menu Record Video ➡[➡Frame subject in Display➡[(three times) Set an Attachment to Open Automatically (Recipient's Handset) [Auto Play] • If there are more than one attached file, you can set just one to play back. Create Message Window Attachments➡[➡ Select an attached file➡K➡Auto Play ➡[ ➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Display or Do not Display ➡[ • To put a caption to the attached file, select Display and enter a caption for the file. 4-14 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-14 08.8.12 4:11:15 PM Graphic Mail Functions From ➡ Create Message Window page 4-4 Graphic Mail Window page 4-5 ■Deleting One Decoration Outgoing Message Functions Graphic Mail Window Cancel ➡[➡Delete by Each➡[➡Select a decoration➡[➡J Save without Sending ■Deleting All Decorations Other Decorations [Graphic Mail] ■Changing Font Color ■Blinking/Scrolling/Swinging Text Graphic Mail Window Blink, Telop or Swing➡ [➡Enter text Change Decorations [Change/Delete Graphic Mail Settings] Create Message Window Options➡[➡Expiry ➡[➡Select an expiry time➡[ Graphic Mail Window Sound ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a sound file➡[ Save Graphic Mail Templates [Save Template] ■Inserting My Pictograms Graphic Mail Window MyPictograms➡[➡ Select a My Pictogram➡[ Create Message Window H or K➡Preview➡[ Insert a Graphic Mail Template [Switch Templates] ■Inserting Sound Graphic Mail Window Partition ➡[ [Preview] Specify Server Storage Period [Expiry Time] Create Message Window Select text➡K➡Switch Templ.➡[➡Switch➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a template➡[➡Edit text➡[ ■Inserting a Line in Text 4 Check Preview Create Message Window Select text➡[➡Enter text➡J➡Start ➡[➡Select the end➡[➡ Graphic Mail ➡[➡Set/delete decorations ■Aligning Text Graphic Mail Window LineUp ➡[➡Select a character position➡[➡Enter text Create Message Window K➡To Drafts ➡[➡ Save➡[ Create Message Window Select text➡K➡Save Template➡[➡Enter a title➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ • Templates can only be saved when the text has been decorated with Graphic Mail settings. Messaging Graphic Mail Window Font Color ➡[➡Select a color ➡[➡Enter text Graphic Mail Window Cancel ➡[➡Delete All ➡[➡YES➡[ [Save to Drafts] Check Delivery [Delivery Check] Create Message Window Options➡[➡ DeliveryCheck ➡[➡ON➡[ Specify Message Delivery Time [Delivery Time] Create Message Window Options➡[➡Delivery Time➡[➡Select a delivery time➡[ • This procedure is only available with S! Mail. 4-15 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-15 08.8.12 4:11:16 PM Advanced Features Set Message Priority [Priority] Create Message Window Options➡[➡Priority ➡[➡Select a priority➡[ • This procedure is only available with S! Mail. 4 Activate Reply to Function Messaging ➡[➡Activate ➡[ [Reply to] Create Message Window Options➡[➡Reply to • Save a Reply address in advance (page 13-15). • This procedure is only available with S! Mail. Delete a Sent Message Checked on the Recipient's Side Automatically [Self-delete] Create Message Window Options➡[➡ Self-delete➡[➡ON➡[ • This procedure is only available with S! Mail. Incoming Messages Receiving Messages • When you select Select Multi, do the following. Select messages➡[➡J Manually Retrieve Complete S! Mail [Retrieve Mail] Forward Server Messages [Forward Server Mail] Select S! Mail notification➡[➡Retrieve Mail➡[ J➡Server Mail ➡[➡Select a message➡ K➡Divert ➡[➡Keep or Do not Keep ➡ [➡Enter an address➡J Forward Continuation of S! Mail [Forward Mail] • When Do not Keep is selected, the forwarded message is deleted from the server. Select S! Mail notification➡K➡Divert ➡ [➡Server Mail ➡[➡Keep or Do not Keep ➡[➡Enter an address➡J • For details on how to enter addresses, see page 4-4. Delete Server Messages [Delete/Select Multi/Delete All] Server Operations ■Deleting One Message Use Mail List [Update Mail List/Retrieve Mail] Select a message➡K➡Delete➡[➡One➡ [➡Server Mail or Notif./Server ➡[➡ YES➡[ • For details on how to enter addresses, see page 4-4. J➡Server Mail ➡[ J➡Server Mail ➡[ ■Retrieving and Updating Mail List J➡Update➡[ ■Receiving Messages on Mail List Select a message➡K➡Retrieve➡[➡One, Select Multi or All ➡[ 4-16 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-16 08.8.12 4:11:16 PM ■Deleting Multiple Messages K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡ Server Mail or Notif./Server ➡[➡Select messages➡[➡J➡YES➡[ Organizing/Using Messages From ➡ Message Box Window page 4-10 Message List Window page 4-10 Edit a Folder Name [Rename Folder] Message Box Window Select a folder➡K➡ Rename Folder ➡[➡Enter a folder name➡ Organizing Messages [ Set Security to Message Box [Security Lock] Protect Messages [Protect/Select Multi/Protect All] J➡Message Box ➡K➡Security Lock ➡ [➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock ➡[ ■Protecting One Message Check Server Status [Mailbox Volume] J➡Server Mail ➡[➡K➡Mailbox Vol. ➡[ • To update the amount of server space, press J (Update). • If the server usage exceeds 80%, a warning window appears. Retrieve messages stored on the server (page 4-16) or delete them (page 4-16). • To view messages, do the following. J➡Message Box ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Select a folder➡[➡Select a message ➡[ Message List Window Select a message➡K➡ Protect ➡[➡ One➡[➡Protect ➡[ ■Protecting Multiple Messages 4 Messaging ■Deleting All Messages K➡Delete➡[➡All Read Mail or All ➡ [➡Server Mail or Notif./Server ➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Message List Window K➡Protect ➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Protect ➡[➡Select messages ➡[➡J Set Folder Security [Security Lock] • Set to require Handset Code entry to view messages in the selected folder. However, folder security cannot be set to General folder. Message Box Window Select a folder➡K➡ Security Lock ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡ Lock ➡[ ■Protecting All Messages Message List Window K➡Protect ➡[➡All ➡ [➡Protect ➡[ (twice) 4-17 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-17 08.8.12 4:11:17 PM Advanced Features Delete Messages [Delete/Select Multi/All in Folder/ Delete All] ■Deleting One Message Message List Window Select a message➡K➡ Delete➡[➡ One➡[➡YES➡[ 4 ■Deleting Multiple Messages Messaging Message List Window K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select messages➡[➡J➡ YES➡[ Using Messages ■Making a Video Call to a Phone Number Voice Call ➡[➡K➡Video Call➡[ Forward Messages [Forward Mail] • When forwarding an S! Mail, the subject to which Fw: is prefixed is automatically inserted in the subject field. Message List Window Select a message➡K➡ Divert ➡[ ■Deleting All Messages in a Folder Call Sender/Recipient [Call Sender/Call Address] Message Box Window K➡Delete➡[➡All in Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡ Message List Window Select a message➡K➡Call Sender or Call Address➡[➡N [ ■Deleting All Received/Sent Messages Message Box Window K➡Delete➡[➡All ➡ [➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Check Delivery Report [Check Delivery Report] Message List Window Select a message that has the delivery check icon ➡[ Use Links [Call/Create Message/Save Sender/ Start Navi Appli/Access URL] Message List Window Open a message that has a link➡Select a link➡[ • Available links are shown in blue. ■Calling a Phone Number Voice Call ➡[➡N ■Making an S! Circle Talk Call to a Phone Number Voice Call ➡[➡K➡Circle Talk➡[➡J ■Sending a Message to a Phone Number/ E-mail Address Create Mail ➡[➡ Create➡[➡Create Message Window opens ■Saving a Phone Number/E-mail Address to Phone Book Save Sender ➡[➡Add New or Add ➡[ ➡Phone Book Entry Window opens • See "Creating New Entries" (page 2-17) for entering other items. ■Starting Navi Appli from Location Information Navi Appli ➡[➡Launch ➡[ ■Saving Location Information to My Locations To Locations ➡[ • See “Save Location Information to My Locations” (page 9-27) for following operations. ■Accessing the Internet By Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser ➡[ 4-18 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-18 08.8.12 4:11:17 PM Save Attached Files Copy Text [Text Copy] Message List Window Open a message that has an attachment➡Select a file➡[➡Save➡[➡ Enter a file name➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a folder➡[ • Some files cannot be saved depending on the file type. • To open/play an attached file, select a file and select View or Play. Some files may not be shown/played properly on handset. • When a received message has more than 20 attached files, all files after the 20th file cannot be opened/played. Message List Window Open a message➡K➡Text Copy ➡[➡Move cursor to one end of the text range to copy➡[➡Specify the range➡ [ Move SMS Messages to USIM Card or Handset [Move] Message List Window Open a message➡K➡ Move➡[➡To Folder, To Phone or To USIM➡[ Move Messages to a Different Folder [Move Folder] ■Moving One Message Message List Window Select a message➡K➡ Move Folder ➡[➡ One➡[➡Select a destination folder➡[ 4 ■Moving Multiple Messages Message List Window K➡Move Folder ➡[ ➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select messages➡ [➡J➡Select a destination folder➡[ ■Moving All Messages in a Folder Messaging [Save Attachments] Message List Window K➡Move Folder ➡[ ➡All ➡[➡Select a destination folder➡[ Check Message Details Edit and Send Unsent Messages [Edit Unsent Messages] J➡Unsent ➡[➡Select a message➡[ ➡Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡ J➡OK➡[ • Press J (OK) after editing the address. [View Details] Message List Window Open a message➡K➡View ➡[➡View Details➡[ Change Order of Messages [Sort by] Message List Window K➡Sort by ➡[➡Select a criterion➡[ 4-19 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-19 08.8.12 4:11:18 PM 4 Messaging 4-20 823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-20 08.8.12 4:11:19 PM 5 Internet Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-2 About the Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-2 Yahoo! Keitai ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-3 Accessing Yahoo! Keitai・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-3 PC Site Browser ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-4 Accessing PC Sites ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-4 Web Page Operations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-5 Bookmarks/Saved Pages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-6 Bookmarks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-6 Saved Pages・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-6 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-7 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-1 08.8.12 4:11:41 PM Internet About the Internet More Features Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai (SoftBank's mobile portal site). Also browse the Internet using PC Site Browser. Internet 5 Internet Yahoo! Keitai PC Site Browser Access Mobile Internet Sites Access PC Sites Security Settings • • • • • • • (E page 13-19) Send/Block Manufacture Number Configure Send Referer Setting Enable/Disable Cookies Configure Script Settings Check Root Certificates Set Authentication Set SSL Communication • About Security Handset uses SSL/TLS (a protocol for sending encrypted data) to protect against dangers on the Internet such as eavesdropping, tampering and spoofing. Root certificates necessary for SSL/TLS are saved on handset. • When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the page. Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the terms of SSL/TLS usage. • SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign Japan K.K., Cybertrust Japan Co., Ltd., Entrust Japan Co., Ltd., GlobalSign K.K., RSA Security Japan Ltd. and Secom Trust Systems Co., Ltd. cannot be held liable for any damages associated with the use of SSL/TLS. • In a 3G High Speed area, you can receive at a maximum speed of 3.6 Mbps and send at a maximum speed of 384 kbps. Note that transfers of large files may result in high transmission fees. 5-2 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-2 08.8.12 4:11:42 PM Yahoo! Keitai Accessing Yahoo! Keitai Accessing Web Pages from History q q Press K More Features Press and hold K➡History➡[ Connecting/Browsing • To disconnect during communication, press (E page 5-7) K (Cancel). History Menu w Select a title ➡[ q Press and hold K➡Enter URL➡[ Web Page w Select an item ➡[ e To stop viewing the web page, press 5 Internet Accessing Web Pages by Entering URLs Universal Settings for Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site Browser (E page 13-20) • Clear Cache • Delete All Cookies • Clear Authentication Info • Return Browser Settings, Bookmarks, and Saved Pages to Default • Restore Settings and Stored Information to Default Yahoo! Keitai Settings (E page 13-20) • Set Storage Location of Downloaded Contents L/O➡YES➡[ URL Window w Select Direct Entry➡[➡Enter a URL ➡[(twice) 5-3 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-3 08.8.12 4:11:43 PM PC Site Browser Accessing PC Sites q Press and hold K➡J( Accessing Web Pages from History ) q More Features From PC Browser Menu, select History Connecting/Browsing ➡[ (E page 5-7) PC Site Browser History Menu w Select a title ➡[➡Always Ask or Ask Once Only➡[ 5 Internet PC Browser Menu w Select Homepage➡[➡Always Ask or Ask Once Only➡[ • If you select Ask Once Only, the confirmation window about display and transmission fees will not appear from the next time. Accessing Web Pages by Entering URLs q From PC Browser Menu, select Enter URL➡[ (E page 5-7) Universal Settings for Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site Browser (E page 13-20) • Clear Cache • Delete All Cookies • Clear Authentication Info • Return Browser Settings, Bookmarks, and Saved Pages to Default • Restore Settings and Stored Information to Default PC Site Browser Settings (E page 13-20) • Do Not Show Alert When Switching Browsers URL Window w Web Page Select Direct Entry➡[➡Enter a URL ➡[(twice)➡Always Ask or Ask Once Only➡[ • Some websites may not be shown correctly or it may take time to open depending on the site. 5-4 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-4 08.8.12 4:11:44 PM Web Page Operations Scrolling Pages When the whole page is not shown on the browser screen, the scroll bar appears on the right or bottom of the screen. View the remaining part using G/F to scroll the screen. Moving Cursor To select items, use G/F to move cursor. Websites you have retrieved are temporarily stored. Press J (Back) to return to the previous page. Press K and select Forward to go to the next page. When there are entry fields and selectable items on the screen, operate as follows. ① ② ①Text Entry Field Select □ and press お名前 年齢 [. A text entry 10代 window opens. Enter 性別 text and press [. 男 女 ②Menu List Select □ and press 資料請求 [ to open menu list. 送信 キャンセル Select an item and press [. ③Command Button and press Select ③ ④⑤ [ to execute the indicated command. ④Checkbox and press [. The checkbox changes to Select , indicating that the item is selected. ⑤Radio Button and Select one from a range of items. Select press [. The radio button changes to , indicating that the item is selected. More Features Using Web Pages (E page 5-7) Web Page Settings (E page 13-21) Change Font Size Change Scroll Unit Change Text Encoding Type Adjust Sound Playback Volume Do Not Download Images and Melodies from Web Pages • Set Security Lock • • • • • 5 Internet Going to Previous Page/Next Page Text Entry & Item Selection • The above screenshot is an example image. 5-5 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-5 08.9.2 11:10:55 AM Bookmarks/Saved Pages Bookmarks If you bookmark frequently accessed pages, you will be able to access them quickly and easily. Using Bookmarks q Press and hold K➡Bookmarks➡[ • To access a web page from a PC site bookmark: Press and hold K➡J( Bookmarks➡[ Saving a Bookmark 5 q Open a page➡K➡Bookmarks➡[ w Select Save➡[ Internet e Press J (Edit) ➡Select the title field ➡[➡Edit the title➡[ r Press J (OK) ➡[ • Select a folder when adding the bookmark to one of folders you created. ) ➡ q Press and hold K➡Saved Pages➡[ • To view saved pages of PC sites: Press and hold K➡J ( Pages➡[ ) ➡Saved Saved Pages List Menu • If you are not editing the title or URL, press [ (Save). Viewing Saved Pages Bookmarks List Menu w Select a title ➡[ w Select a title ➡[ More Features Saved Pages If you save frequently accessed information (pages) to Saved Pages, the information can be viewed without accessing the Internet later. Bookmarks and Saved Pages (E page 5-9) Saving Pages q Open a page ➡K➡Saved Pages ➡[ w Select Save➡[➡Enter a title➡[ • Some pages may not be saved because of copyright restrictions, etc. • If you save a page with the same URL as a page already saved in Saved Pages, it is saved as a different page. 5-6 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-6 08.8.12 4:11:46 PM Advanced Features Internet Using Web Pages Switch Browsers Connecting/Browsing Web Page K➡Change View➡[➡Current Page or Linked Page➡[➡Always Ask or Ask Once Only➡[ • If you select Ask Once Only, the confirmation window will not appear from the next time. Delete Records from History [Delete/Select Multi/Delete All] PC Site Browser From ➡ History Menu page 5-3, 5-4 URL Window page 5-3, 5-4 Web Page page 5-3, 5-4 Switch Screens ■Deleting Multiple Records Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡PC Screen or Small Screen➡[ [PC Screen/Small Screen] History Menu K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ [Zoom] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Zoom➡[➡ Select a magnification/shrinkage percentage ➡ [ Use Once Entered URLs [URL History] URL Window URL History➡[➡Select a record➡[ (twice) Copy Text Web Page K➡Text Copy➡[➡Move cursor to one end of the text range to copy➡[➡ Specify the range➡[ • Only characters and pictographs can be copied. 5 Send a URL Link via Mail [Send URL] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Send URL➡[ Enlarge/Reduce a Page ■Deleting All Records Web Page K➡Reload Page➡[ Internet History Menu Select a record➡K➡Delete➡ [➡One➡[➡YES➡[ History Menu K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select records➡[➡J➡YES➡[ [Reload Page] [Text Copy] From ➡ Web Page page 5-4 ■Deleting One Record Refresh View Pages in Landscape or Portrait [Landscape/Portrait] Search Text in Web Pages [Page Search] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Page Search➡ [➡Enter text➡[➡Select a search method ➡[➡Up or Down, or ON or OFF➡[➡ J Web Page K➡Tool ➡[➡Landscape or Portrait ➡[ 5-7 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-7 08.8.12 4:11:46 PM Advanced Features Use Files [File Playback/Save File/File Details] Open a page that has a file ➡K➡Saving Mode➡[➡Select a file➡[ ■Playing/Opening a File 5 Play/View ➡[ • Some files may not be played/shown properly on handset. ■Saving a File Internet Save ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a folder➡[ • Some files may not be saved because of copyright restrictions, etc. ■File Properties File Details ➡[ ■Saving a File Save➡[ • See page 4-19 for how to save files. • Some files may not be saved because of copyright restrictions, etc. ■File Properties File Details ➡[ ■Saving and Setting a File as Ringtone Set Ringtone➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[ (twice) ■Saving and Setting a File as Wallpaper Set Wallpaper➡Select a folder➡[ Use Text in Web Pages [Use Phone Number/E-mail Address/URL] • Only underlined items are available. Use Files from Links in Web Pages [File Playback/Save File/File Details/ Set Ringtone/Set Wallpaper] Open a page that has a file ➡Select a link ➡[ ■Playing/Opening a File Play/View ➡[ • Some files may not be played/shown properly on handset. ■Making a Call/Adding to Phone Book Web Page Select a link➡[➡Call or To Phone Book➡[ ■Sending a Message/Adding to Phone Book Web Page Select a link ➡[➡As Mail or To Phone Book➡[ Save a Page to Event [To Event] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡To Event➡[➡ Save the event (page 9-4) Save a Page to My Locations [To Locations] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡To Locations➡ [➡Save the location information (page 9-27) View Page Properties [Page Details] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Details➡[➡ Page Details➡[ Check Server Certificate for a Page [Session Info.] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Details➡[➡ Session Info.➡[ Jump to Top or End of a Page [Jump] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Jump➡[➡To Top or To End➡[ ■Accessing a Website Web Page Select a link ➡[ 5-8 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-8 08.8.12 4:11:47 PM Search for a Page by Keyword [Web Search] Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Web Search➡[ ➡Enter a keyword➡[ (twice) Bookmarks and Saved Pages From ➡ Bookmarks List Menu page 5-6 Saved Pages List Menu page 5-6 Delete Bookmarks/Saved Pages [Delete/Select Multi/Delete All] View a Frame in Whole Screen [Frame In] Web Page Select a frame ➡K➡Tool➡[➡ Frame In➡[ K➡Tool➡[➡Frame Out➡[ Bookmarks List Menu K➡Create Folder ➡[➡ Enter a folder name ➡[ Move Bookmarks to a Specified Folder [Move/Select Multi/Move All] Bookmarks List Menu / Saved Pages List Menu Select a title ➡K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[ ➡YES➡[ ■Moving One Bookmark ■Deleting Multiple Entries ■Moving Multiple Bookmarks Bookmarks List Menu / Saved Pages List Menu K➡ Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select titles➡[➡J➡YES➡[ Bookmarks List Menu K➡Move➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select bookmarks➡[➡J➡ Select a folder➡[ ■Deleting All Entries ■Moving All Bookmarks Bookmarks List Menu / Saved Pages List Menu K➡ Delete➡[ ➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code ➡YES➡[ Bookmarks List Menu K➡Move➡[➡All➡ [➡Select a folder➡[ Bookmarks List Menu Select a bookmark➡K➡ Move➡[➡One➡[➡Select a folder➡[ 5 Internet ■Returning to All-Frames Screen ■Deleting One Entry Create a Folder to Organize Bookmarks [Create Folder] Send a Bookmark via Mail Change Titles [Edit Title] ■Changing a Bookmark Title Bookmarks List Menu Select a bookmark ➡K➡ Edit➡[➡Select the title field➡[➡Edit the title➡[➡J [As Mail] Bookmarks List Menu Select a bookmark➡K➡As Mail➡[ ■Changing Title of a Saved Page Saved Pages List Menu Select a saved page ➡K➡ Rename➡[➡Edit the title➡[ 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-9 5-9 08.8.12 4:11:48 PM 5 Internet 5-10 823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-10 08.8.12 4:11:48 PM 6 TV TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-2 About TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-2 Watching TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-3 Channel Setup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-3 Watching TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-4 View Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-6 Setting View Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-6 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-7 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-1 08.8.12 4:21:32 PM TV About TV Precautions Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for cellular phones and information terminals. For more information on One Seg services, visit the Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcasting Website: http://www.dpa.or.jp (PC) http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/ (Mobile Site) (Japanese) • Digital TV supports reception in Japan only. Other countries use different broadcast systems and frequencies, and so Digital TV reception is not possible outside of Japan. One Seg 6 TV One Seg is a digital TV broadcasting service for mobile devices. It uses one segment of the terrestrial digital band to allow you to watch TV and data broadcasts you enjoy at home on your handset. Data Broadcasts Enjoy data broadcasts along with watching programs. You can access related information and even participate in programs. View Timer Use the timer to book programs you want to view. Use Program Guide to set the timer. • Never use TV while riding a bicycle or motorcycle, or while driving a car. Doing so can make it difficult to hear sounds around you, or TV image and audio may distract you creating a risk of accident. Even while walking, pay attention to the traffic around you when using TV. Be especially careful in the vicinity of railway crossings and pedestrian crosswalks. • TV image and audio may be affected if messages are received while you are using TV. • SoftBank is not liable for any loss or alteration of data or settings saved by you due to accident, malfunction or repair of handset. When handset is replaced for repair or changed to a new model, captured pictures, TV links and other information saved on handset cannot be transferred. • You cannot watch TV if your handset does not have a USIM Card installed or if your contract with SoftBank expires. • Channels allocated by channel settings are based on information as of April 2008. Whenever there is a change in the regional broadcasting channels, use Scan to update the channel settings. Enjoy watching TV in widescreen. 6-2 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-2 08.8.12 4:21:33 PM Watching TV Channel Setup Because the channels that can be received depend on your location, the first thing you should do before using TV is to configure its reception channel settings. q Press H➡[ e Select an area ➡[➡ Select a prefecture ➡[ • For some prefectures, select a regional subdivision as well. If you select Hokkaido for the area, select a city. • Broadcast Signals • To automatically configure channel settings: Select Scan➡[ ・Extend TV Antenna when using TV. ・TV Antenna is only for receiving television signals. You should keep it stowed whenever you are not watching TV. ・Never try to adjust the angle or apply excessive force by holding the tip of TV Antenna. Doing so may cause TV Antenna to bend. ・When using TV Antenna, extend it as far as it will go. Note, however, that the best image and audio reception may be possible with TV Antenna stowed if you are very close to the broadcast source. • Battery Level Use of TV is not possible when the battery level is at , except during charging. TV will turn off automatically if the battery level drops to while you are using it. • About Charging You can use TV while charging the battery. ・Watching TV while charging may result in longer charging time or unfinished charging. ・Locating AC Charger (sold separately) cord too close to TV Antenna while charging may affect TV image. 6 TV w Select Manual ➡[ Image/audio quality may be poor in the following areas due to inadequate signal reception. ・Areas far away from or extremely close to the broadcast source ・Mountain areas or places beside tall buildings ・Inside of a moving train or car, underground, in a tunnel, etc. ・Near high-tension electrical wires, neon lighting, wireless stations, railway lines, highways, etc. ・Other areas where there is a large number of signal obstructions, or areas that are cut off from the signal • About TV Antenna 6-3 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-3 08.8.12 4:21:34 PM Watching TV Watching TV • Do not remove the battery while TV is in operation. Channel settings, broadcast memory, TV links, and other data may be altered or deleted. q Press H Using Data Broadcasts TV starts up in Data Broadcast Mode. In the data broadcast area you can access a variety of information relating to the program. TV View Operations 6 TV TV Screen • TV starts up in full screen. Press H to toggle view screens. w Select channels using keypad • Select channel 10 by pressing *, channel 11 by 0, and channel 12 by #. Direct channel selection is unavailable when keypad operations are used by the data broadcaster while viewing in Data Broadcast Mode. • To change channels one by one, press D/ C. To automatically search for receivable channels, press and hold D/C. e To end TV, press O➡YES➡[ *1*2 Adjust Volume A/B Toggle View Screens H Show Channel Information S (press and hold) Capture Pictures R End TV *3 L /O *1 Functions assigned to E are different in Landscape View (page 2-2). *2 Moves cursor in Data Broadcast Mode. *3 You cannot end TV in Data Broadcast Mode. Data Broadcast Mode • In the data broadcast area, use G to move cursor and scroll pages. • Press H while in Data Broadcast Mode to show a data broadcast in full screen. To return to the previous view and toggle screens, press H. • Press J (To TV) to switch to Image Mode. Press J (ToData) in Image Mode to return to Data Broadcast Mode. • Receiving data broadcasts does not incur transmission fees. However, you will be charged if you use a service that connects you to the Internet. • Data broadcasts are unavailable in Landscape View. 6-4 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-4 08.8.12 4:21:34 PM Image and Sound Using Program Guide Image Mode Views Press H to toggle view screens. (E page 13-28) Electronic Program Guide (EPG) S! Appli lets you select a program and activate TV. q Press [➡TV➡[➡Program Guide ➡[ ④ ① ② ③ ⑤ Program Guide appears. For following operations, see Program Guide help. (E page 13-29) • Set Data Communication Confirmation More Features ⑥ ④ Landscape View Functions for Area and Channel Settings (E page 6-7) Functions While Watching TV (E page 6-7) Functions for Data Broadcasts (E page 6-7) Window Set Secure Connection Confirmation Window Set Memory Access Confirmation Window Delete Broadcast Data Set Location Information Send Setting Set Whether or Not to Send Manufacture Number • Set Content Storage Location • • • • • 6 TV Image Mode in Portrait View Set Brightness Set Image Quality Set Image Sharpness Set Economy Mode Set Subtitles Set Audio Output Data Broadcasts • • • • • • TV View Screen Setting (E page 13-28) • Set TV Start-up View Settings for Watching TV (E page 13-28) • Channel List Name • Auto-off Timer ④ Full Screen View ① Station Name ③ Channel Number ⑤ Volume ② Program Title ④ Subtitle Area ⑥ Key Guide 6-5 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-5 08.8.12 4:21:35 PM View Timer Setting View Timer e Select Channel➡[➡Channel List➡ [➡Select a station ➡[ • Configure channel settings in advance (page 6-3). q Press [➡TV➡[➡Timer➡[ • The first time you use the timer, a warning appears. Press B (twice) to select OK. If you select NO in the confirmation window, the warning will not appear from the next time. 6 • Select Direct Input to directly input a channel number. r Select Start Date➡[➡Enter a start date and time ➡[➡Select End Date ➡[➡Enter an end date and time • The view timer cannot be activated in the following situations. ・If handset power is turned off ・In Card Reader mode End any active functions before the view time. More Features ➡[ t Select Do not Repeat➡[➡Select a Functions for View Timer (E page 6-8) TV repeat method➡[➡Enter a repeat duration ➡[ y Press J (OK) Timer List Window w Press J(Create)➡Manual➡[ When View Time is Near Five minutes before the view timer is activated, the notification window appears*, the alarm sounds, and handset vibrates. * The actual notification window may look different from the following. Settings for View Timer (E page 13-30) • Set Alarm Volume for Timer Notification • Set Vibration for Timer Notification • When handset is closed, a notification message appears on External Display. 6-6 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-6 08.8.12 4:21:36 PM Advanced Features TV From ➡ TV Screen page 6-4 Data Broadcast Mode page 6-4 Timer List Window page 6-6 Functions for Area and Channel Settings Functions While Watching TV Functions for Data Broadcasts Select a Channel from Channel List [Select Station] Save/Use TV Links TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels ➡[➡J➡Select a channel ➡[ ■Saving a TV Link Check Keys for Operating TV Add a Reception Area [Key Guide] [Add Channel List] TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels ➡[➡Empty➡[➡Manual➡[➡Select an area➡[➡Select a prefecture ➡[ subdivision as well. If you select Hokkaido for the area, select a city. ■Configuring Channel Settings Automatically TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels ➡[➡Empty➡[➡Scan➡[ Switch Reception Areas [Switch Channel Lists] TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels ➡[➡Select a channel list➡[ Data Broadcast Mode Select an item such as Save TV Links➡[ • The actual procedure depends on the program. For details, see the information within the data broadcast. ■Accessing a Website from a TV Link Capture a Picture [Capture] TV Screen View a program ➡K➡Capture➡ [➡YES➡[ • Captured pictures are saved in Pictures of handset Data Folder. • Except for your own personal enjoyment, any use of captured pictures that infringes upon the copyrights of copyright holders is prohibited. • Due to copyright restrictions, you may not be able to capture pictures of certain programs. [➡TV➡[➡TV Links➡[➡Select a TV link ➡[ 6 TV • For some prefectures, select a regional TV Screen K➡Key Guide➡[ [Save/Use TV Links] • To view a Memo, do the following. [➡TV➡[➡TV Links➡[➡Select a Memo ➡J • The following icons appear to indicate TV link types. TV Links Valid Expired Memo Link communication contents Mobile contents PC contents • An Internet connection confirmation window may appear depending on the TV link. If you select Ask Once Only, the confirmation window will not appear from the next time. 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-7 6-7 08.8.12 4:21:37 PM Advanced Features Functions for View Timer Use Program Guide to Set View Timer [Set Timer by Program Guide] Timer List Window J➡Program Guide➡[➡ S! Appli starts ➡Select a program ➡Set the view timer Check/Edit/Delete Timer Information [Check/Edit/Delete Timer Information] 6 ■Checking Timer Information TV ■Editing Timer Information Check/Delete Timer Results [Check/Delete Timer Results] ■Checking a Timer Result [➡TV➡[➡Timer Results➡[➡Select an entry ➡[ ■Deleting a Timer Result [➡TV➡[➡Timer Results➡[➡Select an entry ➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[ Timer List Window Select an entry ➡[ Timer List Window Select an entry ➡[➡J➡ Select an item ➡[➡Edit the item➡J ■Deleting a Timer Entry Timer List Window Select an entry ➡K➡Delete➡ [➡YES➡[ • When the timer is set to repeat, a confirmation window appears. 6-8 823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-8 08.8.12 4:21:37 PM 7 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-1 Camera/Picture Editing Camera・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-2 Basics ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-2 Taking Pictures ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3 Camera Modes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3 Taking a Picture ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3 Recording Videos ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-5 Video Modes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-5 Recording a Video ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-5 Camera Functions ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-7 Delay Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-7 Frame Setting (Still Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-7 Multi Shots (Still Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-7 Picture Editing ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-8 Basic Operations for Picture Editing ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-8 Changing Size ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-9 Picture Effects ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-9 Compounding Pictures ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-9 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10 08.8.12 4:22:07 PM Camera Basics • Pictures are saved in JPEG format, and videos in MPEG-4 format. Use handset camera to take pictures and record videos. 7 • To avoid camera shake, hold handset firmly. • Fingerprints or grime may affect focus. Wipe Image Sizes Shooting Modes Select from a variety of sizes, from handy-size pictures or videos perfect for Sha-mail or Movie Sha-mail to high resolution images, to fit your needs. Use the delay timer, take pictures with frames or other effects, or take continuous shots. Auto Focus Picture Editing When you press the shutter key, the camera automatically detects the distance to the subject and focuses. Compose and edit images by adding stamps or text to pictures you have taken. Camera/Picture Editing Shoot Pictures/ Videos Non-SoftBank Mobile Phones the lens with a soft cloth. • Do not block the lens with your fingers or strap when shooting pictures/videos. Send by Sha-mail/ Movie Sha-mail SoftBank Handsets PCs 7-2 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-2 08.8.12 4:22:07 PM Taking Pictures Camera Modes ■Mobile Take pictures to set as wallpaper, etc. ■Digital Take high-quality pictures to output to external devices such as PC. w Frame subject in Display➡[/R Autofocus adjustment occurs prior to taking a picture (focus frame appears). The shutter clicks, and the preview window appears. Taking a Picture q Press [➡Camera➡[➡Mobile or Toggle Camera Modes 2 Zoom Adjustment A/B* Exposure Adjustment D/C* Mobile Light On/Off * Icons On/Off 0 Key Guide On/Off 1 * Functions assigned to E are different in Landscape View (page 2-2). Digital➡[ • Press R in Standby to activate Viewfinder in the last Camera mode. 7 Press L➡YES➡[ e Press [/R If Storage is set to Phone Memory, the picture is saved to Pictures in Data Folder, and Viewfinder reappears. If it is set to Memory Card, a picture taken in Mobile mode is saved to Pictures, one taken in Digital mode to Digital Camera, and Viewfinder reappears. Camera/Picture Editing Preview Window • To delete the picture you have taken: Viewfinder Viewfinder Operations • Capturing images in low-lighting may compromise image quality. Capture images in adequate lighting or use Mobile Light. 7-3 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-3 08.8.12 4:22:08 PM Taking Pictures More Features Functions for Taking Pictures (E page 7-10) Common Functions After Shooting Pictures/Videos (E page 7-10) 7 Camera/Picture Editing Settings for Shooting Pictures/Videos (E page 13-25) • Save Pictures/Videos Automatically • Change Storage Location • Set Image Quality • Set White Balance • Adjust Color Control • Set Picture/Video Effects • Adjust Flicker • Set Shortcuts While Shooting Pictures/Videos • Set File Name Settings for Taking Pictures (E page 13-26) • Set Focus Mode • Change Shutter Sound • Add Date Stamps • Set Guidelines • Take a Picture for a Phone Book Entry 7-4 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-4 08.8.12 4:22:09 PM Recording Videos Video Modes Recording a Video ■Video Recorded videos are automatically saved to the Videos folder in handset or memory card. Record long videos. ■Video Mail Shoot videos to send as attachments. ■Short Video Shoot MPEG-4 videos and send to MPEG-4 compatible SoftBank handsets (PDC). w Frame subject in Display➡[/R Start tone sounds, and recording begins. q Press [➡Camera➡[➡Video, Video Mail or Short Video➡[ • Press and hold R in Standby to activate Video Viewfinder in the last Video mode. • In Video or Video Mail mode, press J (Pause) to pause, then J (Record) to resume recording. Camera/Picture Editing Video Viewfinder 7 7-5 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-5 08.8.12 4:22:09 PM Recording Videos e Press [/R End tone sounds, and the first frame of the recording appears. Video Viewfinder Operations Toggle Video Modes 3 Zoom Adjustment A /B * Exposure Adjustment D /C * Mobile Light On/Off * Icons On/Off 0 Key Guide On/Off 1 * Functions assigned to E are different in Landscape View (page 2-2). 7 Preview Window • To delete a video recorded in Video Mail Camera/Picture Editing or Short Video mode: Press L➡YES➡[ • Videos recorded in Video mode are automatically saved. To delete the recording: Press K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[ r Press [/R Files are saved in the location specified in Storage and Video Viewfinder reappears. More Features Common Functions After Shooting Pictures/Videos (E page 7-10) Settings for Shooting Pictures/Videos (E page 13-25) • Save Pictures/Videos Automatically • Change Storage Location • Set Image Quality • Set White Balance • Adjust Color Control • Set Picture/Video Effects • Adjust Flicker • Set Shortcuts While Shooting Pictures/Videos • Set File Name Settings for Recording Videos (E page 13-27) • Do Not Record Sound • Enlarge Video Viewfinder • Change Start/End Tone • Set Preview On/Off • Set Recorded Video as a Ringtone Pattern 7-6 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-6 08.8.12 4:22:10 PM Camera Functions Delay Timer Frame Setting (Still Picture) Multi Shots (Still Picture) This feature allows you to take a picture or start recording after [/R is pressed and a specified time elapses. q Activate Viewfinder➡K➡Add Frame q Activate Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[ w Select Delay Timer➡[ ➡[ • Zoom is unavailable when the delay timer is activated. ➡[ • To cancel the frame, select OFF. e Select Pictures➡[ r Select a frame➡[ (twice) cannot use Add Frame. w Select a speed➡[ • When Camera mode is set to Digital, you cannot use Multi Shots. • Night mode is unavailable during Multi Shots. 7 Camera/Picture Editing e q Activate Viewfinder➡K➡Multi Shots ➡[ • When Camera mode is set to Digital, you Select seconds➡[ Take nine pictures in succession. 7-7 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-7 08.8.12 4:22:10 PM Picture Editing Images that have been captured and stored in Data Folder or memory card can be edited. The following types of files can be edited: JPEG files of 2 Mbytes or less, PNG files of 1 Mbyte or less. Images that are larger than W240×H400 (W400 ×H240) are reduced to W240×H400. A picture that is smaller than W16×H16 cannot be edited. • When saving edited image, select Save as New to save as new file. If Overwrite is selected, the original file cannot be restored. • If Data Folder is full, delete unnecessary files from Data Folder before editing a picture. 7 Basic Operations for Picture Editing e Press K q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ [➡Edit Picture➡[ r Select an edit type➡[➡Perform edit operations w Select Edit➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Pictures or Digital Camera➡[➡Select a picture Camera/Picture Editing ➡[ t Press J(OK)➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[ • When you edit pictures in Digital Camera folder, the edited files cannot be saved in Overwrite mode. Picture Editing Window 7-8 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-8 08.9.2 11:12:26 AM Changing Size Picture Effects Compounding Pictures q In Picture Editing Window, press K➡ q In Picture Editing Window, press K➡ Compound two pictures. Picture Size➡[ Effects➡[ q In Picture Editing Window, press K➡ Overlay➡[ w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡Select a picture w Select a picture size ➡[ • After selecting a size, use E to adjust the position of the picture to clip. • To adjust the width or height: e Press K (Cut)➡[ Editing is completed. • Use F to change the effect level in Twinkle, Whitening, Change Color, Shade Off, Pinch, and Brush Up. e Press [ Editing is completed. ➡[ • Use F to adjust the translucency rate. e Press [ Editing is completed. 7 More Features Additional Picture Editing Functions (E page 7-11) Camera/Picture Editing Press J (Resize)➡Fit to Width or Fit to Length➡[ • To rotate the picture: Press J (Resize)➡Rotate Image➡[ w Select an effect ➡[ 7-9 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-9 08.8.12 4:22:11 PM Advanced Features Camera Shoot with Focus Locked [Auto Focus Lock] From ➡ Viewfinder page 7-3 Preview Window page 7-3, 7-6 Video Viewfinder page 7-5 Functions for Taking Pictures Quickly Focus on Nearby Subjects [Macro] Viewfinder K➡Function➡[➡Focus Mode ➡[➡Macro➡[ 7 Shoot Scenery without Autofocus Camera/Picture Editing Viewfinder K➡Function➡[➡Focus Mode ➡[➡Infinity➡[ [Infinity] • The focus mode setting (page 13-26) must be Auto in order to use Auto Focus Lock. Viewfinder Frame subject in Display➡H➡ Re-compose the image➡[/R➡[/R • The focus frame turns from white to green when focus was successful and it turns red when focus has failed. • After focusing on a subject, press H again to re-focus on the subject. Change Size of Pictures to Take [Picture Size] Viewfinder K➡Picture Size➡[➡Select a picture size➡[ • For details on picture sizes, see page 14-20. Take Night Scene Pictures [Night] Viewfinder K➡Night➡[➡ON➡[ • Night mode is unavailable during Multi Shots (page 7-7). Common Functions After Shooting Pictures/Videos View a Picture/Video in Data Folder [View Picture/Video] Viewfinder / Video Viewfinder K➡Data Folder➡ [➡Select a picture or video➡[ • To use the full screen, press J (Full) while viewing a picture. • To show the key guide, press 1 while playing a video. Send a Picture/Video via Mail [As Mail] • If Auto Save (page 13-25) is set to OFF, a picture or video can be sent immediately after it is taken or recorded. • Videos recorded in Video mode cannot be sent. Preview Window J • For details on creating S! Mail, see page 4-4. Take Pictures with Beautiful Skin Tones [Brush Up Mode] Viewfinder K➡Brush Up➡[➡ON➡[ 7-10 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-10 08.8.12 4:22:12 PM Send a Picture/Video to Another Handset [Via Infrared/Via Bluetooth®] • If Auto Save (page 13-25) is set to OFF, a picture or video can be sent immediately after it is taken or recorded. • Videos recorded in Video mode cannot be sent. Preview Window K➡Send via➡[➡Via Infrared or Via Bluetooth➡[ • For sending by infrared communication, see page 12-2. For sending by Bluetooth® communication, see page 12-6. Additional Picture Editing Functions From ➡ Picture Editing Window page 7-8 Add Text to a Picture [Add Text] Picture Editing Window K➡Add Text➡[➡ Select a font size ➡[➡Enter text ➡[➡E to adjust the position➡[➡J➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[ ■Changing Font Color While selecting a position, J➡A/B➡[ ■Changing Border Color While selecting a position, J➡D/C➡[ [Add Frame] Picture Editing Window K➡Add Frame➡[➡ Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select a frame➡[➡E to adjust the position ➡[➡J➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[ [Add Stamp] Picture Editing Window K➡Add Stamp➡[➡ Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select a stamp➡[➡E to adjust the position ➡[➡J(twice)➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[ • If the size of a stamp is larger than the picture, the stamp cannot be added. Rotate a Picture [Rotate Image] Picture Editing Window K➡Rotate Image➡[ ➡J ( )/K ( ) ➡[➡J➡ Overwrite or Save as New➡[ Apply a Mosaic to Part of a Picture [Mosaic] Picture Editing Window K➡Mosaic➡[➡E to adjust the position➡[➡F to change the texture➡[➡J➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[ 7 Camera/Picture Editing Add a Frame to a Picture Add a Stamp to a Picture 7-11 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-11 08.8.12 4:22:12 PM Advanced Features Mix Pictures to Create Wallpaper [Wallpaper] [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡Edit Picture➡[➡Wallpaper➡[➡Select [1]➡ [➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ ➡Select a picture➡[➡E to compose the image➡[➡Select [2] to [4] and repeat the operations➡J➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ • To unset a picture, press K (Delete). 7 Brighten Dark Areas of a Picture [Change Bright] Camera/Picture Editing [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡Edit Picture➡[➡Change Bright➡[➡ Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select a picture➡[➡F to adjust the brightness➡[➡Overwrite or Save as New ➡[ • A picture cannot be saved if its brightness is set to 0 %. 7-12 823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-12 08.8.12 4:22:13 PM 8 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-1 Media Player/S! Appli Playing Music and Videos ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-2 About Music/Video Playback ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-2 Obtaining Music and Videos ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-3 Playing Music・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-4 Playing Music with Music Player ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-5 Playing Videos ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-5 Playlists ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 Using Playlists ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Using S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Downloading S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Starting S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 08.8.12 4:22:38 PM Playing Music and Videos About Music/Video Playback Music and videos stored on handset are played and managed with Media Player. • Access Web pages to get music/video files. • See page 14-20 for a list of file types that can be played with Media Player. • Use Earphone-Microphone and a wireless device to play music files with Media Player via a wireless connection. Play/Manage Music and Video Files Yahoo! Keitai Download Play Music Files Transfer music files 8 Media Player/S! Appli PC Create your own playlists by artist and album. Record videos Play Video Files Handset • Media Player cannot be used when battery power is low. Charge the battery to use Media Player. 8-2 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-2 08.8.12 4:22:39 PM Obtaining Music and Videos Download music and video files from Yahoo! Keitai, etc. • You can connect handset to your PC with the USB cable and transfer music files to handset. For details on transferring music files, see page 12-8. q Press [➡Media Player➡[ Streaming Access Web pages for streaming music/video files. • Packet transmission fees apply even if playback is paused because handset continues network communication. q Press [➡Media Player➡[ w Select Streaming➡[➡Enter URL➡ Streaming from Links in Messages and Web Pages Stream content by selecting a link. q Select a link in S! Mail/SMS➡[➡By Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser➡[ • To stream from a link on a Web page: Select a link➡[ • Operations may vary depending on the website. [➡Enter a URL➡[ Streaming from Bookmarked Pages Access the bookmarked Web pages for streaming. q Press [➡Media Player➡[ w Select Streaming➡[➡Bookmarks Videos➡[➡YES➡[ • Follow the onscreen instructions. ➡[ e Select a bookmark➡[ Streaming from Recent URLs q Press [➡Media Player➡[ w Select Streaming➡[➡Recent➡[ e Select a title➡[ 8 Media Player/S! Appli w Select Audio or Videos➡[ e Select Download Music or Download 8-3 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-3 08.8.12 4:22:40 PM Playing Music and Videos Playing Music • When you close handset while playing music with Media Player, Music Player appears on External Display. q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio ➡[ e Select a music file➡[ • If a music file includes a jacket photo, the jacket photo appears when the file is selected in the list window. Press 8 during playback to switch the jacket photo. • To end Media Player, press O. Music File Playback Window ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑫ ⑬ ⑭ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧⑨ ⑩ ⑪ Music File Playback Window Audio Menu Window 8 w Select All Music➡[ Media Player/S! Appli All Music List Window • Select Disc Search to show all music files by artist and album. • Select Artist, Album or Folder to show music files by artist, album or folder, respectively. ①Title ②Artist Name/Album Name ③Playback Image ④Play Mode All Repeat Repeat All Random Current Only ⑤File Number/Total Number of Files ⑥Key Guide ⑦Web Link ⑧Playback Volume ⑨Voice Cancel ⑩Surround ⑪Equalizer ⑫Playback Status Play Fast Forward Pause Rewind Buffering Stop ⑬Elapsed Playback Time/Total Playback Time ⑭Progress Bar 8-4 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-4 08.8.12 4:22:40 PM Operations While Playing/Paused Playing Music with Music Player Playing Videos Return to the Beginning of a File/ Skip to Previous File */D If you close handset while playing music with Media Player, Music Player will be activated automatically to continue playback. q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Videos Skip to Next File #/C Fast Forward Press and hold C Press and hold Rewind D Adjust Volume G Key Guide 1 ➡[ Activating Music Player q Close handset while playing music files with Media Player • When battery level is low, Music Player Video Menu Window won't launch. Music Player Playback Window ① ② w Select Videos➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ 8 ③ ① Play mode ② Playback status ③ Title, artist name and album name run in a ticker from right to left. Video List Window e Select a video file➡[ Media Player/S! Appli Track0 Music Player Playback Window 8-5 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-5 08.8.12 4:22:42 PM Playing Music and Videos Video File Playback Window ① Operations While Playing/Paused Skip to Previous File */D Skip to Next File #/C Fast Forward ② Rewind ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ③ ④ ⑤⑥ Video File Playback Window 8 Media Player/S! Appli ①File Name/Artist Name ②Video ③File Number/Total Number of Files ④Key Guide ⑤Web Link ⑥Playback Volume ⑦Playback Status Press and hold C while playing Press and hold D while playing Adjust Volume G Key Guide 1 More Features Functions for Music/Video Playback (E page 8-10) Playback Features(Music) (E page 8-10) Playback Features(Video) (E page 8-10) Functions for Music/Video Files (E page 8-10) Settings for Playing Music (E page 13-31) • Set Audio Output • Set Wallpaper During Playback Play Fast Forward Pause Rewind Buffering Stop ⑧Elapsed Playback Time/Total Playback Time ⑨Progress Bar 8-6 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-6 08.8.12 4:22:42 PM Playlists Using Playlists Create a list of your favorite songs and play them as a set. Add music files to playlists by all tracks at once, by artist, or by album. t Select a music file➡[ • To select other files, repeat this step. w Select a playlist➡K➡Rename➡[ e Edit the playlist name ➡[ q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio More Features ➡[➡Playlist➡[ Memory or Memory Card➡[ e Enter a playlist name ➡[➡YES➡[ y Press J (Create) q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio (E page 8-11) Playlist Window 8 Media Player/S! Appli Playlist Creation Window r Functions for Playlists Playing a Playlist ➡[➡Playlist➡[ Select All Music➡[ • To select music files by artist or by album: Select Artist or Album➡[➡Select an artist or album➡[ q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio ➡[➡Playlist➡[ Adding Songs to a Playlist w Press K➡New Playlist➡[➡Phone Changing a Playlist Name w Select a playlist ➡J (Play) 8-7 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-7 08.8.12 4:22:43 PM S! Appli Using S! Appli Downloading S! Appli Starting S! Appli Download S! Appli from S! Appli sites on the Internet. Downloading incurs the same amount of transmission fees as when you use the Internet. • For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). • You can download and use only S! Appli that are specially designed for SoftBank handsets. q Press [➡S! Appli➡[➡Library q Press [➡S! Appli➡[➡Library ➡[ ➡[ • To switch to memory card Library, press J( ). w Select an S! Appli➡[ • When you use a Network S! Appli, a S! Appli Library w Select More S! Appli➡[➡YES➡ 8 [➡Select an S! Appli➡Download transmission fee is charged each time the application connects to the network. • When using a Network S! Appli while Access under Security is set to Blanket, handset automatically connects to the network without alert. ➡[ Media Player/S! Appli e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ Downloading begins. • A confirmation window appears when the download is completed. Pausing/Resuming/Ending S! Appli q While an S! Appli is running, press O w Select Pause, Resume or End➡[ • If battery level is low, the application may not be completely downloaded. • If you replace USIM Card, downloaded applications will no longer be available. 8-8 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-8 08.8.12 4:22:44 PM Resuming/Ending Paused S! Appli q More Features Press [➡S! Appli➡[➡Library ➡[ S! Appli (E page 8-12) w Select Resume or Exit➡[ Operational Settings (E page 13-32) Change Sound Effect Volume Set Backlight Set Flashing of Backlight Set Vibration Set Priority While Running S! Appli Other Settings (E page 13-32) • Set Confirmation Window for Making Calls or Network Connection • Update S! Appli Information on Memory Card • View S! Appli License Information • Check S! Appli Root Certificates • • • • • 8 Media Player/S! Appli 8-9 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-9 08.9.2 11:14:00 AM Advanced Features Media Player From ➡ All Music List Window Music File Playback Window Video Menu Window Video List Window Video File Playback Window Playlist Window 8 page 8-4 page 8-4 page 8-5 page 8-5 page 8-6 page 8-7 Playback Features (Music) Playback Features (Video) Play Songs in Random Order [Random Play] Window Size Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡K➡Play Mode➡[➡Random➡ Video File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡K➡Normal Screen or Full Screen [ ➡[ [Normal Screen/Full Screen] Media Player/S! Appli Functions for Music/Video Playback Repeat Specify a Point to Start Playback [Search Time] Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡K➡Play Mode➡[➡Repeat or Repeat All➡[ Sort Music/Video Files Change Sound Quality [Surround/Equalizer/Voice Cancel] [➡Select a criterion➡[ Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡K➡Surround, Equalizer or Voice Cancel➡[➡Select a sound effect, ON or OFF➡[ Video List Window Select a file➡K➡Change View➡[➡Sort by➡[➡Select a criterion➡ Music File Playback Window / Video File Playback Window While a file is playing/paused➡K➡Search Time➡[➡Enter a start position (time)➡[ Access Recently Played Files [Recent] Playlist Window / Video Menu Window Recent➡[ ➡Select a file➡[ [Repeat Play] Functions for Music/Video Files [Sort by] ■Music Files All Music List Window Select a file➡K➡Sort by➡ ■Video Files [ Run Media Player in Background [Multitask] Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡J 8-10 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-10 08.8.12 4:22:45 PM Send Music/Video Files to Another Handset [Send File] [➡Data Folder➡[➡Ring Song・Tone, Music or Videos➡[➡Select a music or video file➡K➡Send➡[➡Select a transmission method➡[ • For sending by infrared communication, see page 12-2. For sending by Bluetooth® communication, see page 12-6. Functions for Playlists From ➡ Music File Playback Window page 8-4 Playlist Window page 8-7 Add a Song Being Played to a Playlist [To Playlist] Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡K➡To Playlist➡[➡Select a playlist➡[ Change Playing Order of a Playlist [Change Order] Playlist Window Select a playlist➡[➡Select a file➡J➡Select a position➡[ Delete Songs from a Playlist [Remove Tracks] Playlist Window Select a playlist➡[➡K➡ Remove Tracks➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡ [ View Music/Video File Properties [Details] All Music List Window / Video List Window Select a file ➡K➡Details➡[ Add a Song Being Played to My Library [To My Library] Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/ paused➡Press and hold H • To delete multiple music files, select Select Multi, select files you want to delete, and press J. • If you delete all files on a playlist, the playlist will be deleted, too. Add Songs to a Playlist Copy a Playlist [Copy Playlist] Playlist Window Select a playlist➡K➡Copy➡ [➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ Delete a Playlist [Delete Playlist] Media Player/S! Appli [Add Tracks] Playlist Window Select a playlist ➡[➡K➡Add Tracks➡[➡All Music➡[➡Select a music file➡[➡J • To select music files by artist or album, select Artist or Album and select an artist or album, respectively. 8 Playlist Window Select a playlist ➡K➡Delete➡ [➡YES➡[ 8-11 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-11 08.8.12 4:22:45 PM Advanced Features S! Appli Move S! Appli [Move/Select Multi/Move All] From ➡ S! Appli Library page 8-8 ■Moving One Application ■Deleting One Application Set an S! Appli as Screensaver [S! Appli Screensaver Settings] S! Appli Library Select an application➡K➡Move ➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[ ➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[ [➡S! Appli➡[➡Settings➡[➡ Screensaver➡[ ■Moving Multiple Applications ■Deleting Multiple Applications ■Selecting an S! Appli S! Appli Library K➡Move➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select applications➡[➡J➡YES➡ S! Appli Library K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select applications➡[➡J➡YES➡ Screensavers➡[➡Select an S! Appli➡[ [ [ ➡YES➡[ ■Moving All Applications ■Deleting All Applications S! Appli Library K➡Move➡[➡All➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ • Screensaver settings will be canceled if an S! Appli set as Screensaver is moved to memory card. • Some preinstalled S! Appli cannot be moved depending on the application. Some S! Appli cannot be moved to memory card depending on the application. • If there is the same S! Appli on handset and memory card, the S! Appli will be overwritten. S! Appli Library K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ • If a preinstalled S! Appli is deleted, Reset All does not restore the application. ■Setting S! Appli Start Time K➡Start Time➡[➡Enter a time before S! Appli starts➡[ 8 Delete S! Appli [Delete/Select Multi/Delete All] • Even if there is an incoming call, Answering Media Player/S! Appli Machine will not operate when an S! Appli is set as Screensaver or when Voice Call of Calls&Alarms (page 13-32) is set to Continue Apps. • Some Screensaver S! Appli may pause when the time set for Power Saving (page 13-5) is reached depending on the application. • Some S! Appli cannot be set as Screensaver depending on the application. S! Appli Library Select an application➡K➡Delete View S! Appli Properties [Details] S! Appli Library Select an S! Appli➡K➡Details ➡[ 8-12 823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-12 08.8.12 4:22:46 PM 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-1 9 Tools Tools ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-2 About Tools ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-2 Calendar/Tasks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-4 Saving Events・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-4 Time Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-7 Creating a Time Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-7 Notepad・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-8 Using Notepad・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-8 Voice Recorder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-9 S! GPS Navi ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10 Using S! GPS Navi ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10 Idokoro Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 Using Idokoro Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 Alarms ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14 Using Alarms ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14 World Clock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-15 Calculator/Dictionary ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-16 Using Calculator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-16 Using Dictionaries ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-16 Kitchen Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-17 Measuring Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-17 S! Quick News ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-18 Checking for Information Updates ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-18 S! Information Channel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-19 Browsing Updated Information ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-19 Document Viewer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-20 Viewing PC Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-20 Electronic Books ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-21 Using BookSurfing® ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-21 Barcode Reader ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-22 Scanning QR Codes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-22 Ku-man's Room (Japanese) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-23 Opening Ku-man's Room・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-23 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-24 08.8.12 4:23:14 PM Tools About Tools You can use the following useful functions. Information Management Tools Manage information on handset. Calendar View Calendar and save events. Use information stored in the events to make calls and create messages. S! Quick News Check various pieces of information delivered at a regular interval and S! Loop items from Active Window. 9 Tools S! Information Channel Information Browsing Tools View and check all kinds of information. Automatically download subscribed information. Use Weather Indicator that posts weather forecast in Standby. Tasks Time Table Save tasks with time limit. Set the alarm for deadline, or organize tasks to check based on whether they are Completed, Not Completed or Overdue. Notepad Create a time table and check your class schedule. Voice Recorder Save notes. You can access saved notes while entering text. This is especially useful if oftenused phrases and memos are saved. Record and play back sounds. The recordings can be sent via mail and set as ringtone. Document Viewer Electronic Books ® View PDF, Microsoft Office Word, Excel, and Power Point® documents. Use BookSurfing® to view electronic books, comics, and albums. 9-2 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-2 08.8.12 4:23:15 PM Lifestyle Support Tools Other Tools Barcode Reader Ku-man's Room (Japanese) Scan QR codes with the camera, Visit Ku-man's Room to change and use scanned information. his outfit or receive messages from him. These tools support everyday life. S! GPS Navi Idokoro Mail Alarms World Clock Uses positioning information to show your location on a map or the best route to your destination. Sends messages to inform others when you have entered or left a specific area. An alarm sounds at a specified time. You can set the alarm to sound only on a specific day of the week and set the snooze function. View dates and times of cities around the world. It is also possible to show the current times of two cities (countries) in Standby. Dictionary Three useful dictionaries, Japanese, English-Japanese and Japanese-English, are available on handset. Kitchen Timer Set an alarm to sound after a specific time expires. Tools Calculator Includes basic arithmetic operations, percentages, and memory. You can also calculate currency conversions. 9 9-3 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-3 08.8.12 4:23:16 PM Calendar/Tasks Saving Events Opening Calendar q Press and hold A Saving an Event q From Calendar Window, select the date y Select Alarm➡[➡ON➡[ to save an event➡J (Create) Event Alarm Setting Window u Select Time➡[➡Enter a date and Create Event Window Calendar Window •" 9 " and/or the start time, event title and stamp icon are shown on the date that has events. • Press * or # to switch to the previous or next window. Tools w Press H to select a view format • Switch between Monthly View, Monthly & Event View, Weekly View, 4 Month View and All View. Jumping to a Specified Date q In Calendar Window, press K➡Jump ➡[ w Enter a date➡[ w Select Title➡[➡Enter a title➡[ e Select the start date and time field➡ [➡Date&Time or Date Only ➡[➡ Enter a date and time➡[ • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. • Enter only a date, when you select Date Only. r Select End Date➡[➡Enter a date and time➡[ • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. • If Date Only is selected for the start date and time, this field cannot be entered. t Select Contents➡[➡Enter details of time➡[➡J(OK) • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. i Press J (OK)➡OK➡[ • If you select Notify Only Once when a confirmation window appears telling that the alarm will not start if the power is turned off, this window will not appear from the next time. Alarm Time Operations The alarm stops automatically after a set ring time, but you can also stop it manually. q Press any key while the alarm is sounding • To view the event details, press J (View) after stopping the alarm. the event➡[ 9-4 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-4 08.9.2 11:14:38 AM Checking an Event Deleting an Event q From Calendar Window, select the date q From Daily View Window, select the to check➡[ • From All View Window, select an event and press [ to open Event Details Window. event to delete w Press K➡Delete➡[ e Select One➡[➡YES➡[ • To delete all events for the day: Select For this Day➡[➡YES➡[ e Select Title➡[➡Enter a title➡[ r Select Deadline➡[➡Enter a date and time➡[ • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. t Select Contents➡[➡Enter details of the task➡[ y Select Alarm➡[➡ON➡[ Deleting All Previous Events q From Calendar Window, select the next day of the event to delete Daily View Window w Select an event➡[ w Press K➡Delete➡[➡Before Today ➡[➡YES➡[ Saving Tasks u Select Time➡[➡Enter a date and time➡[➡J(OK) • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. i Press J (OK)➡OK➡[ 9 Tools q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[ w Press K➡Create New➡[ Task Alarm Setting Window • If you select Notify Only Once when a confirmation window appears telling that the alarm will not start if the power is turned off, this window will not appear from the next time. Event Details Window New Task Window 9-5 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-5 08.8.12 4:23:17 PM Calendar/Tasks Alarm Time Operations The alarm stops automatically after a set ring time, but you can also stop it manually. q Press any key while the alarm is sounding • To view the task details, press J (View) after stopping the alarm. Checking Tasks q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[ 9 Tasks Window Tools • To change the view format: Press K➡Change View➡[➡Select a view format➡[ • To change the status of a task: Select a task➡J (Status)➡Select the status➡[ Deleting a Task • Set Link Information (Message/Web Page/ Image) q From Tasks Window, select the task to • Set a Location w Press K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[➡ (E page 13-39) • Set Start-up View of Calendar • Change Font Color of Events • Lock Calendar delete YES➡[ More Features Functions for Calendar (E page 9-24) Functions for Saving Events/Tasks (E page 9-24) Functions for Saving Events (E page 9-25) Functions for Saving Tasks (E page 9-25) Functions for Checking/Managing Events (E page 9-25) Functions for Checking/Managing Tasks (E page 9-26) Settings for Calendar Settings for Saving Tasks (E page 13-39) Change Alarm Volume Change Vibration Set an Image to Appear at Set Time Set a Stamp Icon Set Task Priority Set Task Status Settings for Tasks (E page 13-40) • Lock Tasks • • • • • • Settings for Saving Events (E page 13-38) • Change Alarm Volume • Change Vibration • Set an Image to Appear at Set Time • Set a Stamp Icon • Set Category • Set a Phone Number/E-mail Address/URL 9-6 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-6 08.8.12 4:23:17 PM Time Table Creating a Time Table A time table from Monday to Saturday can be created. Subjects and classrooms of up to eight periods per day, and font colors can be entered/specified. q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ [➡Time Table➡[ e Select Subject➡[➡Enter a subject ➡[ • To enter a classroom, teacher or memo: Select an item➡[➡Enter information More Features Time Table Functions (E page 9-26) ➡[ • To specify the background or font color: Select BG Color or Font Color ➡[➡ Select a background or font color➡[ r Press J (OK) Time Table Settings (E page 13-40) • Set Start/End Time of a Period • Reset Time Settings to Default Checking Time Table q From Time Table Window, select a period➡[ Time Table Window w Select a period➡K➡Edit ➡[ Deleting a Class from Time Table q From Time Table Window, select the w Press K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[➡ YES➡[ 9 Tools period to delete 9-7 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-7 08.8.12 4:23:18 PM Notepad Using Notepad q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Notepad ➡[ Deleting a Notepad q From Notepad List Window, select a notepad w Press K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[➡ More Features Notepad Functions (E page 9-26) YES➡[ Notepad List Window w e Enter contents➡[ Select a blank notepad➡[ Setting Category 9 q From Notepad List Window, select the Tools notepad to set an icon for➡K➡Set Category➡[ w Select a category➡[ The icon of the selected category appears. Viewing Notepad q From Notepad List Window, select a notepad➡[ 9-8 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-8 08.8.12 4:23:18 PM Voice Recorder • Use Voice Recorder exercising common morals and manners. • Note that recording of some concerts and shows is not allowed even for personal use. • If handset receives a call during recording, recording ends and data is automatically saved in order to give priority to the call. If you don't want to receive calls during recording, set handset to Offline Mode. q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ [➡Voice Recorder ➡[ w Select Record➡[ (twice) q From Voice Recorder Window, select Recordings➡[ w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ Voice Recorder Recording Window • Sound is recorded through the microphone. • Press J (Pause) to pause recording. To resume recording, press [. To save the recording data, press J (Save). • When the remaining time available for recording is less than 10 seconds, flashes. Voice Recorder Window Playing Recordings e Press [ • Use G during playback to adjust the volume. More Features Voice Recorder Functions (E page 9-27) 9 Tools Sounds recorded with Voice Recorder are automatically saved in the Ring Song・ Tone folder. e Select a file➡[ 9-9 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-9 08.8.12 4:23:19 PM S! GPS Navi Using S! GPS Navi About S! GPS Navi S! GPS Navi uses location information obtained from the GPS satellite and by communication with base stations. View on the map where you are, and send your location information to compatible SoftBank handsets. The navigation application (Navi appli) is preinstalled on handset. For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Starting Navi Appli Use Navi appli to retrieve information about your current location or check the route to your destination. q Press [➡Tools➡[➡S! GPS Navi ➡[ 9 Locate other people or detect the approximate position of your handset in case it is lost. q From S! GPS Navi Window, select Ichi Navi➡[ • Follow the onscreen instructions. • To use Ichi Navi, the person requesting location information must join the service. • Before receiving a request for location • When signal reception of the GPS satellite is Tools poor, handset position is determined by base station information. However, the margin of error may vary from a few hundred meters to several kilometers in radius, depending on the base station's location/signal strength. • When you cannot confirm the right location, move to a place where you can see the sky. • SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages arising from use of the location information provided. • Positioning cannot be performed by handset while Positioning Lock is in use. Using Ichi Navi S! GPS Navi Window w Select Navi Appli ➡[ Checking Your Current Position q From S! GPS Navi Window, select Locate information, you need to sign up on Yahoo! Keitai the people you allow to request location information (people you inform of your location). • Ichi Navi is not effective in areas that are out of signal range. • You need to apply and make settings in advance so that you can search for a lost handset from a PC. Me➡[ • Confirmation window appears. Select Ask Once Only to always send location information without confirmation. • When the location information send setting (LocationProperty) is set to Do not Send, the current position cannot be checked. Set to Always Ask or Send. 9-10 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-10 08.9.2 11:16:27 AM More Features Functions for S! GPS Navi (E page 9-27) Settings for S! GPS Navi • • • • • • • • (E page 13-41) Save a Map URL Edit Map URL Display Name Edit Map URL Delete a Map URL Set Map URL Set Navi Appli Lock Positioning Set Location Information Send Setting 9 Tools 9-11 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-11 08.8.12 4:23:20 PM Idokoro Mail Using Idokoro Mail Inform other people of your arrival in or departure from a specified area. Send your location information by a simple operation (Simple Notice). Saving People to Recipients List q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ [➡Idokoro Mail➡[➡Enter Handset Code • When signal reception from the GPS satellite 9 Tools is poor, handset position is determined by base station information. However, the margin of error may vary from a few hundred meters to several kilometers in radius, depending on the base station's location/ signal strength. • When you cannot confirm the right location, move to a place where you can see the sky. • SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages arising from use of the location information provided. • Positioning cannot be performed by handset while Positioning Lock is in use. • Transmission fees apply for sending mail notifications and using positioning service. • Idokoro Mail is unavailable while using handset abroad. Saving Locations to Areas List q From Idokoro Mail Window, select Areas List ➡[ • If Recipients List has no entry, a message appears. Save addresses to Recipients List to use Idokoro Mail. w Select an area list item➡[ Idokoro Mail Window w Select Recipients List ➡[➡Select a list item➡[ Area Settings Window e Select Area Name➡[➡Enter an area name➡[ r Select Set Location➡[➡Current➡ [➡Start positioning Recipient Window e Select Recipient ➡[➡Select an entry from Phone Book➡[➡Select a phone number or e-mail address➡[ r Select each mail notification➡[➡Yes or No➡[➡J (OK) • To specify from Location Logs or My Locations: Select Location Logs or My Locations ➡[➡Select location information➡[ • To specify from Phone Book: Select Phone Book➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry that has location information➡[ 9-12 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-12 08.8.12 4:23:20 PM t Select Launch Setting➡[➡Select Date➡[➡Date➡[➡Enter a date➡ [➡Arrivals Time or Departures Time ➡[➡ON➡[➡Enter a start time and duration➡[➡J (OK) • To specify a day of the week: Select Weekly ➡[➡Select Arrive or Depart for a day of the week➡[➡ON ➡[➡Enter a start time and duration➡ [➡J (OK) y Press J (OK) Mail Notifications Automatically Sending Notifications When the specified time comes, your current position is obtained using GPS and it is compared with location information of the saved area. When your departure or arrival is confirmed, a mail notification is sent. When your departure or arrival cannot be confirmed in the specified time period or positioning cannot be performed because you are out of range, a mail notification is automatically sent. Manually Sending Notifications (Simple Notice) Send a Simple Notice to preset recipients (Recipients must be set to Yes in Recipient Window). • Side Key must be set to SimpleNotice in advance (page 2-4). closed Functions for Idokoro Mail (Epage 9-28) 9 Tools q Press and hold R while handset is More Features 9-13 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-13 08.8.12 4:23:21 PM Alarms Using Alarms r Select Once➡[➡Select a repeat interval➡[ • When you select Weekly, do the following. Select day(s) of the week➡[➡J (OK) Setting an Alarm q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Alarms➡[ t Select Snooze➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ ➡Enter a time between alarm tones ➡[ y Alarm List Window w Select an alarm➡[ Press J (OK)➡OK➡[ • If you select Notify Only Once when a confirmation window appears telling that the alarm will not start if the power is turned off, this window will not appear from the next time. Alarm Time Operations 9 Tools The alarm stops automatically after a set ring time, but you can also stop it manually. Set Alarm Window e Select Time➡[➡Enter a time➡[ • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. q Press any key while the alarm is sounding When Snooze is Set If Snooze is set to ON, the alarm plays in specified intervals up to five additional times. To stop Snooze and return to Standby: Stop the alarm➡Stop Snooze➡[➡YES Canceling an Alarm q From Alarm List Window, select the alarm to cancel w Press J (ON/OFF) Deleting an Alarm q From Alarm List Window, select the alarm to delete w Press K➡Reset ➡[➡YES➡[ More Features Alarm Functions (Epage 9-28) Alarm Settings (E page 13-42) • Change Alarm Volume • Change Vibration • Set an Image to Appear at Set Time ➡[ 9-14 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-14 08.8.12 4:23:21 PM World Clock Handset shows the time of the city set as Main City. If you set City 1 and City 2, and set WorldDigital or World-Analog as Standby clock (page 2-8), the dates and times of both City 1 and City 2 are shown in Standby. Viewing World Clock Setting World Clock In World Clock Window, move cursor (yellow line) on the map to view dates, times and time differences of major cities. The time zones of City 1 and City 2 are indicated in green and red lines, respectively. Setting City 1/City 2 q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Phone [➡World Clock➡[ Settings➡[➡Clock➡[➡World Clock➡[ More Features World Clock Functions (E page 9-28) World Clock Settings (E page 13-42) • Set a City by GMT Time Difference • Set Daylight Saving Time (DST) World Clock Window World Clock Setting Window select a city➡[ • To switch Daylight Saving Time (DST) on or off, press J (DSTon) or J (DSToff). 9 Tools w Select City 1 or City 2➡[➡F to w Use F to select a city Switching Main City q From World Clock Setting Window, select Set as Main City ➡[ w Select City 1 or City 2➡[ 9-15 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-15 08.8.12 4:23:22 PM Calculator/Dictionary Using Calculator • Other Options by Pressing kK in q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Calculator ➡[ Calculator Window Operations in Calculator Window Enter Numbers 9 0 to 9 Tools + A − B × D ÷ C = [ ± (Switch +/−) N Tax C (Clear) . (Decimal) EXIT J L H Calculator Window ・Converter: Enter the currency exchange rate and then perform currency conversion calculations. ・Clear All: Delete the input value and clear memory. ・MS: Save the input value to memory. ・M+: Add the input value to the value stored in memory. ・MR: Show the value stored in memory. ・%: Calculate a percentage. ・1/X: Calculate a reciprocal. ・SQRT: Calculate a square root. ・Set Tax Rate: Set the tax rate to be calculated when you press jJ. Enter the tax rate and press {[. Using Dictionaries Use Japanese, English-Japanese, and JapaneseEnglish dictionaries. "Jispa" of Gakken Co., Ltd. is bundled as Japanese dictionary, EnglishJapanese dictionary and JapaneseEnglish dictionary. q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Dictionary ➡[ w Select Japanese, English-Japanese or Japanese-English➡[ e Press H➡Enter a keyword➡[ r Select a word➡[ More Features Functions for Calculator (E page 9-29) O 9-16 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-16 08.8.12 4:23:22 PM Kitchen Timer Measuring Time q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ [➡Kitchen Timer ➡[ w Enter a countdown time➡[ e Press [ When Set Time is Over The alarm sounds and External Lights flash. To stop the alarm, press a key from [, 0 to 9, *, #, O, or L. Press R when handset is closed. • Press [ (Stop) during the count to temporarily stop the timer. To restart, press [ (Start). 9 Tools 9-17 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-17 08.8.12 4:23:23 PM S! Quick News Check various pieces of the latest news delivered by information service providers and S! Loop items from Active Window by automatic updates recurring every period of time as you have specified. Checking for Information Updates Registering Contents q Press [➡Entertainment➡[➡ S! Quick News➡[ e Select Add News or S! Loop➡[➡ YES➡[ r Select contents ➡[ • Follow the onscreen instructions to register More Features Functions for S! Quick News (E page 9-29) contents. Checking for Updates q Select contents from News List Window or S! Loop List Window ➡[ w Select the item to check ➡[ • Press J to check the previous update and Active Window Settings • • • • (E page 13-8) Show All Information or Only Unread One Set Ticker Speed Show/Hide Images Restore Settings and Registered Contents of S! Quick News to Default K to check the next update. 9 S! Quick News Window Tools w Select News List or S! Loop List➡[ News List Window S! Loop List Window 9-18 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-18 08.8.12 4:23:23 PM S! Information Channel Browsing Updated Information Subscribe to contents and receive automatic updates. Content updates are received during the night. • Packet transmission fees apply to use S! Information Channel. Subscribing/Canceling Subscription Access a special site to register or cancel transmission of information and select programs. • Transmission fees apply while you are connected to the Internet. q Press [➡Entertainment ➡[➡ Info Channel ➡[ Checking Content Updates q From Info Channel Window, select What's new?➡[ More Features S! Information Channel (E page 9-29) Checking from Information Prompt q When Information Prompt appears➡ Info Channel ➡[ Using Weather Indicator S! Information Channel Settings (E page 13-43) • Do Not Show Weather Indicator in Standby • Set Notification of Weather Forecast Updates Weather Indicator posts the weather forecast in the current area in Standby. The indicator is updated automatically. • A separate subscription is required to use Weather Indicator. Checking Weather Forecast Weather ➡[ 9 Tools q From Info Channel Window, select Info Channel Window w Select Reg./Cancel ➡[➡YES➡[ • Follow the onscreen instructions. Weather Indicator Menu w Select Weather ➡[ • You can view the weather forecast by selecting Weather Indicator and pressing [ from Active Window (page 2-9). 9-19 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-19 08.8.12 4:23:24 PM Document Viewer Viewing PC Files ® You can view Microsoft Office Word, Excel, PowerPoint® and PDF files on handset. • The following formats® (extensions) are supported: Microsoft Word (.doc), Microsoft® Excel (.xls), Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt), and PDF (.pdf). q Press [➡Tools ➡[➡Doc Viewer ➡ [➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ Operations While Viewing Files Scroll up, down, left, right E Enlarge page [ J Reduce page Show with actual size 1 Show entire page* 2 Rotate 90 degrees right 3 Go to previous page/sheet/ slide 4 * 9 Tools w Select a file➡[ Show bookmarks 5 Go to next page/sheet/slide 6 Go to first page/sheet/slide 7 Search 8 Go to last page/sheet/slide 9 Go to specific page/sheet/ slide 0 * Available only when viewing PDF files. • Some document file contents may look different from how they appear on your PC. • Some document files may take a long time to appear. 9-20 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-20 08.8.12 4:23:24 PM Electronic Books Using BookSurfing® BookSurfing® is a viewer for electronic comic books, electronic photo albums and other electronic publications (CCF files). You can enlarge or reduce images, scroll pages, and use sound, vibration and other effects to enhance your reading experience. • Some electronic books may require a content key for viewing. • Titles of unsupported file formats are not shown. q Press [➡Entertainment ➡[ w Select BookSurfing➡[ • For following operations, see BookSurfing® help. 9 Tools 9-21 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-21 08.8.12 4:23:25 PM Barcode Reader Scanning QR Codes w Select Scan➡[ About QR Codes Checking Saved Data q From Scan Data Window, select Scanned Data➡[ Scan QR codes with handset camera, and save scanned data. Connect to Web pages, send messages or create Phone Book entries from scanned URLs or contact information. w Select QR code data➡[ More Features Scanning QR Codes • Dirty or dark QR codes may not be scanned. • Some QR codes may not be scanned depending on the size or version. Scanning a QR Code 9 q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡ [➡Scan Data➡[ Scanning Window e (E page 9-30) Frame a QR code in Display➡[ • Use F to adjust the exposure. • When the QR code is made up of several data areas, select YES to scan the other data areas. When all the areas are scanned, the QR code data is shown. Tools Scan Data Window Scan Results Window r Press K➡Save➡[ 9-22 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-22 08.8.12 4:23:25 PM Ku-man's Room (Japanese) Opening Ku-man's Room q Press [➡ エンタテイメント (Entertainment)➡ [➡くーまんの部屋 (Ku-man's Room)➡[ w Select 起動する (Open)➡[➡YES or NO ➡[ • You cannot open Ku-man's Room if the interface language is set to English. Set 言 語選択 (Language) to 日本語 (Japanese). About Ku-man's Room ④ ⑤ ① ② ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ Ku-man's Room © Dora communications Change posters. ②Change Clothes Contains Ku-man's clothes. ③Treasure Chest Contains Ku-man's treasures. ④Closet It is decorated with many different types of trophies. ⑤Take Pictures Take photos of Ku-man. You and Ku-man can appear in the same photo. ⑥Album Albums with pictures of Ku-man. ⑦Change! Standby Ku-man changes his outfit by putting on a plush toy. ⑧Ku-man Ku-man is a foot-loose and fancy free baby star bear. He sometimes goes off on journeys. Playing with Ku-man Look in Ku-man's Treasure Chest, change the outfit of Ku-man in Standby or take photos. Example: Changing the outfit of Ku-man in Standby q In Ku-man's Room, press [ Now you can operate Ku-man's Room. w Press J(前へ (Previous))/K(次へ (Next))to select へんし〜ん! (Change!)➡[ e Select an outfit➡[ • Ku-man in his room wears the clothes from before the change. Checking Messages from Ku-man Ku-man sends mail after you open his room for the first time, when he goes on trips and other times. Sometimes there are presents attached to messages from Ku-man. q In Ku-man's Room, press K➡くーまんメール (Ku-man Mail)➡[ w Select a message➡[ 9 More Features Ku-man's Room (Japanese) (E page 9-30) Tools ③ ①Poster Setting Ku-man for Standby (Japanese) (E page 13-43) • Set Ku-man to Appear in Standby 9-23 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-23 08.8.12 4:23:26 PM Advanced Features Information Management Tools From ➡ Calendar Window Create Event Window Event Alarm Setting Window Daily View Window Event Details Window New Task Window Task Alarm Setting Window Tasks Window page 9-4 page 9-4 page 9-4 page 9-5 page 9-5 page 9-5 page 9-5 page 9-6 Functions for Calendar Change Color of Calendar Dates [Set Holiday] ■Changing Color of a Date 9 Calendar Window Select a date➡K➡Set Holiday ➡[➡Current Day➡[➡Select a color or Deactivate ➡[ Tools ■Changing Color of a Day of the Week Calendar Window K➡Set Holiday ➡[➡ Select Week➡[➡Select a day of the week➡ [➡Select a color➡[➡J Functions for Saving Events/Tasks Set Alarm Tone [Alarm Tone] Notify of Events/Tasks for Today or Tomorrow at a Specified Time [Reminder] Calendar Window / Tasks Window K➡Settings➡ Event Alarm Setting Window / Task Alarm Setting Window Tone➡[ [➡Reminder ➡[➡ON➡[➡Time➡ [➡Enter a time➡[➡J ■Setting a Preinstalled Sound Patterns or Melodies ➡[➡Select an alarm tone➡[➡J (twice)➡OK➡[ ■Setting Today/Tomorrow ■Setting a File in Data Folder/Memory ■Setting a Preinstalled Alarm Tone Card Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select a file➡[ (twice)➡J (twice)➡OK➡ Set Alarm➡[➡Tone➡[➡Patterns or Melodies➡[➡Select an alarm tone➡[➡ J (twice) [ • Enter a time in the 24-hour system. Today➡[➡Today or Tomorrow➡[➡J ■Setting a File in Data Folder/Memory ■Setting Time Reader Time Reading➡[➡J (twice)➡OK➡[ Set Alarm Ring Time [Duration] Event Alarm Setting Window / Task Alarm Setting Window Duration➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[➡ J (twice)➡OK➡[ Card as Alarm Tone Set Alarm➡[➡Tone➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a file ➡[ (twice)➡J (twice) ■Setting Alarm Volume Set Alarm➡[➡Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice) ■Setting Vibration Set Alarm➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a vibration pattern➡[➡J (twice) 9-24 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-24 08.9.2 11:17:23 AM ■Setting Alarm Ring Time Functions for Saving Events Set Alarm➡[➡Duration➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[➡J (twice) Save Periodic Events ■Setting Alarm Repeats Once➡[➡Select an item➡[➡J Hide Special Events/Tasks [Hide] Create Event Window / New Task Window Options➡ [➡Show/Hide➡[➡Hide➡[ Edit a Saved Event [Edit Event] [Repeat Setting] Create Event Window Options➡[➡Repeat for ➡[➡Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly or End of Month➡[➡Enter a repeat duration ➡[ • If you set a start date to the last day of a Functions for Saving Tasks Edit a Saved Task [Edit Task] Tasks Window Select a task➡K➡Edit➡[➡ Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡J ➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[➡OK➡ [ Functions for Checking/Managing Events Use Event Information [Call/Create Message/Access URL] 9 Tools month, you can set Repeat for to End of Month. • To repeat infinitely, enter "00". • If you set Monthly for the 30th or 31st, the repetition is only set for months that include that date. • If an event set to repeat daily, weekly, etc. is deleted, a message asks if you wish to cancel repeat features. Select Do not Repeat to delete the event for that day only. • Canceling a single date of a periodic event may not be effective if the event is sent as vObject (page 2-32) and received by another device. Daily View Window Select an event➡K➡Edit ➡ [➡Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[ ➡J➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[➡OK ➡[ ■Calling or Sending a Message to a Phone Number Event Details Window Select a phone number ➡[ (twice)➡Voice Call or Create Mail➡[ • When you select Voice Call, do the following. K➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[ 9-25 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-25 08.8.12 4:23:27 PM Advanced Features ■Sending a Message to an E-mail Address Event Details Window Select an e-mail address➡ [ (twice) ■Connecting to a URL Event Details Window Select a URL➡[ (twice)➡ YES➡[ Use Link Information of an Event [To Messages/To Saved Pages/To Pictures] Event Details Window To Messages, To Saved Pages or To Pictures➡[ Use Information Stored in Contents [Call/Create Message/Save Sender/Access URL] [Delete All] Calendar Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[ ➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Functions for Checking/Managing Tasks Use Task Information [Call/Create Message/Save Sender/Access URL] Tasks Window Select a task➡[➡Select the Contents field➡[➡Select information➡ [➡Voice Call, Create Mail, Save Sender, By Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser ➡[ Delete Multiple Tasks [Select Multi] Event Details Window Select the Contents field➡ 9 [➡Select information➡[➡Voice Call, Tools Create Mail, Save Sender, By Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser ➡[ Time Table Functions Delete All Events [Select Multi] Calendar Window H➡Switch to All View➡K➡ Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select events➡[➡J➡YES➡[ Copy a Class on Time Table [Copy] Time Table Window Select a period➡K➡Copy➡ [➡Select a destination period➡[➡J • To copy to multiple periods, repeat selecting a destination period and pressing [ as many times as required. Delete All Classes from Time Table [Delete All] Time Table Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[ ➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Tasks Window K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select tasks➡[➡J➡YES➡[ Notepad Functions Delete All Tasks Edit a Notepad [Delete All] Delete Multiple Events From ➡ Time Table Window page 9-7 Tasks Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ • When Change View is not set to All View, you cannot delete all tasks. From➡ Notepad List Window page 9-8 [Edit Notepad] Notepad List Window Select a notepad with contents stored➡J➡Edit the notepad➡[ ➡YES➡[ Delete All Notepads [Delete All] Notepad List Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡ [➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ 9-26 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-26 08.8.12 4:23:28 PM Voice Recorder Functions From ➡ Voice Recorder Window page 9-9 Change Storage Location of Recordings [Select Storage] Voice Recorder Window Record➡[➡K➡ SelectStorage ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ • A memory card must be inserted to configure these settings. Lifestyle Support Tools Functions for S! GPS Navi From ➡ S! GPS Navi Window page 9-10 Delete Location Logs [Delete/Delete All] S! GPS Navi Window Location Logs➡[➡Select a log➡K➡Delete➡[ Send Current Position by Mail [Location Mail] ■Deleting One Entry Delete➡[➡YES➡[ S! GPS Navi Window Location Mail➡[ ■Deleting All Entries Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES Check Location Logs ➡[ [Location Logs] S! GPS Navi Window Location Logs➡[➡Select a log➡[ • If is shown to the left of the log, it means the positioning was successful; means a failure. S! GPS Navi Window Location Logs➡[➡Select a log➡K➡Open Map, Go to, Location Mail, To Locations or To Phone Book➡[ S! GPS Navi Window My Locations➡[➡Select an empty item➡[➡Save location information ➡[➡Enter a title➡[ 9 Tools Use Location Logs [Open Map/Start Navi Appli/Send Message/ To Locations/To Phone Book] Save Location Information to My Locations [My Locations] 9-27 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-27 08.8.12 4:23:29 PM Advanced Features Functions for Idokoro Mail Alarm Functions From ➡ Idokoro Mail Window page 9-12 Delete People from Recipients List [Delete/Delete All] Change Alarm Ring Time From➡ Alarm List Window page 9-14 Set Alarm Window page 9-14 Change an Alarm Name [Alarm Name] ■Deleting One Entry Idokoro Mail Window Recipients List ➡[➡ Select an entry➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡ Set Alarm Window Select an alarm name➡[➡ Enter an alarm name➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Edit an Alarm Change Alarm Tone Alarm List Window Select an alarm➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡J➡OK➡ [ ■Deleting All Entries Idokoro Mail Window Recipients List ➡[➡K ➡Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡ YES➡[ [Duration] Set Alarm Window Alarm Tone➡[➡Duration ➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[➡J (twice)➡ OK➡[ [Alarm Tone] Set Alarm Window Alarm Tone➡[➡Tone➡ [ [Edit Alarm] [ Delete All Alarms [Reset All] ■Setting Time Reader Delete Area Lists [Delete/Delete All] 9 ■Deleting One Entry Tools Idokoro Mail Window Areas List ➡[➡Select an entry➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[ ■Deleting All Entries Idokoro Mail Window Areas List ➡[➡K➡ Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES ➡[ Time Reading➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ ■Setting a Preinstalled Sound Patterns or Melodies ➡[➡Select an alarm tone➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ ■Setting a File in Data Folder/Memory Card Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select a file➡[ (twice) ➡J (twice) ➡OK➡ [ Alarm List Window K➡Reset All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ World Clock Functions From ➡ World Clock Setting Window page 9-15 Edit a City Name [Rename City] World Clock Setting Window City 1 or City 2➡[ ➡F to select a city➡K➡Rename City➡ [➡Enter a city name➡[ 9-28 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-28 08.8.12 4:23:29 PM Functions for Calculator ■Setting News/S! Loop to Update From ➡ Calculator Window page 9-16 Calculate Currency Conversion [Converter] Calculator Window K➡Converter ➡[➡ Exchange Rate➡[➡Main Currency or Sub Currency ➡[➡Enter a rate➡[➡ L (three times)➡Enter an amount➡K➡ Converter ➡[➡To Main or To Sub ➡[ Functions for S! Quick News From ➡ S! Quick News Window page 9-18 News List Window page 9-18 S! Loop List Window page 9-18 Update Lists Automatically [Auto Refresh] ■Setting Flash News to Update Automatically Select a time interval for automatic updates ➡ [➡B➡[➡YES➡[ [ Delete Registered Contents and Items [Delete/Delete All] Prompt Information Prompt appears➡Info Channel ➡ [➡YES➡[ ■Deleting One Entry News List Window / S! Loop List Window K➡Delete ➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[ ■Deleting All Entries News List Window / S! Loop List Window K➡Delete ➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES ➡[ From ➡ Info Channel Window page 9-19 Weather Indicator Menu page 9-19 Download Unreceived Information [Get Latest] Info Channel Window Get Latest ➡[➡YES➡ A connection is established to the redelivery page. • You can download only the latest information. Content cannot be downloaded on nondelivery days. ■Requesting Redelivery from Information Check Past Updates [History] 9 Tools S! Quick News Window Settings ➡[➡Auto Refresh➡[➡Flash News, News or S! Loop ➡[ S! Information Channel Automatically Automatic ➡[➡B➡[➡YES➡[ • S! Quick News (Flash News) and S! Loop List updates do not take place during late hours at night. • Automatic updates may not occur if handset is outside the service area or signal reception is poor. • If automatic updates stop for some reason, performing a manual update (page 2-9) can restart the automatic updates. • Automatic updates are unavailable while using handset abroad. Info Channel Window History➡[➡Select information➡[ Update Weather Forecast Manually [Update Weather Forecast] Weather Indicator Menu Update➡[➡YES➡[ 9-29 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-29 08.8.12 4:23:30 PM Advanced Features Scanning QR Codes From ➡ Scan Results Window page 9-22 Use Scanned Data [Call/Send Message/To Phone Book/ Access URL] Scan Results Window Select information➡[➡ Call, Send Message or To Phone Book➡[ • When a URL is scanned, select YES after selecting a URL. Ku-man's Room (Japanese) From ➡ Ku-man's Room page 9-23 Check What You can Do in Ku-man's Room [Help] Ku-man's Room K➡ヘルプ (Help)➡[ Paste Scanned Data into Message Text [To Message] Scan Results Window K➡To Message➡[ 9 Use Location Information [Start Navi Appli/To Locations] Tools Scan Results Window K➡Go to or To Locations ➡[ 9-30 823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-30 08.8.12 4:23:31 PM 10 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-1 Communication Services S! Town (Japanese)/S! Loop (Japanese) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-2 S! Friend's Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-3 About S! Friend's Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-3 Using S! Friend's Status・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-4 S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-6 About S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-6 Using S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-7 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 08.8.12 4:23:52 PM S! Town (Japanese)/S! Loop (Japanese) Using S! Town Communication Services 10 S! Town is an online 3D virtual space. Go online to chat, shop, etc. • When you use S! Town for the first time, a user registration (free) and profile registration are required. Please read and agree to the terms of service before the registration. • Packet transmission fees apply to use S! Town. The fees may be expensive. • If you subscribe to Website access restrictions, you cannot use S! Town. Using S! Loop Use S! Loop to keep a diary on the web or exchange information via BBS. q Press [➡Communications➡[ w Select S! Loop➡[➡YES➡[ q Press [➡Communications➡[ w Select S! Town➡[ • You can cancel S! Town service by selecting S!タウン (S! Town) from マイメニュー (My Menu) of Yahoo! Keitai. • Upgrade notification may appear when you start S! Town. Follow the onscreen instructions to upgrade S! Town. • About Library Downloaded S! Appli that expand the functions of S! Town are automatically stored in Library. To check S! Appli in Library: Press a[➡Communications➡[ a ➡ S! Town➡J j (Libr.) 10-2 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-2 08.8.12 4:23:53 PM S! Friend's Status About S! Friend's Status Share your current mood and availability to receive calls, messages or S! Circle Talk calls with your friends who are on your S! Friend's Status Members List. It is possible to check statuses of your S! Friend's Status members from Standby after adding them to Active Window. • A separate subscription and fees are required to use S! Friend's Status. S! Friend's Status View the mood and status of your friends. Status of Ann S! Friend's Status compatible handset Ask me Calls ● Answer OK ● Replay OK Mail S! Circle Talk ● Join OK S! Friend's Status compatible handset Communication Services Update My Status 10 See you there! Communications S! Friend's Status compatible handset • S! Friend's Status is unavailable if IP Service is set to OFF. • S! Friend's Status is unavailable while using handset abroad. 10-3 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-3 08.8.12 4:23:53 PM S! Friend's Status Using S! Friend's Status Setting Your Own Status (My Status) q Press and hold * Communication Services 10 e Select an Answer Status ➡[➡Select an item➡[ • To change all your Answer Statuses at once: Press K (All) ➡Select an item➡[➡ Check the settings ➡[ • To customize All Answer Statuses Settings: Press K (All) ➡Customize➡[➡ J (Edit) ➡Customize the settings➡ J (Save) ➡[ r Select the Comment field➡[➡Enter My Status Window • You can set My Status from Active Window (page 2-8). • When My Status is offline, switch to online by selecting YES in the confirmation window. • To go offline: ➡[➡Offline➡[➡ Select J (Update) w Select a status such as ごきげん (Good mood) ➡[➡Select an item➡[ a comment➡[ t Press J (Update) • If you switch to offline, you and other people cannot check each others' current statuses. Also, you cannot create S! Friend's Status Members List or initiate S! Circle Talk. Adding Members When you add a person to your S! Friend's Status Members List, an invitation is sent. • You can only add friends who have a SoftBank handset that supports S! Friend's Status to your S! Friend's Status Members List. • To create S! Friend's Status Members List, set My Status to Online. • When the person accepts your invitation, you receive a Saving Completed notification, and you and the person can check out each other's status. q Press [➡Communications➡[➡ Friend Status➡[ w Press J (Add) ➡Phone Book or Direct Input➡[ • If you select Phone Book, you can search Phone Book entries on handset (not those on USIM Card or memory card). e Select a member or enter a phone number➡[ • To select a group: Select ➡[➡Select a group➡[ r Press J (Save) ➡YES➡[ A Saving Request notification is sent to the person, and Waiting appears in S! Friend's Status Members List Window. 10-4 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-4 08.8.12 4:23:55 PM • You will receive a Saving Failed notification when the other person's S! Friend's Status Members List already contains 30 people. Checking a Member's Status q Press [➡Communications➡[➡ Friend Status➡[ q Information Prompt appears➡ Notification➡[ w Select a Saving Request notification➡ [➡YES➡[ • If you select NO, a Saving Failed notification is returned to the other person and the person is not saved to S! Friend's Status Members List. S! Friend's Status Members List Window w Use F to select a group e Use G to select a member➡[ S! Friend's Status Functions (E page 10-9) Settings for S! Friend's Status (E page 13-44) • Edit Status Settings of My Status • Save Members to Active Window • Ignore Saving Requests from People Not in Phone Book • Ignore All Saving Requests Settings for S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk (E page 13-44) • Disable S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk Communication Services Adding a Member from Saving Request If someone wants to add you to his/her S! Friend's Status Members List, you will receive a Saving Request notification. If you accept, the other person is saved to S! Friend's Status Members List and you and the person can check out each other's status. More Features 10 • If you select NO and a Saving Failed notification is returned to the other person, you cannot send the person an invitation to S! Friend's Status Members List for 24 hours. • Although you select NO and a Saving Failed notification is returned to the other person, if the person does not receive the notification because he/she is outside the service area or offline for more than 24 hours, you will receive another Saving Request notification when the person comes online. S! Friend's Status Details Window 10-5 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-5 08.8.12 4:23:56 PM S! Circle Talk About S! Circle Talk • S! Circle Talk is unavailable if IP Service is set S! Circle Talk is a walkie-talkie style communication service. Talk one-on-one or with a group of people (up to ten people) using S! Circle Talk compatible SoftBank handsets. Press and hold the key to talk (one person at a time) and release the key when finished talking. Check each participant's status and see who is currently talking in S! Circle Talk window. • You must subscribe to S! Friend's Status to use S! Circle Talk. Transmission fees apply for using S! Circle Talk. S! Circle Talk to OFF. • S! Circle Talk is unavailable if S! Friend's Status is set to Offline. Switch to Online (page 10-4) to use S! Circle Talk. • S! Circle Talk is unavailable during voice or video calls. Also, you cannot receive another S! Circle Talk call during S! Circle Talk. • S! Circle Talk is unavailable while using handset abroad. Communication Services Talk one-on-one or with a group of people using S! Circle Talk compatible SoftBank handsets. S! Circle Talk compatible handset 10 Speak to All Members You can also hear other members speak. S! Circle Talk compatible handset S! Circle Talk compatible handset 10-6 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-6 08.8.12 4:23:57 PM Using S! Circle Talk Adding Members Adding a Person q Press [➡Communications➡[➡ Circle Talk➡[ • A confirmation window appears the first time you start. • If no one is on S! Circle Talk Members List, press J (Add). q From Add Members Menu, select Group➡[➡Create New➡[ w Initiating S! Circle Talk q Enter a phone number, and then press and hold R • To call from S! Circle Talk Members List: Press [➡Communications➡[➡ Circle Talk➡[➡Select a member or group➡ J (CT)/R Select Empty➡[➡Phone Book, Friend Status or Direct Input➡[ • If you select Phone Book, you can search Phone Book entries on handset (not those on USIM Card or memory card). e Select a member or enter a phone number➡[ • To save more members, repeat w and e. • If you want to change a member's phone Add Members Menu e Select Personal➡[➡Phone Book, Friend Status or Direct Input➡[ • If you select Phone Book, you can search Phone Book entries on handset (not those on USIM Card or memory card). r Select a member or enter a phone number➡[ number, select a member and press [ twice. r Press J (Add) ➡Enter a group name ➡[ Adding a Group from S! Friend's Status Members List • Save members other than yourself to an S! Friend's Status group in advance. q From Add Members Menu, select Group➡[➡Friend Status➡[ w w Press and hold R to talk • Talk when Myself appears. • Initiator can talk as soon as S! Circle Talk is connected. Myself disappears after 30 seconds and the floor is released. • Only one person can talk at a time. • Communication Services w Press K➡Add Members➡[ Creating a Group Organize entries by group and make an S! Circle Talk call to a group of people. 10 e To sign off, press O➡YES➡[ • When only one person remains, S! Circle Talk ends automatically. Select a group ➡[ 10-7 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-7 08.8.12 4:23:58 PM S! Circle Talk Joining S! Circle Talk q Press [ (Answer) when S! Circle Talk invitation arrives S! Circle Talk is connected. • To reject the connection, press K (Reject). • Alternatively, press N or R to answer. Communication Services 10 S! Circle Talk Operations More Features Calling Another Member q During S! Circle Talk, press K➡Add S! Circle Talk Functions (E page 10-10) ➡[ w Select Members List➡[➡Select a Settings for S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk (E page 13-44) • Disable S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk member ➡[ • To call a person from S! Friend's Status Members List: Select Friend Status➡[➡Select an entry➡[ • To call a person from Phone Book: Select Phone Book➡[➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number ➡[ • To enter a phone number directly: Select Direct Input➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ Adjusting Speaker (Earpiece) Volume q During S! Circle Talk, use G Toggling Audio Output (Earpiece/Speaker) q During S! Circle Talk, press J ( / ) 10-8 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-8 08.8.13 3:31:53 PM Advanced Features Communications ■Deleting All Members S! Friend's Status Functions From ➡ S! Friend's Status Members List Window page 10-5 S! Friend's Status Details Window page 10-5 Add a Member Select a member other than yourself (My Status) ➡K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ • After a member is deleted from S! Friend's Status Members List, you cannot send/receive a Saving Request notification to/from that person for 24 hours. [Add Members] Delete Members [Deletion Request] S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a group ■Deleting One Member Select a member➡K➡Delete➡[➡One➡ [➡YES➡[ ■Deleting Multiple Members Select a member other than yourself (My Status) ➡K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡ Select members➡[➡J➡YES➡[ [Rename] S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a group ➡K➡Rename➡[➡Edit the group name➡ [ Update S! Friend's Status Manually [Status Update] S! Friend's Status Members List Window K➡Settings Move Members to a Different Group [Change Group] ➡[➡Status Update➡[ S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a group Check a Notification [Notification] ■Moving One Member Select a member ➡K➡Change Group➡ [➡One➡[➡Select a group➡[ ■Moving Multiple Members Select a member other than yourself (My Status) ➡K➡Change Group➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select members➡[➡J➡Select a group➡[ ■Moving All Members Select a member other than yourself (My Status) ➡K➡Change Group➡[➡All➡[➡ Select a group➡[ S! Friend's Status Members List Window K➡ Notification➡[ Contact a Member According to His/Her Current Status [Call/Send Mail] Communication Services S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a member other than yourself (My Status)➡K➡ Add Members➡[ • See “Adding Members” (page 10-4) for following operations. Edit a Group Name 10 ■Making a Voice Call/Video Call S! Friend's Status Details Window Select the call answer status➡[➡K➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[ ■Sending a Message S! Friend's Status Details Window Select the mail answer status➡[➡Create a message ➡J • For details on creating messages, see pages 4-4 and 4-6. 10-9 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-9 08.8.12 4:24:00 PM Advanced Features ■Initiating S! Circle Talk S! Circle Talk Functions S! Friend's Status Details Window Select the S! Circle Talk answer status➡[ Edit S! Circle Talk Members List Delete a Group or Person from S! Circle Talk Members List [Delete/Select Multi/Delete All] [Edit Group] [➡Communications➡[➡Circle Talk➡ [➡Select a group➡K➡Edit Group➡[ ■Editing Group Name Rename➡[➡Edit the group name➡[ Communication Services 10 ■Adding Members Change Member➡[➡Empty➡[➡ Phone Book, Friend Status or Direct Input ➡[➡Select a member or enter a phone number➡[➡J ■Changing a Member's Phone Number Change Member➡[➡Select a member ➡ [ (twice)➡Enter a phone number➡[➡J [➡Communications➡[➡Circle Talk➡ [ ■Deleting One Entry Select a member or a group ➡K➡Delete➡ [➡One➡[➡YES➡[ ■Deleting Multiple Entries K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select members or groups➡[➡J➡YES➡[ ■Deleting All Entries K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ ■Deleting a Member Change Member➡[➡Select a member➡ K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[➡J ■Deleting All Members Change Member➡[➡K➡Delete All➡ [➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ 10-10 823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-10 08.8.12 4:24:02 PM 11 Security Changing Handset Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-2 Prohibiting/Limiting Use ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 Protecting Handset Information ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-4 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-1 08.7.29 2:18:47 PM Changing Handset Code • Do not forget your Handset Code and do not reveal it to others. Write down your Handset Code. q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Security➡ [➡Change Password➡[ w Enter current Handset Code e Enter new Handset Code Security 11 r Re-enter new Handset Code for confirmation 11-2 823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-2 08.7.29 2:18:48 PM Prohibiting/Limiting Use Activating PIN Settings Prohibiting Handset Use Keypad Lock Set to require PIN entry to use handset when handset is turned on with USIM Card inserted in it. Set Password Lock to prevent others from using your handset. When Password Lock is activated, Handset Code entry is required to use handset. Disable all keys to prevent unintentional operations while your handset is in your bag or pocket. q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Security q From Security Setting Window, select q Press and hold [ ➡[ Password Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code • To cancel Keypad Lock, press and hold [ while it is set. • Keypad Lock cannot be set when Bluetooth®/ infrared communication is activated. • When Keypad Lock is set, Information Security Setting Window w Select PIN Settings➡[➡ON/OFF➡ [➡ON➡[ Prompt does not appear. • Phone Closed: Locks handset when you close it. • Power Saving: Locks handset when Display is turned off for Power Saving. • Power Off: Locks handset when it is turned on. • To cancel Password Lock, enter Handset Code to unlock it temporarily, and then set Password Lock to OFF. • Phone Closed locks handset when you close it in Standby. Power Saving locks handset when Display is turned off after a certain period of time (as set in the power saving settings) has passed in Standby. • You cannot make one-touch calls from Earphone-Microphone when Password Lock is activated. Security e Enter PIN➡[ w Select an item➡[➡ON➡[ 11 11-3 823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-3 08.7.31 1:34:24 PM Prohibiting/Limiting Use Using Secure Remote Lock By using Secure Remote Lock service, if your handset is lost or stolen, you can lock handset functions remotely from a PC or mobile phone. Once the lock is set, all key operations are disabled except for turning the power on, making emergency calls and calling SoftBank Customer Center (157). For more information on conditions for using Secure Remote Lock, go to http://www.softbank.jp or access My SoftBank from your handset. Protecting Handset Information Prohibiting Use of Phone Book and Other Features Set Function Lock to prevent unauthorized access to Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks, Call Log and Sent/Received Log. When Function Lock is set, Handset Code must be entered to access these functions/features. q From Security Setting Window, select Function Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code Accessing My SoftBank from a Mobile Phone q Press K➡メニューリスト (Menu List)➡[➡ Viewing Secret Data Phone Book entries saved as secret (page 2-18) can be viewed. q From Security Setting Window, select Secret Mode➡[➡Enter Handset Code w Select Show ➡[ • Secret Mode is set to Hide when handset is turned off. My SoftBank➡[ More Features Security w Select a function ➡[➡Lock➡[ Functions for Prohibiting/Limiting Use (E page 11-5) 11 11-4 823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-4 08.7.29 2:18:49 PM Advanced Features Security Functions for Prohibiting/Limiting Use From ➡ Security Setting Window page 11-3 Change PIN/PIN2 [Change PIN/PIN2] • Set PIN Settings to ON before you change PIN. • Do not forget your PIN and do not reveal it to others. Write down your PIN. Security Setting Window PIN Settings➡[➡ Change PIN or Change PIN2➡[➡Enter current PIN/PIN2➡[➡Enter new PIN/PIN2➡ [➡Re-enter new PIN/PIN2 for confirmation➡ [ Restrict Access to the Internet by Inputting URLs [Web] Security Setting Window Restricted Mode➡[➡ Web➡[➡Enter Internet Security Code (page 1-14) ➡[➡Set Regulation➡[➡ON➡ [ ■When Internet Security Code is Not Registered Security Setting Window Restricted Mode➡[➡ Web➡[ (twice)➡Enter Internet Security Code ➡[➡Re-enter Internet Security Code for confirmation ➡[➡Do not Save➡[ • To register a clue to your Internet Security Code, select Save and enter a clue. [Cancel PIN Lock] While PIN/PIN2 Lock is set, do an operation that requires PIN/PIN2 entry➡Enter PUK/PUK2 ➡ [➡Enter new PIN/PIN2➡[➡Re-enter new PIN/PIN2 for confirmation ➡[ • If Personal Unblocking Key (PUK) is incorrectly entered ten times in a row, USIM Card is locked (USIM lock). If USIM lock is set, it cannot be canceled. Contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Security Setting Window Restricted Mode➡[➡ Web➡[➡Enter Internet Security Code➡[ ➡Change Password ➡[ (twice)➡Enter new Internet Security Code➡[➡Re-enter new Internet Security Code for confirmation ➡[➡ Do not Save➡[ • To register a clue to your Internet Security Code, select Save and enter a clue. Security ■Changing Internet Security Code Cancel PIN Lock 11 11-5 823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-5 08.7.29 2:18:49 PM Security 11 11-6 823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-6 08.7.29 2:18:50 PM 12 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-1 File Transfer/Backup Infrared ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 About Infrared ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 Using Infrared ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 Bluetooth® ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-4 About Bluetooth® ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-4 Using Bluetooth® ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-5 PC Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-8 About PC Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-8 Memory Card Backup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・12-10 About Memory Card Backup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-10 S! Addressbook Back-up ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・12-12 About S! Addressbook Back-up・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-12 Using S! Addressbook Back-up ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-13 Advanced Features ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・12-14 08.8.12 4:24:26 PM Infrared About Infrared Send/receive Phone Book entries, events, pictures taken with the camera and other data to/from other infrared compatible devices (PCs, handsets). • Bring Infrared Port of handset to within 20 cm of the infrared port of the destination device and align both ports. Make sure no objects are placed between them. q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity Precautions File Transfer/Backup 12 Activating Infrared Set handset so that it can be connected to other compatible devices via infrared. • A dirty Infrared Port may cause an infrared communication failure. If Infrared Port is dirty, gently wipe it with a soft cloth while making sure not to scratch the port. • Do not move the devices until the file transfer is complete. • Direct sunlight or fluorescent light may interfere with infrared communication. • If a voice/video call arrives while handset is sending/receiving files via infrared, the fixed incoming image appears and the fixed melody ringtone sounds. If you answer the call, file transfer is canceled. • When sending/receiving vObjects, some information may be altered or may not be received. • You cannot use Bluetooth® communication or USB functions other than the charge function during infrared communication. • S! Friend's Status and S! Circle Talk are unavailable while transferring files even if IP Service is set to ON. Using Infrared ➡[➡Infrared➡[ Within 20cm Infrared Menu w e Select ON➡[ Select ON/OFF➡[ • To cancel infrared standby status, select Authentication Password The authentication password (four digits) is for sending and receiving all data by infrared communication. When sending or receiving all data, the same authentication password needs to be entered on both sending and receiving devices. OFF. • Infrared communication is unavailable when Offline Mode is set to ON. • If handset does not communicate via infrared in three minutes after Infrared has been set to ON, the infrared standby status is canceled automatically. Transferring Files Sending a File q Access a function that supports infrared 12-2 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-2 08.8.12 4:24:26 PM w Select a file➡K➡Send ➡[ • Select Send vCard to access from Phone Book. e Select Via Infrared ➡[ • Files without transfer permission and files in Saved Pages cannot be sent. • Removal of memory card during file transfer from memory card may result in loss or damage of files on memory card. Receiving Files Handset can receive files when the Infrared setting is ON. Sending All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data All Phone Book entries on handset, events on Calendar and tasks can be sent to other infrared compatible handsets. Enter the same authentication password on both sending and receiving devices. q From Infrared Menu, select Transfer All ➡[ w Enter Handset Code e Select Phone Book or Cal./Tasks➡[ • When sending Phone Book entries, a q In Standby, receive a connection request w Select YES➡[ • To reject reception of files, select NO. • When handset receives a Phone Book entry, event, task or notepad, select YES to save it to your Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks or Notepad. e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[ r Enter the authentication password q In Standby, receive a connection request w Enter Handset Code➡Enter the authentication password e Select Add ➡[ • To overwrite all files: Select Overwrite➡[➡YES➡[ • To cancel receiving files, select Discard. • Handset cannot receive files except in Standby. More Features Functions for Infrared Communication (E page 12-14) File Transfer/Backup confirmation window appears asking if you want to send images saved in Phone Book. Select Without Image to send Phone Book entries without images. • When sending events/tasks, a confirmation window appears. Select Without Past not to send past events/tasks. Receiving All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data All Phone Book entries, events on Calendar and tasks can be received from other infrared compatible handsets. Enter the same authentication password on both sending and receiving devices. Handset can receive files when the Infrared setting is ON. 12 • Handset cannot receive files except in Standby. 12-3 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-3 08.8.12 4:24:27 PM Bluetooth® About Bluetooth® Transfer Phone Book entries, events and other files in Data Folder between handset and other Bluetooth® compatible devices (PCs, etc.). Also use a handsfree compatible device to make handsfree calls. Frequency File Transfer/Backup 12 The Bluetooth® system on handset uses the 2.4 GHz spectrum ranging from 2.402 GHz to 2.480 GHz. Other wireless devices may be using the same frequency. In order to avoid radio interference, note the followings: • The Bluetooth® system on handset uses 2.4 GHz spectrum. This spectrum is used by industrial, scientific, and medical equipment (microwaves etc.), other radio stations of the same kind, premises radio stations for radio frequency identification which require a license (used in production lines etc.), license free specified low power radio stations, and amateur radio stations (hereafter "other radio stations"). 1. Before using handset, make sure there are no other radio stations nearby. 2. If radio interference occurs between handset and other radio stations, change locations to use handset, or stop using handset (stop emitting radio waves) at once. 3. For details, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). • Handset 2.4FH1 • S! Friend's Status and S! Circle Talk are This wireless device uses 2.4 GHz spectrum. It employs FH-SS modulation, and causes interference within a 10-meter radius. Precautions • Communication ®tests have not been performed for all Bluetooth compatible devices. There is no guarantee of connection with all Bluetooth® devices. • The security function used for wireless communication complies with the standard specifications of Bluetooth®. However, take care when using Bluetooth® for data communication because, in some cases, security may be inadequate depending on the operating environment and configuration. • SoftBank accepts no liability whatsoever for any data generated or information leaked during Bluetooth® communication. is • If a voice/video call arrives while handset sending/receiving files by Bluetooth® connection, the fixed incoming image appears and the fixed melody ringtone sounds. If you answer the call, file transfer is canceled. • When sending/receiving vObjects, some information may be altered or may not be received. • You cannot use infrared communication and USB functions other than the charge function during Bluetooth® communication. unavailable while transferring files even if IP Service is set to ON. • The Bluetooth® system on handset has been certified to comply only with specifications of Japanese Radio Law. Using Bluetooth® features outside Japan may be punishable by law. Authentication PIN Code Authentication PIN code (Bluetooth Passkey) is a 4 to 16 digit number required to connect to a compatible device. Code must be entered on both devices before connection is established. • You can set a different authentication PIN code on each device. 12-4 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-4 08.8.12 4:24:28 PM Using Bluetooth® ® Use Bluetooth to connect handset to other compatible devices. Transfer files and make dial-up connections. Activating Bluetooth® Set handset so that it can be connected to other compatible devices via Bluetooth® communication. q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity ➡[➡Bluetooth➡[ w Select ON/OFF➡[ e Select ON➡[ • To cancel Bluetooth® standby status, select OFF. • Bluetooth® communication is unavailable when Offline Mode is set to ON. Finding and Pairing with a Device Before establishing a Bluetooth® connection, you need to search for, find and then pair with a Bluetooth® compatible device. Connecting to a Paired Handsfree Device q From Bluetooth Menu, select Paired Device➡[ q From Bluetooth Menu, select Search Device➡[ Handset starts searching for Bluetooth® devices and then the names and icons of available devices appear. • The device type icons are as follows: PC Audio device Mobile phone Peripherals LAN Printer Headset Other device Handsfree device w Select a device➡[➡Enter an authentication PIN code➡[➡YES or NO➡[ When handset is connected to another Bluetooth® compatible device, the device is registered in the paired device list. • Enter the same authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16 digits) on handset and the Bluetooth® compatible device. Paired Device List Window w Select a handsfree device➡K • If a handsfree device is not registered, press J (Search) and select a handsfree device to register it to the paired device list. e Select Connect ➡[ File Transfer/Backup Bluetooth Menu Connecting to Bluetooth® Devices 12 • An authentication PIN code needs to be entered within approximately 30 seconds for security reasons. 12-5 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-5 08.8.12 4:24:28 PM Bluetooth® Transferring Files Sending a File q Access a function that supports Bluetooth® Receiving Files Handset can receive files when the Bluetooth setting is ON. q In Standby, receive a connection request➡YES➡[ w Select a file➡K➡Send ➡[ • If the device information of handset is not • Select Send vCard to access from Phone Book. e Select Via Bluetooth➡[ r From Paired Device List Window, select File Transfer/Backup a device➡[ • If a receiving device is not registered, select J (Search) and then select a receiving device. • Files without transfer permission and files in Saved Pages cannot be sent. • Removal of memory card during file transfer from memory card may result in loss or damage of files on memory card. 12 registered on the sending device, the same authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16 digits) entry window appears. Enter the same authentication PIN code on handset and the Bluetooth® compatible device. w Select YES➡[ • To reject reception of files, select NO. • When handset receives a Phone Book entry, event, task or notepad, select YES to save it to your Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks or Notepad. Sending All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data All Phone Book entries on handset, events on Calendar or tasks can be sent to other Bluetooth® compatible handsets. q From Bluetooth Menu, select Transfer All ➡[ w Enter Handset Code e Select Phone Book or Cal./Tasks➡[ • When sending Phone Book entries, a confirmation window appears asking if you want to send images saved in Phone Book. Select Without Image to send Phone Book entries without images. • When sending events/tasks, a confirmation window appears. Select Without Past not to send past events/tasks. a receiving device➡[ e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card r •Select If a receiving device is not registered, ➡[ • Handset cannot receive files except in Standby. select J (Search) and then select a receiving device. • Enter the same authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16 digits) on handset and the Bluetooth® compatible device. 12-6 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-6 08.8.12 4:24:29 PM Receiving All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data All Phone Book entries, events on Calendar or tasks can be received from another Bluetooth® compatible handset. Handset can receive files when the Bluetooth setting is ON. q In Standby, receive a connection request➡YES➡[ • If the device information of handset is not registered on the sending device, the same authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16 digits) entry window appears. Enter the same authentication PIN code on handset and the Bluetooth® compatible device. • To overwrite all files: Select Overwrite➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ • To cancel receiving files, select Discard. • Handset cannot receive files except in Standby. Functions for Bluetooth® Communication (E page 12-14) Settings for Bluetooth® Communication (E page 13-36) • Check Details of a Paired Bluetooth® Compatible Device • Set a Bluetooth® Compatible Device as Trusted Device • Check Details of Handset • Change Name of Handset • Communicate Using a Handsfree Device • Hide Handset File Transfer/Backup w Select Add ➡[ More Features 12 12-7 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-7 08.8.12 4:24:30 PM PC Connection About PC Connection Use the USB cable to connect handset to a PC to transfer music files. You can also check Data Folder of handset on your PC. Getting Started • Install the USB Host Driver software before File Transfer/Backup connecting the USB cable. For details on the installation procedure, refer to the USB Host Driver Installation Guide on the supplied Utility Software (CD-ROM). • When using the USB cable to connect handset to a PC, be sure to directly insert the plug of the USB cable into a USB port of the PC. • You cannot use USB functions other than ®the charge function during infrared/Bluetooth communication. Configuring USB Connection Mode Configure the mode for using the USB cable to connect a PC to handset in Standby. Select Card Reader to transfer music from a PC, and Communication for a dial-up connection. q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity ➡[➡USB➡[ w Select Connection➡[➡ Communication, Card Reader or Always Ask➡[ • Select Always Ask to choose the connection mode whenever you connect the USB cable in Standby. Transferring Music from a PC to Memory Card To transfer music files from a PC, use Card Reader mode. • Offline Mode is set while handset is in Card Reader mode. In Offline Mode, handset cannot make/receive calls, send/receive messages, nor connect to Yahoo! Keitai. In this mode, all the keys are disabled. • Timer viewing of TV will not start in Card Reader mode. • Music files cannot be played on handset unless they are transferred using music transfer software. • If handset is not in Standby when connecting the USB cable, handset changes to Communication mode even if Connection has been set to Card Reader or Always Ask. 12 12-8 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-8 08.8.12 4:24:30 PM Switching to Card Reader Mode by Connecting the USB Cable q In Standby, connect handset to a PC with the USB cable • Open the cover of External Device Port and plug in the connector of the USB cable with the inscription facing down. • If Connection is set to Always Ask, select Card Reader. handset does not change to Card Reader mode when connecting the USB cable in Standby. • If handset is not in Standby when connecting the USB cable, handset changes to Communication mode even if Connection has been set to Card Reader or Always Ask. q Set handset to Card Reader mode w Follow the instructions on the PC More Features Functions for PC Connection (E page 12-15) Canceling Card Reader Mode q Use the connected PCʼs function to remove an external device Settings for PC Connection (E page 13-37) • Use USB Cable for Charging w Disconnect the USB cable from handset File Transfer/Backup • If Connection is set to Communication, Transferring Data 12 12-9 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-9 08.8.12 4:24:30 PM Memory Card Backup About Memory Card Backup Back up Phone Book entries, events and other data to memory card, and restore as required. Precautions • Some data cannot be transferred to memory card. • Do not use a PC or other device to view or File Transfer/Backup change a backup file on memory card. The file may be damaged. • Copyrighted data may not be transferred to memory card or restored to handset, or may be deleted from memory card/handset after the transfer. • If the file name of data restored to handset is more than 32 characters, characters that exceed the limit are omitted when the file is transferred. • The security lock set to handset Data Folder will not be reflected in the transferred data. 12 • About Backing Up Content Keys ・Since only a single content key backup file can be saved to memory card, backing up another content key will overwrite the previously saved backup file. If you want to maintain the previously backed up content key, import the backup file from memory card to handset and then perform the backup operation again. ・The file whose content key has been moved to memory card for backup will no longer be available on handset. ・Importing a content key into handset adds it to other content keys in handset. It does not overwrite the current handset content keys. Backing Up Data to Memory Card q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Backup ➡[ Backup Window w Select Transfer All ➡[➡Backup ➡[ e Select the data to back up➡[ • To select other data, repeat this step. • To select or unselect all data: Press K➡Mark All or Unmark All ➡[ 12-10 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-10 08.8.12 4:24:31 PM r Press J (Trans.)➡B➡[➡Enter Handset Code • When transferring Phone Book entries, a confirmation window appears asking if you want to include images saved in Phone Book. Select NO to transfer Phone Book entries without images. • When transferring events on Calendar or tasks, a confirmation window appears asking if you want to transfer past events/ tasks. Select Futures Only not to transfer past events. Restoring Data from Memory Card q From Backup Window, select Transfer All ➡[➡Restore A or Restore B➡[ • If There are no data. appears, select either Restore A or Restore B to restore the data. • To restore data from a non-3G model SoftBank handset, select From non-3G. More Features Functions for Memory Card Backup (E page 12-15) w Select the data to restore➡[ Press K➡Mark All or Unmark All ➡[ e Press J (Read)➡[➡Enter Handset Code • To restore Phone Book/Events/Tasks/ File Transfer/Backup • To select other data, repeat this step. • To select or unselect all data: 12 Messages/Bookmarks/Notepad: Select Add or Overwrite➡[ (twice)➡ Select data➡[ • If you select Add, you can add the data without deleting data on handset. 12-11 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-11 08.8.12 4:24:31 PM S! Addressbook Back-up About S! Addressbook Back-up S! Addressbook Back-up is a service that allows you to back up handset's Phone Book to a network server and synchronize it with the data on the server. It is useful for recovering information if your handset is lost or damaged. For details on S! Addressbook Back-up, access the following website. http://www.softbank.jp/SAB Back up to the server! Restore to handset when necessary Handset File Transfer/Backup 12 12-12 PC Synchronize handset Phone Book with the server when necessary Export the server Phone Book to a PC→Edit→Save S! Addressbook Back-up Server Your Personal Phone Book Storage Area Phone Book Precautions • The following Phone Book items cannot be synchronized. Be careful because the following Phone Book settings on handset are completely deleted when data is read from the server. Ringtones/External Lights/Picture/Secret • The server Phone Book is deleted when you end your S! Addressbook Back-up contract. • Be careful about timing and synchronization type setting when you back up or read data on the server. • If you synchronize Phone Book data with the synchronization type of Synchronize, From Client, or Backup after deleting all the Phone Book entries on handset, the server Phone Book is deleted. • If you synchronize Phone Book data with the synchronization type of Synchronize, From Server, or Restore after deleting all the Phone Book entries on the server, Phone Book on handset is deleted. 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-12 08.8.12 4:24:32 PM Using S! Addressbook Back-up Synchronizing Phone Book Connect to the network server so that Phone Book data on handset and the server can be complemented by each other. • When synchronizing for the first time, the Synchronize type is used regardless of the synchronization type setting. q Press [➡Phone Book ➡[➡Addr. Setting Synchronization Type Select from the following types. From Client Back up changes to the information in handset Phone Book. From Server Changes to the information in the server Phone Book are reflected to handset. Backup Delete the existing Phone Book data on the server and back up all Phone Book data in handset to the server. Restore Delete the existing Phone Book data in handset and reflect all Phone Book data on the server to handset. Bkup➡[ S! Addressbook Back-up Window w Select Start Sync➡[➡Start ➡[➡ Enter Handset Code • Follow the onscreen instructions. • Upon starting synchronization, handset select Sync Settings➡[➡Select the current Sync Type setting➡[ w Select a synchronization type➡[➡ J (Save) More Features Functions for S! Addressbook Back-up (E page 12-16) File Transfer/Backup Synchronize Back up changes in handset Phone Book to the server and download new information in the server Phone Book to handset simultaneously. q From S! Addressbook Back-up Window, 12 connects to the Internet. Transmission fees apply during Internet connections. Ending synchronization terminates the connection automatically. 12-13 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-13 08.8.12 4:24:32 PM Advanced Features File Transfer/Backup Functions for Infrared Communication Send My Details [Send My Details] [➡Phone Book ➡[➡My Details➡[ ➡J➡Via Infrared ➡[ Functions for Bluetooth® Communication From ➡ Paired Device List Window page 12-5 Change a Paired Device Name [Device Name] File Transfer/Backup 12 Paired Device List Window Select a device➡K➡ Device Name➡[➡Enter a device name➡ [ Delete a Paired Device [Delete Device] Paired Device List Window Select a device➡K➡ Delete➡[➡YES➡[ Cut Off Connection to a Handsfree Device [Disconnect] • When accessing the Internet by connecting Send My Details [Send My Details] [➡Phone Book ➡[➡My Details➡ [➡J➡Via Bluetooth➡[➡Select a device➡[ Use Bluetooth® for Dial-up Connections [Dial-up Connections] handset to a PC or PDA (i.e. mobile data communication), a large amount of data is often transferred in a very short time resulting in high packet transmission fees. You are recommended to check the fees now and then during the mobile data communication. In Standby, receive a connection request from another Bluetooth® compatible device➡YES➡ [➡Enter an authentication PIN code➡[ • Handset can use dial-up connections when the Bluetooth setting (page 12-5) is ON. • Enter the same authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16 digits) on handset and the Bluetooth® compatible device to connect. • Handset sends a message three times in three minutes to the same device if the receiving device does not respond. • In a 3G High Speed area, you can receive at a maximum speed of 3.6 Mbps and send at a maximum speed of 384 kbps. Note that sending or receiving very large files can result in high transmission fees. Paired Device List Window Select a handsfree device ➡K➡Disconnect ➡[ 12-14 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-14 08.8.12 4:24:33 PM Functions for PC Connection Use USB Cable for Dial-up Connections [Dial-up Connections] From ➡ Backup Window page 12-10 Back Up/Restore Setting Data [Relocate] ■Backing Up Setting Data Backup Window Relocate➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Backup ➡[➡Select a setting data item➡[➡J➡B➡[➡Enter a backup file code➡Re-enter the code for confirmation➡ B (twice) ➡[ • To select more than one item, repeat selecting an item and pressing [ as many times as required. • To select or unselect all items, do the following. While an item is selected, K➡Mark All or Unmark All ➡[ • A backup file code is a four-digit number set at each backup and required when restoring the setting data to handset. Write down your backup file codes and do not reveal them to others. Delete Backup Files [Delete Data] Backup Window Transfer All ➡[➡Delete Data➡[ ■Deleting Phone Book/Events/Tasks/ Messages/Bookmarks/Notepad Select Data➡[➡Select a type of data➡[ ➡Select a file➡[➡J➡YES➡[ • To select more than one file, repeat selecting a file and pressing [ as many times as required. • To select or unselect all files, do the following. While a file is selected, K➡Mark All or Unmark All ➡[ ■Deleting All Files All ➡[➡YES➡[➡Enter Handset Code File Transfer/Backup You can connect handset to a PC with the USB cable and access the Internet. • Handset sends a message three times in three minutes to the same device if the receiving device does not respond. • In a 3G High Speed area, you can receive at a maximum speed of 3.6 Mbps and send at a maximum speed of 384 kbps. Note that sending or receiving very large files can result in high transmission fees. • When accessing the Internet by connecting handset to a PC or PDA (i.e. mobile data communication), a large amount of data is often transferred in a very short time resulting in high packet transmission fees. You are recommended to check the fees now and then during the mobile data communication. Functions for Memory Card Backup 12 ■Restoring Setting Data Backup Window Relocate➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Restore or From non-3G➡[➡ Select a setting data item➡[➡Enter the backup file code➡B (twice)➡[ 12-15 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-15 08.8.12 4:24:33 PM Advanced Features Functions for S! Addressbook Back-up From ➡ S! Addressbook Back-up Window page 12-13 Synchronize Phone Book Automatically [Auto Sync] S! Addressbook Back-up Window Sync Settings➡ [➡Select the current Auto Sync setting➡[ ➡ON➡[➡Enter Handset Code ■Setting Synchronization Schedule Weekly or Monthly ➡[➡Set a day of the week/date/time➡[➡J ■Synchronizing Automatically After File Transfer/Backup 12 Editing Phone Book After Updated ➡[➡J • If you select After Updated, synchronization will be performed automatically after about ten minutes whenever handset Phone Book is edited. View S! Addressbook Back-up History [Sync Log] S! Addressbook Back-up Window Sync Log ➡[➡ Select a log➡[ 12-16 823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-16 08.8.12 4:24:34 PM 13 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-1 Customization Display Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-2 Incoming Event Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Sound Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-11 Mail Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-14 Internet Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-19 Call Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-22 Camera Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-25 TV Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-28 Media Player Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-31 S! Appli Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-32 Reset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-33 Text Entry/Phone Book ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-34 File Transfer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-36 Various Tools・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-38 Communications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・13-44 08.8.12 4:25:01 PM Display Settings Menus, Incoming Images, etc. Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡Main Screens➡[E Set Menu Icons/Images Preinstalled Icons/Images EDeco Saved Icons/Images (Data Folder) EDeco Keitaideco EDeco or Deco ➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ (twice) or Deco ➡[➡Phone Memory➡[➡ Gamendeco➡[➡Select a Gamendeco➡[ (twice) ➡YES➡[ or Deco ➡[➡Keitaideco➡[ (twice) ➡YES➡[ Set Incoming Call Image Preinstalled Image EIn-Calls➡[➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ (twice) Saved Image (Data Folder/Memory Card) EIn-Calls➡[➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[ Keitaideco EIn-Calls➡[➡Voice Call➡[➡Keitaideco➡[ (twice) Set Incoming Message Image Customization 13 Preinstalled Image EMessages➡[➡Receiving or DeliveryCheck➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡ [ (twice) Saved Image (Data Folder/Memory Card) EMessages➡[➡Receiving or DeliveryCheck➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[ Keitaideco EMessages➡[➡Receiving➡[➡Keitaideco➡[ (twice) • To set Keitaideco for menu icons/images or incoming call/message image, Keitaideco must be set in advance (page 2-32). 13-2 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-2 08.8.12 4:25:01 PM Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Main Screens➡[E Set Download/Power-on/Power-off Screens EDownload, Power On or Power Off➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ (twice) Set Display Theme Collectively EJ➡Original or Ku-man➡[ • If you receive a call from a person whose picture is saved to Phone Book and Picture under Caller Details is set to ON, the picture is shown regardless of the incoming image settings. However, if you receive a call from a secret Phone Book entry when Secret Mode is set to Hide, the incoming image is shown. • If a video file is set as ringtone, the incoming image is not shown. Mini Tool Settings Select Calendar, Notepad, Weather News, information about songs during playback, or other information to appear on Mini Tool during operations or in Standby. • To show Mini Tool, Wide View must be set to OFF. Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Mini Tool➡[E Configure Mini Tool Settings EMini Tool➡[➡Preset or Giant Date ➡[ (twice) EMini Tool➡[➡Phone Memory ➡[➡Select an item➡[ (twice) Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Wide View➡[E Set Wide View ESelect a window➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ • If you change the IdleScreen setting, reconfigure the wallpaper setting. • IdleScreen is fixed to ON in Simple Mode. Set Wide View Collectively EJ➡Wide View ON or Wide View OFF➡[ Customization Set a Preinstalled Content Set a Saved Content (Data Folder) 13 13-3 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-3 08.8.12 4:25:02 PM Display Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Mini Tool➡[E Set an Animation for Mini Tool EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List➡[➡Select an image list➡[➡J • Images must be saved to an image list in advance. Set Images Saved to an Image List EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List➡[➡Select an image list➡J➡ Select an item➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[ (twice) ➡J (twice) Set Images in a Folder EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Select Folder➡[➡Select a folder➡[➡J Set Preinstalled Images EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Preset➡[➡J Incoming Caller Details Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Caller Details➡[E Set Caller Photo to Appear EPicture➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Caller Info to Appear in External Display EExt. Display➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ • When Picture is set to ON, incoming image does not appear. However, if you receive a call from a secret Phone Book entry when Secret Mode is set to Customization Hide, the caller photo is not shown. • If a video file is set as ringtone, the caller photo is not shown. 13 13-4 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-4 08.8.12 4:25:03 PM Font Settings The font size and color for Display can be changed. Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Font Settings➡[E Set Font Size EFont Size➡[➡Select a window➡[➡Select a font size➡[ Set Font Color EFont Color➡[➡Select a font color pattern➡[ Set Font Sizes Collectively EFont Size➡[➡J➡Select a font size➡[ Backlight Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡Backlight➡[E EPower Saving➡[➡Select a time➡[ Set Keypad Lighting Time EKeypad Light ➡[➡Enter a lighting time (0 to 15 seconds) ➡[ Set Display Lighting EDisplays ➡[➡Lighting Time➡[➡Enter a lighting time (0 to 60 seconds) ➡[ ➡Brightness➡[➡Select a level➡[ Set Media Player Lighting (During Video Playback and Streaming) EMedia Player➡[➡Always ON, Always OFF or Same as Phone➡[ Customization Set Power Saving 13 13-5 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-5 08.8.12 4:25:03 PM Display Settings Settings for External Lights Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡External Light ➡[E Set External Lights for Notifications ENotification➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Select a color or OFF➡[ Set External Lights for Incoming Events EIllumination➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Preset or OFF➡[➡Select a pattern➡ [ Set External Lights for Incoming Messages EIllumination➡[➡Message➡[➡Pattern ➡[➡Preset or OFF➡[➡Select a pattern➡[ Set External Lights for Incoming Feeling Mail EIllumination➡[➡Message➡[➡Feeling➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ • Priority is given to External Light setting for each Phone Book entry. Settings for Twin Illuminations Set Flash Pattern Customization [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Twin Illumi➡[➡Select a pattern➡[ • Press and hold R while handset is closed. Twin Illuminations flash for about three minutes. Press R to turn off Twin Illuminations. • Side Key must be set to Twin Illumi in advance. Operator Name Setting Show/Hide Operator Name in Standby [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Operator Name➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ 13 13-6 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-6 08.9.2 11:18:46 AM Interface Language Switch Language [➡Settings➡[➡Phone Settings➡[➡言語選択 (Language)➡[➡Select a language➡[ • If you select Automatic, the language set on USIM Card is automatically selected. Charging In Progress Image (Slideshow) Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Photo Stand ➡[E Set Slideshow On/Off EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List ➡ [➡Select an image list➡[ • Images must be saved to an image list in advance. EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List ➡[➡Select an image list➡J➡Select an item➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[ (twice) ➡J Set Images in a Folder EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Select Folder ➡[➡Select a folder ➡[ Set Preinstalled Images EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Preset ➡[ Set Template EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Templates➡[➡Select a template➡[ (twice) Set Duration EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Duration➡[➡Enter time ➡[ Customization Set Images Saved to an Image List 13 13-7 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-7 08.8.12 4:25:04 PM Display Settings Active Window Settings Configure settings for S! Quick News in Shortcut Mode (page 2-8). Start Here A➡K➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[E Show All Information or Only Unread One EUnread/Read➡[➡Unread Only or Show All➡[ Set Ticker Speed EScreen Speed➡[➡Select a speed➡[ Start Here [➡Entertainment ➡[➡S! Quick News➡[➡Settings➡[E Show/Hide Images EImage➡[➡Show or Hide➡[ Restore Settings and Registered Contents of S! Quick News to Default EReset➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Customization 13 13-8 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-8 08.8.12 4:25:04 PM Incoming Event Settings Response Settings for Incoming Calls Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Answer Type➡[E Answer Incoming Calls by Opening Handset (Open to Talk) EOpen to Talk➡[➡ON➡[ Set Any Key Answer EAny Keys➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ • If Any Key Answer is set to ON, you can answer incoming voice/video calls and S! Circle Talk calls by pressing a key from 0 to 9, * or #, besides N, [ or H (for video call). Answering Machine Settings Set Answering Machine Response Time [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Ans Machine➡[➡Set Duration➡ [➡Enter a response time➡[ Reject Settings Reject Specific Incoming Calls ESelect calls to reject➡[➡ON➡[ Reject Calls from Specified Phone Numbers ESpecific #s➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[ Use Reject List (Save Numbers to Reject List) ESpecific #s➡[➡Reject List➡[➡J➡Phone Book➡[➡Select an entry➡ [➡Select a phone number➡[ (twice) Enter a Number ESpecific #s➡[➡Reject List➡[➡J➡Phone Number➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ (twice) Select a Number from Call Log ESpecific #s➡[➡Reject List➡[➡J➡Call Log➡[➡Select a phone number➡ [ (twice) Customization Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Reject Calls➡[➡Enter Handset CodeE 13 13-9 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-9 08.8.12 4:25:04 PM Incoming Event Settings • If Call Barring (page 3-17) is set for incoming calls, Call Barring takes priority. Priority Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Priority➡[E Set Priority ESelect a function➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Pause or Continue➡ [ Set Priority While Media Player is Playing EMedia Player ➡[➡Continue or Pause➡[ Set Priority While Running S! Appli ES! Appli ➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue Apps➡[ Set Priority During S! Circle Talk ECircle Talk➡[➡Pause or Continue➡[ Set Alarm Activation While Using TV ETV➡[➡Alarm➡[➡Pause or Continue➡[ Customization 13 13-10 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-10 08.8.12 4:25:05 PM Sound Settings Manner Mode Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[➡Manner Mode➡[E Switch Manner Modes ESwitch Mode➡[➡Select a mode➡[ Customize Original Mode EOriginal Mode➡[➡Select an Original Mode➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Set each item➡J • For details on setting each item, see "Sound and Vibration". Sound and Vibration Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[E Set Ringtone Set a Preinstalled Sound EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Ringtone➡[➡Patterns or Melodies➡[➡Select a ringtone➡[ Set a File in Data Folder/Memory Card EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Ringtone➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a file➡[ (twice) correctly. Set Downloaded Keitaideco Ringtone EIncoming➡[➡Voice Call or Message➡[➡Ringtone➡[➡Keitaideco➡ [ (twice) • Keitaideco must be set in advance (page 2-32). Set Ringtone Volume EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Ringtone Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Customization • If a play point is included in the selected file, select the play point after selecting the file. • If you set a SMAF file which includes an image as ringtone, the image may not be shown 13 13-11 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-11 08.9.2 11:20:01 AM Sound Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[E Set Ring Time Specify a Time by Direct Entry EIncoming➡[➡Message, DeliveryCheck, Missed Call or Friend Status➡[➡ Duration➡[➡Set Duration➡[➡Enter a ring time (1 to 99 seconds) ➡[ Play a Specified File until the End EIncoming➡[➡Message, DeliveryCheck, Missed Call or Friend Status➡[➡ Duration➡[➡1 Cycle➡[ Set Vibration EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[ Set Vibration for Incoming Messages EIncoming➡[➡Message➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Pattern➡[➡Select a pattern ➡[ Set Vibration for Incoming Feeling Mail EIncoming➡[➡Message➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Feeling➡[➡ON or OFF ➡[ Set Sound Volume ESound Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Set Speaker Volume ESpeaker Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Set Sound Effects Customization 13 Set Default Tone ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Type➡[➡Original➡[ Set a Preinstalled Melody ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Type➡[➡Melodies➡[➡ Select a melody➡[ Set a File in Data Folder/Memory Card ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Type➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a file➡[ (twice) • Select Original 1 (default) or Original 2 for Keypad Tone. • You cannot set preinstalled melodies as Keypad Tone. • You cannot set files which include an image as sound effects. • You cannot set files in Data Folder or memory card as Keypad Tone. 13-12 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-12 08.9.2 11:20:01 AM Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[E Set Sound Effects Volume ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡ [ Set Kacha-ble Lets you know there are missed calls or new messages by vibrating handset when you open it. EKacha-ble➡[➡Select an item➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Kacha-ble Collectively EKacha-ble➡[➡J➡ON or OFF➡[ Customization 13 13-13 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-13 08.9.2 11:20:02 AM Mail Settings Message Creation Settings Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Creating➡[E Add Recipients to Simple Input List ESimple Input➡[➡Select a list item with no entry➡[➡Enter an address Set Groups ECategory ➡[➡Select a group➡[➡J➡Enter addresses • For details on how to enter addresses, see page 4-4. Edit a Group Name ECategory ➡[➡Select a group➡K➡Rename➡[➡Enter a group name➡[ Set Send Type (To/Cc/Bcc) for Each Address ECategory ➡[➡Select a group➡[➡Select an address➡K➡To/Cc/Bcc➡[➡ To, Cc or Bcc➡[ Set a Signature ESignature➡[➡Signature 1 or Signature 2➡[➡Enter a signature➡[ Cancel Signature Insertion ESignature➡[➡No Signature➡[ Edit Signature ESignature➡[➡Signature 1 or Signature 2➡K➡Edit➡[➡Edit the signature➡ [ Set Default Mail Type EDefault Type➡[➡SMS or S! Mail➡[ Show/Hide Notification When Mail Type is Switched ENotify Type➡[➡Show or Hide ➡[ Customization 13 13-14 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-14 08.8.12 4:25:06 PM Outgoing Messages Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Sending➡[E Show/Hide Sending Confirmation Window EConfirmation➡[➡Show or Hide➡[ Set Vibration When Sending is Confirmed EVibration➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Check Delivery EDeliveryCheck➡[➡Ask➡[ Set Server Storage Period of Sent Messages EExpiry➡[➡SMS or S! Mail➡[➡Select an expiry time ➡[ Set Message Priority EPriority➡[➡Select a priority➡[ Set Time for Delivering Messages to Recipients EDelivery Time➡[➡Select a delivery time➡[ Save a Reply Address EReply to➡[➡ON➡[➡Enter an address Edit SMS Center Number (+819066519300) EMessage Ctr➡[ (three times)➡Input SMS Center Number ➡[ • For details on how to enter addresses, see page 4-4. • SMS may become unavailable after changing SMS Center Number. • Once SMS Center Number is changed, resetting handset will not restore the default number. Customization Display Settings Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[E Set Font Size EFont Size➡[➡Select a font size➡[ Set Scroll Unit EScroll Unit➡[➡Select a scroll unit➡[ Show/Hide Address and Subject When Sending/ Receiving Messages EShow Address➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Main Display or Ext. Display➡[➡ Select a viewing mode➡[ 13 13-15 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-15 08.8.12 4:25:07 PM Mail Settings Incoming Messages Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Receiving➡[E Set New Message Retrieve Mode ERetrieve Mode➡[➡Home or Roaming➡[➡Immediate, Phone # Only or Deferred➡[ • Select Home to receive S! Mail within SoftBank's service area; select Roaming to receive S! Mail outside that area. Set Automatic Display of Picture Files EAuto-extract➡[➡Picture➡[➡Show or Hide➡[ Set Automatic Playback of Sound Files EAuto-extract➡[➡Sound➡[➡Unmute or Mute➡[ Set Spam Filter EAnti-Spam➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Sort Messages➡[➡Sort or Do not Sort ➡[➡Select Folder➡[➡Select a folder➡[ 3D Pictograms 3D Pictograms are a 3D animation playback function compatible with words, pictographs and emoticons in the message text. Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡3D Pictograms➡[E Customization Set Automatic Playback of 3D Pictograms EAuto Play➡[➡All, Unread Only or OFF➡[ Set Font and Background Colors for 3D Pictograms EColors➡[➡Select a color combination➡[ • 3D Pictograms are unavailable in S! Mail notifications, SMS with no text and Graphic Mail. • Background playback of music files is paused during 3D Pictograms playback. 13 13-16 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-16 08.8.12 4:25:07 PM Message Box Settings Do Not Auto-delete Old Messages J➡Message Box➡[➡Select a folder➡K➡Auto-delete➡[➡Received or Sent➡[➡Do not Set➡[ Switch Between Folder View and All Message View J➡Message Box➡[➡K➡Display➡[➡Folder View➡[➡Folder View or All Messages➡[ Switch Between Mixed View and Separate View J➡Message Box➡[➡K➡Display➡[➡Received/Sent➡[➡Mixed View or Separate View➡[ Message List View Settings Start Here J➡Message Box➡[➡Select a folder➡[➡K➡Display➡[E Switch Message List Views EDisplay Items➡[➡Subject or Addresses➡[ Split Message List Window EChange View➡[➡Preview or Text Only➡[ • If you select Preview, the beginning of Graphic Mail text is also shown in the preview window. • When Subject is selected for Display Items, the preview window shows the other party's address. When Addresses is selected for Display Items, the subject is shown in the preview window. Customization • If you do not want to split Message List Window, select List Only. 13 13-17 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-17 08.8.12 4:25:07 PM Mail Settings Message List Window Settings Start Here J➡Message Box➡[➡Select a folder➡[E Filter Messages EK➡Filter➡[➡Select a criterion➡[ Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Phone Number/E-mail Address ESelect a message➡K➡Save Sender➡[➡Add New➡[➡Enter other items➡J Add a Phone Number/E-mail Address to a Phone Book Entry ESelect a message➡K➡Save Sender➡[➡Add➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry ➡ [➡J Switch Between Unread and Read Switch One Message Between Unread and Read ESelect a message➡K➡Unread/Read➡[➡One➡[➡To Unread or To Read ➡[ Switch Multiple Messages Between Unread and Read EK➡Unread/Read➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡To Unread or To Read➡[➡Select messages➡[➡J Switch All Messages in a Folder Between Unread and Read EK➡Unread/Read➡[➡All➡[➡To Unread or To Read➡[➡Change ➡[ Customization • Only received messages can be switched between unread and read. Mini Tool Setting in Message List Window Set Mini Tool in Message List Window 13 J➡Message Box, Drafts or Unsent➡[➡K➡Display ➡[➡Wide View ON or Wide View OFF➡[ • To show Mini Tool in Message List Window, select Wide View OFF. 13-18 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-18 08.8.12 4:25:08 PM Internet Settings Security Settings Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai K (Press and hold)➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[E Start Here for PC Site Browser K (Press and hold)➡J➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[E Send/Block Manufacture Number EManufacture #➡[➡Send or Do not Send➡[ Configure Send Referer Setting ESend Referer➡[➡Send or Do not Send➡[ Enable/Disable Cookies ECookie➡[➡Enable, Disable or Always Ask➡[ Configure Script Settings EScript➡[➡Ask Once, Enable, Disable or Always Ask➡[ Check Root Certificates ERoot Certif.➡[➡Select a root certificate➡[ Set Authentication EAuthentica...➡[➡Retain Info, Per Session or Do not Retain➡[ Set SSL Communication ESession Info.➡[➡Show or Hide➡[ Customization 13 13-19 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-19 08.8.12 4:25:08 PM Internet Settings Universal Settings for Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site Browser Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai K (Press and hold)➡Settings➡[E Start Here for PC Site Browser K (Press and hold)➡J➡Settings➡[E Clear Cache EMemory Mgr.➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Clear Cache➡[➡YES➡[ Delete All Cookies EMemory Mgr.➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Clear Cookie➡[➡YES➡[ Clear Authentication Info EMemory Mgr.➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Clear Auth...➡[➡YES➡[ Return Browser Settings, Bookmarks, and Saved Pages to Default EBrowser Reset➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Restore Settings and Stored Information to Default EReset Setting➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Yahoo! Keitai Settings Set Storage Location of Downloaded Contents K (Press and hold) ➡Settings➡[➡Storage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ Customization PC Site Browser Settings Do Not Show Alert When Switching Browsers K (Press and hold) ➡J➡Settings➡[➡Warning➡[➡PC Browser or Yahoo! Keitai➡[➡Hide➡[ 13 13-20 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-20 08.8.12 4:25:09 PM Web Page Settings Web Page ➡ (page 5-3, 5-4) Change Font Size Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Font Size➡[➡Select a size➡[ Change Scroll Unit Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Scroll Unit➡[➡Select a scroll unit➡[ Change Text Encoding Type Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Encoding Type➡[➡Select a text encoding type➡ [ Adjust Sound Playback Volume Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Sound Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Do Not Download Images and Melodies from Web Pages Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Downloads➡[➡Images or Sounds➡[➡Do not Download➡[ Set Security Lock K (Press and hold)➡Bookmarks, Saved Pages, Enter URL or History➡K➡ Security Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock or Unlock➡[ K (Press and hold)➡Bookmarks➡[➡Select a folder➡K➡Security Lock➡[➡ Enter Handset Code➡Lock or Unlock➡[ Set Security Lock to PC Sites K (Press and hold)➡J➡Bookmarks, Saved Pages, Enter URL or History➡K➡ Security Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock or Unlock➡[ Customization Set Security Lock to a Bookmark Folder 13 13-21 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-21 08.9.2 11:21:35 AM Call Settings International Call Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Call Services➡[➡Intl. Calls➡[E Change International Code EIntl. Code➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Enter a code➡[ Add Country Codes to Country Number List ECountryNumber➡[➡K➡Add➡[➡Enter a country name➡[➡Enter a country code➡[ Set Operator to Use EOperator➡[➡Auto/Manual➡[➡Automatic or Manual➡[ • When Automatic is selected, an operator is automatically selected according to the priority list. Change Priority Order of Operators EOperator➡[➡Set Priority➡[➡K➡Insert or Move➡[➡Select an operator ➡[ (twice) ➡Select a position➡[ • If you select Add to Bottom, you can select and add an operator to the end of the priority list. Add an Operator EOperator➡[➡Add Operator➡[➡Empty➡[➡Operator Name➡[➡Enter an operator name➡[➡Country Code➡[➡Enter a country code➡[➡Operator Code➡[➡Enter an operator code➡[➡K➡Save ➡[ Customization Set Currency & Exchange Rate ECost Unit➡[➡K➡Settings➡[➡Enter PIN2➡[➡Enter a currency (three characters)➡[➡Enter an exchange rate➡[➡YES➡[ 13 Show Call Cost After Each Call ECost Display➡[➡ON➡[ Set Maximum Cost Limit ECost Limit➡[➡K➡Set Max Limit➡[➡Enter PIN2➡[ (twice) ➡Enter a maximum cost limit➡[ 13-22 Call Cost Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Call Time&Cost➡[E • You cannot make voice and video calls if the total cost reaches the specified maximum cost limit. If the limit is reached during a call, the call ends. 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-22 08.8.12 4:25:09 PM Video Call Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Video Call➡[E Set Alternative Picture Set Default Image EAlt. Picture➡[➡ON➡[➡Preset➡[ (twice) Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card EAlt. Picture➡[➡ON➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[ (twice) Set Incoming Image Quality EImage Quality➡[➡Select an item➡[ Add a Phone Number to Auto Answer List Select a Phone Number from Phone Book EAuto Answer➡[➡Answer List➡[➡J➡Enter Handset Code➡Phone Book➡ [➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number➡[ (twice) Enter a Phone Number Directly EAuto Answer➡[➡Answer List➡[➡J➡Enter Handset Code➡Phone Number ➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ (twice) Select a Phone Number from Call Log EAuto Answer➡[➡Answer List➡[➡J➡Enter Handset Code➡Call Log➡ [➡Select an entry➡[ (twice) EMute➡[➡Mute My Voice, Mute All or OFF➡[ Set Audio Output ELoud Speaker➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Default Image EHold Setting➡[➡Hold on Call or Hold Answer➡[➡Preset➡[ (twice) Customization Set Mute Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card EHold Setting➡[➡Hold on Call or Hold Answer➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[ (twice) 13 Set Hold Image 13-23 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-23 08.8.12 4:25:10 PM Call Settings Earphone-Microphone Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Earphone➡[E Save a Phone Number for Earphone-Microphone Call Select a Phone Number from Phone Book EEarphone Call➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Set Number➡[➡Phone Book➡[➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number➡[ (twice) Enter a Phone Number Directly EEarphone Call➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Set Number ➡[➡Phone Number➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ (twice) Set Auto Answer Allows you to answer an incoming voice call without pressing the switch when Earphone-Microphone is connected. EAuto Answer➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Set Duration➡[➡Enter a response time➡[ • If you set Auto Answer and Answering Machine, Answering Machine is given priority. • If you set Auto Answer and Voice Mail, the one with shorter response time is given priority. If the response time is the same, Voice Mail is given priority. External Device Settings Customization Set Access Point Name (APN) to Perform Packet Transmission from a PC [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡External Device➡[➡Empty➡[➡ Enter an access point name (APN)➡[➡YES➡[ 13 13-24 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-24 08.8.12 4:25:10 PM Camera Settings Settings for Shooting Pictures/Videos Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-3)/ Video Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-5) Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡Auto Save➡[➡ON➡[ Change Storage Location Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡Storage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a folder➡[ Set Image Quality Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡Quality➡[➡Select a quality➡[ Set White Balance Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡White Balance➡[➡ Select an item➡[ Adjust Color Control Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡Color Control➡[➡ Select a color tone➡[ Set Picture/Video Effects Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡Effects➡[➡Select an effect➡[ Adjust Flicker E.g. under fluorescent light, you can set the frequency (Automatic/50Hz/60Hz) to reduce flicker. Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Flicker➡[➡Automatic, 50 Hz or 60 Hz➡[ Set Shortcuts While Shooting Pictures/Videos Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Key Shortcut ➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set File Name Use Date and Time Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡File Name➡[➡ Date&Time➡[ Define a Name Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡File Name➡[➡Define➡ [➡Enter a file name➡[ Customization Save Pictures/Videos Automatically 13 • Auto Save cannot be set in Video mode. 13-25 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-25 08.8.12 4:25:11 PM Camera Settings Settings for Taking Pictures Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-3)/ Preview Window ➡ (page 7-3) Set Focus Mode Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Focus Mode➡[➡Select a focus mode➡[ Change Shutter Sound Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Shutter Sound➡[➡Pattern 1 or Pattern 2➡ Add Date Stamps Viewfinder➡K➡Picture➡[➡Date Stamp➡[➡ON➡[➡Select a font color➡ Set Guidelines Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Grid➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ [ [ Take a Picture for a Phone Book Entry Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Picture Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add New➡[➡Create a Phone Book entry • Set Camera mode to Mobile and Picture Size to W112×H112 in advance. • For details on saving a Phone Book entry, see page 2-17. Add a Picture to a Phone Book Entry Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry ➡[➡J Customization • If the selected Phone Book entry contains a picture, select YES and press J to replace the picture. • Set Camera mode to Mobile and Picture Size to W112×H112 in advance. • When Camera mode is set to Digital, or when it is set to Mobile with Picture Size set to W112×H112, you cannot add date stamps. 13 13-26 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-26 08.8.12 4:25:11 PM Settings for Recording Videos Video Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-5)/ Preview Window ➡ (page 7-6) Do Not Record Sound Enlarge Video Viewfinder Video Viewfinder ➡K➡Voice Record➡[➡OFF➡[ Video Viewfinder ➡K➡ScreenDisplay➡[ • Cannot be set when Video mode is set to Video. Change Start/End Tone Video Viewfinder ➡K➡Function➡[➡Start/End➡[➡Pattern 1 or Pattern 2 ➡[ Set Preview On/Off Video Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Preview➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ • Can only be set when Video mode is set to Video. Set Recorded Video as a Ringtone Pattern Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Ringtone Pattern Set for It Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add New➡[➡Create a Phone Book entry • Cannot be set when Video mode is set to Video. • For details on saving a Phone Book entry, see page 2-17. Set a Ringtone Pattern for a Phone Book Entry Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry • If a ringtone pattern has already been set for the selected Phone Book entry, select YES and press J to replace the ringtone pattern. • Cannot be set when Video mode is set to Video. Customization ➡[➡J 13 13-27 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-27 08.8.12 4:25:11 PM TV Settings TV View Screen Setting Set TV Start-up View [➡TV➡[➡Settings➡[➡First View➡[➡Full Screen, Portrait or Landscape➡[ Settings for Watching TV Start Here H➡K➡Settings➡[E Channel List Name ESet Channels➡[➡Select a channel list➡K➡Rename➡[➡Enter a channel list name➡[ Auto-off Timer EOff-timer➡[➡30 minutes, 60 minutes, 120 minutes or OFF➡[ Image and Sound Start Here H➡KE Customization 13 Set Brightness ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Brightness➡[➡Select a level➡[ Set Image Quality ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Image Quality➡[➡Fine, Normal or Cinema➡[ Set Image Sharpness ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Sharpness➡[➡Sharp, Soft or OFF➡[ Set Economy Mode ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Economy Mode➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Subtitles ESubtitles➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Audio Output ESwitch Audio➡[➡Main or Sub➡[ 13-28 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-28 08.8.12 4:25:12 PM Data Broadcasts Start Here H➡K➡Settings➡[➡Datacasting➡[E Set Data Communication Confirmation Window EStart Comm.➡[➡Ask before or Do not Ask➡[ Set Secure Connection Confirmation Window Specify whether a confirmation window appears whenever data communication that uses encryption, a digital signature, or some other security function is performed over a secure connection (SSL). EGo to Secured➡[➡Ask before or Do not Ask➡[ Set Memory Access Confirmation Window EAccess Memory➡[➡Ask before or Do not Ask➡[ Delete Broadcast Data EClear Memory➡[➡Select a station➡K➡Clear➡[➡YES➡[ Delete All Data EClear Memory➡[➡K➡Clear All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Select a Station and Delete by Entry EClear Memory➡[➡Select a station➡[➡Select an entry➡K➡Clear➡[➡ YES➡[ Delete All Data of a Station and Its Affiliated Stations EClear Memory➡[➡Select a station➡[➡K➡Clear All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Set Location Information Send Setting ESend Location➡[➡Always Ask, Send or Do not Send➡[ Set Whether or Not to Send Manufacture Number Specify whether your manufacture number (IMEI) is sent automatically as a user ID when you use a data broadcast or packet transmission. EManufacture # ➡[➡Send or Do not Send➡[ Set Content Storage Location EStorage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[ Customization Delete Data of a Station 13 13-29 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-29 08.8.12 4:25:12 PM TV Settings • Positioning cannot be done when Positioning Lock is set. To send location information, set Positioning Lock to OFF. • Even if Always Ask or Send is specified for location information send setting, location information is not sent if Do not Send is selected for S! GPS Navi location information send setting (LocationProperty). Settings for View Timer Start Here [➡TV➡[➡Settings➡[E Set Alarm Volume for Timer Notification ENotification➡[➡Alarm Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Set Vibration for Timer Notification ENotification➡[➡Vibration➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Customization 13 13-30 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-30 08.9.2 11:23:05 AM Media Player Settings Settings for Playing Music Start Here [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio➡[E Set Audio Output EOutput Settings➡[➡Speaker/Earphone or Wireless➡[ • When you select Wireless, do the following. Select a paired wireless device➡[ • For details on pairing a wireless device, see page 12-5 as well as the instruction manual for the device. Set Wallpaper During Playback EPlayer Image➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ Customization 13 13-31 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-31 08.9.2 11:23:05 AM S! Appli Settings Operational Settings Start Here [➡S! Appli➡[➡Settings➡[E Change Sound Effect Volume EVolume➡[➡Set volume level➡[ Set Backlight EBacklight➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡Always ON, Always OFF or Same as Phone➡ [ Set Flashing of Backlight EBacklight➡[➡Blink➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Vibration EVibration➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ Set Priority While Running S! Appli Set Priority When a Voice/Video Call Arrives ECalls&Alarms➡[➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue Apps➡[ Set Priority When a Message Arrives ECalls&Alarms➡[➡Message➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue Apps➡[ Set Priority When Alarm is Activated ECalls&Alarms➡[➡Alarm➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue Apps➡[ Other Settings Customization 13 Start Here [➡S! Appli➡[E Set Confirmation Window for Making Calls or Network Connection ELibrary➡[➡Select an S! Appli➡K➡Security➡[➡Select a function➡[➡ Blanket, Session, Oneshot or No➡[ Update S! Appli Information on Memory Card ECard Sync➡[➡YES➡[ View S! Appli License Information EInformation➡[ Check S! Appli Root Certificates ECertification➡[➡Select a certificate➡[ 13-32 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-32 08.9.2 11:23:05 AM Reset Resetting Handset to Default Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[➡Reset➡[E Return All Settings to Default and Delete All Data Stored on Handset EReset All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Reset All Settings to Default EReset Setting➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Delete All Phone Book Entries, Files in Data Folder and Messages EClear Memory➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ Reset Confirmation Windows to Default EConfirmation➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[ • Files or information saved on USIM Card and memory card are not restored after resetting handset. • Reset All cannot be performed when Web restriction under Restricted Mode is set to ON. Set Web restriction to OFF before performing reset operations. • Performing Reset All or Clear Memory deletes some preinstalled S! Appli and contents, which cannot be restored to the status at the time of purchase. Customization 13 13-33 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-33 08.9.2 11:23:06 AM Text Entry/Phone Book Text Entry Settings Start Here In a text entry window➡K➡Customize➡[E Change Input Method EInput Method➡[➡Standard, Beeper, T9 or Multi-tap➡[ Do Not Show Word Suggestions from Entered Text EPrediction➡[➡Predict Text➡[➡OFF➡[ Do Not Predict Next Phrase from Entered Phrases EPrediction➡[➡Phrase➡[➡OFF➡[ Set Custom Window ECustom Window➡[➡Add to Window➡[ (twice) ➡Enter symbols and pictographs ➡[ Show/Hide Custom Window ECustom Window➡[➡Display➡[➡Display or Do not Display➡[ • When Display is set, Custom Window appears in text entry windows so that you can quickly enter symbols and pictographs that are saved to Custom Window. Set Text Deletion Method EClear Setting➡[➡Delete or Back Space➡[ • When Delete is set, pressing L deletes a character to the right of the cursor; when Back Space is set, pressing L deletes a character to the left of the cursor. Reset Prediction Dictionary/Conversion Dictionary EReset Learned➡[➡Prediction or Conversion➡[➡YES➡[ Customization 13 13-34 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-34 08.9.2 11:23:06 AM Phone Book Settings Start Here [➡Phone Book➡[➡Settings➡[E Change Storage Location ESelect Storage➡[➡Always Ask, Phone Memory, USIM or Memory Card➡[ Prohibit Use of Phone Book EPhone Book Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[ • If you want to use Phone Book, enter Handset Code to temporarily unlock Phone Book Lock. • If Phone Book Lock is set to Lock, Speed Dial is unavailable to make calls. Settings for Phone Book Groups Edit a Group Name/Group Icon [➡Phone Book➡[➡Group➡[➡Select a group➡[➡Select the group name ➡[➡Enter a group name➡[➡Select a group icon➡[➡J • Press K and select To USIM or To Phone to switch between handset and USIM Card. Customization 13 13-35 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-35 08.9.2 11:23:07 AM File Transfer Settings for Bluetooth® Communication Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity➡[➡Bluetooth➡[E Check Details of a Paired Bluetooth® Compatible Device EPaired Device➡[➡Select a device➡[ Set a Bluetooth® Compatible Device as Trusted Device If you set a paired Bluetooth® compatible device as trusted device, a confirmation window does not appear and a connection is established when a connection request is received from that device. EPaired Device➡[➡Select a device➡K➡Trust Device➡[➡ON➡[ Check Details of Handset ESettings➡[➡Details➡[ Change Name of Handset ESettings➡[➡Device Name➡[➡Enter a device name of handset➡[ Communicate Using a Handsfree Device ESettings➡[➡Set Handsfree➡[➡Handsfree➡[ • To make and receive regular calls on handset, select Private. Hide Handset ESettings➡[➡Visibility➡[➡Hide➡[ Customization • If handset receives a connection request from a device and you register the device to the paired device list by entering an authentication PIN code, a part of the device information is not shown. 13 13-36 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-36 08.9.2 11:23:07 AM Settings for PC Connection Use USB Cable for Charging [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity➡[➡USB➡[➡Battery➡[➡ON➡[ • Charging is not possible while the PC or handset is turned off. • Charging may not be possible depending on the connection settings of the PC. • If handset and a PC are connected with the USB cable, either the PC battery or handset battery is consumed depending on the Battery setting, regardless of whether they are communicating data. ON: PC battery is used. OFF: Handset battery is used. Customization 13 13-37 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-37 08.9.2 11:23:07 AM Various Tools Settings for Saving Events Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Calendar➡[➡J➡Enter basic items (page 9-4)E Change Alarm Volume EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡ [ Change Vibration EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK ➡[ Set an Image to Appear at Set Time Set Default Image EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Original➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Customization Set a Stamp Icon EStamp Icon➡[➡Select a stamp➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Set Category EOptions➡[➡Category ➡[➡Select a category➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Set a Phone Number/E-mail Address/URL EPhone Number, Address or URL➡[➡Enter a phone number, e-mail address, or URL ➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Set Link Information (Message/Web Page/Image) EMessages, Saved Pages or Pictures➡[➡Select a message, web page, or image➡ [➡J➡OK➡[ Set a Location ELocation➡[➡Enter a location➡[➡J➡OK➡[ 13 13-38 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-38 08.9.2 11:23:07 AM Settings for Calendar Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Calendar➡[➡K➡Settings➡[E Set Start-up View of Calendar EFirst View➡[➡Select a view format➡[ Change Font Color of Events EFont Color➡[➡Select a font color➡[ Lock Calendar ECalendar Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[ • When Calendar Lock is set, event titles do not appear at the event alarm activation time. Handset Code entry is also required to view event details. Settings for Saving Tasks Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[➡K➡Create New➡[➡Enter basic items (page 9-5)E Change Alarm Volume EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice)➡OK➡ [ Change Vibration EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[➡J (twice)➡OK ➡[ Set Default Image EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Original➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡ Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Set a Stamp Icon EStamp Icon➡[➡Select a stamp➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Set Task Priority EOptions➡[➡Priority➡[➡Select a priority➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Set Task Status EOptions➡[➡Status➡[➡Select a status➡[➡J➡OK➡[ Customization Set an Image to Appear at Set Time 13 13-39 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-39 08.9.2 11:23:08 AM Various Tools Settings for Tasks Lock Tasks [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[➡K➡Settings➡[➡Tasks Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[ Time Table Settings Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡Time Table➡[➡K➡Settings➡[E Set Start/End Time of a Period ESet Time➡[➡Select a period➡[➡Enter a start time➡[➡Enter an end time➡ [➡J • Enter times in the 24-hour system. Reset Time Settings to Default EReset Time➡[➡YES➡[ Customization 13 13-40 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-40 08.9.2 11:23:08 AM Settings for S! GPS Navi Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡S! GPS Navi➡[➡NAVI Settings➡[E Save a Map URL EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select an empty item➡K➡Edit URL➡[➡Enter a URL ➡[ Edit Map URL Display Name EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select a map URL➡K➡Rename➡[➡Edit the display name➡[ Edit Map URL EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select a map URL➡K➡Edit URL➡[➡YES➡[➡ Edit the URL➡[ • The preset map URL cannot be edited. Delete a Map URL EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select a map URL➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[ Set Map URL EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select the map URL you want to set➡[ Set Navi Appli ESet Navi Appli➡[➡Select a navigation application➡[ • The preset map URL cannot be deleted. • When the application becomes unavailable due to USIM Card replacement, perform Reset All or Clear Memory (page 13-33). EPositioning Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡ON➡[ Set Location Information Send Setting ELocationProperty➡[➡B➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Always Ask, Send or Do not Send➡[ Customization Lock Positioning 13 13-41 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-41 08.9.2 11:23:09 AM Various Tools Alarm Settings Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Alarms➡[➡Select an alarm➡[➡Enter basic items (page 9-14)➡Alarm Tone➡[E Change Alarm Volume EVolume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Change Vibration EVibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Set an Image to Appear at Set Time Set Default Image EImage➡[➡Original➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card EImage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[ World Clock Settings Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Phone Settings➡[➡Clock➡[➡World Clock➡[E Customization Set a City by GMT Time Difference ECity 1 or City 2➡[➡K➡GMT Offset➡[➡G to select a time difference ➡[ (twice) Set Daylight Saving Time (DST) ECity 1 or City 2➡[➡K➡DST ON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ 13 13-42 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-42 08.9.2 11:23:09 AM S! Information Channel Settings Start Here [➡Entertainment➡[➡Info Channel➡[E Do Not Show Weather Indicator in Standby EWeather➡[➡View Settings➡[➡Indicator➡[➡Hide➡[ Set Notification of Weather Forecast Updates Set whether or not to notify of weather forecast updates by Information Prompt. EWeather➡[➡View Settings➡[➡Prompt➡[➡Show or Hide➡[ Setting Ku-man for Standby (Japanese) Set Ku-man, a 3D animated character, to appear in Standby. Ku-man changes his outfit according to the seasons and time of the day, and makes all sorts of comments with various gestures. Set Ku-man to Appear in Standby [➡ 設定 (Settings)➡[➡ 待受くーまん (Idle Screen)➡[➡ON or OFF➡[ • To make Ku-man appear in Standby, you need to set 言語選択 (Language) to 日本語 (Japanese). Ku-man does not appear when S! Quick News information is being selected in Standby. © Dora communications Customization 13 13-43 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-43 08.8.12 4:25:17 PM Communications Settings for S! Friend's Status Start Here [➡Communications➡[➡Friend Status➡[E Edit Status Settings of My Status Set All Answer Statuses Collectively EK➡Settings➡[➡Status Setting➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Icon➡[➡Select an icon➡[➡Label➡[➡Enter a label➡[➡J➡YES➡[ EK➡Settings➡[➡Status Setting➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Set All➡[➡ Select an item➡[➡J➡YES➡[ Save Members to Active Window EF to select a group➡Gto select a member➡K➡Active Window➡[ (twice) ➡ Not Registered➡[ Ignore Saving Requests from People Not in Phone Book EK➡Settings➡[➡Request Reply➡[➡Known Only➡[ Ignore All Saving Requests EK➡Settings➡[➡Request Reply➡[➡Do not Answer➡[ Settings for S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk Disable S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk [➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[➡IP Service➡[➡OFF➡[ Customization • Before configuring the IP Service setting, you need to retrieve the network connection information (page 1-10). 13 13-44 823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-44 08.8.12 4:25:17 PM 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-1 14 Appendix USIM Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-2 Handling USIM Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-2 USIM Codes (PIN/PIN2) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-2 Inserting and Removing USIM Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-3 Battery ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-4 Battery Installation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-5 Software Update ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-6 Updating Software・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-6 Troubleshooting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-7 Text Entry Keys・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-9 Standard Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-9 Beeper Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-10 Simple Mode Function List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-11 Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-17 Main Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-17 Specifications by Function ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-18 Default Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-24 Glossary ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-31 Index ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-32 Alphabetic Order ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-32 By User Action ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-41 Warranty & After Sales Service ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-45 Warranty ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-45 After Sales Service ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-45 Customer Service・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・14-46 08.8.12 4:25:45 PM USIM Card Handling USIM Card Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card is an IC card containing customer and authentication information, including handset number, and limited storage for Phone Book entries and SMS messages. USIM Card must be inserted to use handset and Network services (calling, messaging, Web, etc.). Turn handset off before inserting/removing USIM Card. • Save SMS messages and Phone Book entries on USIM Card (pages 4-19, 13-35). • Insert USIM Card into compatible SoftBank handsets to access files. • Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC card device. SoftBank is not liable for any resulting damages. • Keep the IC chip clean. • Use a dry, soft cloth to clean USIM Card. • Do not attach labels to USIM Card. Doing so may damage handset. • For details on USIM Card, refer to the instruction manual provided with USIM Card. Appendix IC • USIM Cards are the property of SoftBank. • USIM Cards will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged. • Return USIM Cards to SoftBank upon subscription termination. • Returned USIM Cards are recycled. • USIM Card specifications may change without prior notice. Preinstalled S! Appli may become unavailable if a different USIM Card is inserted. • Back up USIM Card information. SoftBank is not liable for lost information. • If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend your service immediately. For details, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). USIM Codes (PIN/PIN2) For security, USIM Card has two security codes: PIN and PIN2. Do not forget these codes and do not reveal them to others. • PIN and PIN2 can be changed (page 11-5). • The default setting is 9999 for both PIN and PIN2. PIN This is a four to eight digit security code to prevent others from using your handset. When PIN Settings is set to ON, PIN entry is required each time handset is turned on. PIN2 This is a four to eight digit security code required for changing data stored on USIM Card, such as resetting Call Time&Cost. PIN Lock & PUK Codes PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock is activated when PIN or PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times. PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) codes are required to cancel PIN Lock and PIN2 Lock. To obtain PUK and PUK2, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). 14 14-2 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-2 08.8.12 4:25:46 PM • If PUK or PUK2 is incorrectly entered ten consecutive times, USIM Card is locked. USIM Card Lock cannot be canceled. Contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). Inserting and Removing USIM Card Removal q Slide out USIM Card Before inserting or removing USIM Card, turn off handset and remove the battery. Insertion q With IC (page 14-2) facing down, slide USIM Card in the direction shown Notch • Avoid touching or scratching USIM Card's IC. Do not force USIM Card into or out of handset; damage may result. • Take care not to lose USIM Card after removing it from handset. w Push USIM Card completely in until it stops Appendix 14 14-3 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-3 08.8.12 4:25:48 PM Battery • Before using your handset for the first time, charge the battery. • Handset uses a lithium ion battery. Battery voltage decreases with operating time (see below). Minimum Operating Voltage Battery Voltage Operating Time • Extreme temperatures will reduce battery Appendix 14 capacity and shorten the operating time. Do not use the battery in high temperatures. This may shorten battery life. • When storing the battery separately, make sure you put it in a case, etc. and store it in a dry and cool place. This will avoid short-circuiting the battery terminal. It is recommended that you store it uncharged. • Repeatedly charging and discharging a battery shortens the operating time. If the operating time becomes too short, purchase a new battery. • When disposing of a used battery, insulate the terminal with tape or place the battery into a plastic bag and then take it to your nearest SoftBank Shop, a recycle shop or follow the local disposal regulations for environmental conservation. • Be careful not to drop or apply excessive force to the battery. Battery Drain • The battery discharges little by little when stored for a long time even if it is not used. It self-discharges at a rate of 10 to 20% per month and about 50% per half a year. • If handset is used in a location with poor signal reception or left in Standby outside the service area, or if you use Mobile Light or launch S! Appli, it will shorten the battery's operating time. Battery Level • The battery level on Display (page 1-4) changes with the operating time. Charge or replace the battery when the level is low. When the battery is about to run out ( ), a message appears and the battery alarm sounds. Handset shuts down after 30 seconds. 14-4 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-4 08.8.12 4:25:49 PM Battery Installation e Replace the battery cover • Do not remove battery while handset power is on. q Pressing down around the notch, slide the battery cover (①), and lift it up (②) ① Notch ② w Align terminals and insert the battery PULL tab when inserting the battery. • Always remove the battery from PULL tab. Otherwise the terminals may be damaged. Appendix • PULL tab should face up over the battery 14 14-5 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-5 08.8.12 4:25:50 PM Software Update Check if software on handset needs to be updated, and update it through the network. • Transmission fees do not apply to updates. • There are two ways to update software: Update now and Schedule update. ・Update now: Update software now. ・Schedule update: Set a date and time to update software so that software is updated automatically at the set time. • Software updates may take a long time. • Update software when the battery is fully charged. Do not remove the battery while updating. • Update software in a place where handset has a good reception, and do not change locations while updating. • You cannot use other functions during updates. If a program is running, software update is not available. • You can update software without deleting Phone Book entries, images and sounds saved on handset. However, data may be lost or damaged if handset is not in good condition (broken, damaged, wet, etc.). We recommend that you make backups of your important data. Appendix • If software update fails, you may not be able to operate your handset. In this case, contact SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46). Updating Software q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Update➡[➡ YES➡[ w Select Agree➡[ (twice)➡Enter Center Access Code (page 1-14)➡[➡ J (OK) • The check result appears. Follow the onscreen instructions. After Software is Updated When software is updated, handset restarts automatically. After restarting, a confirmation window appears showing update information. Using Schedule Update A confirmation window for software update appears on the scheduled time. Press [ or leave handset for about ten seconds to start automatic software update. • If you are using another function on handset on the scheduled time, software is not updated. • If handset is out of the service area on the scheduled time, software is not updated. 14 14-6 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-6 08.8.12 4:25:51 PM Troubleshooting Problem Cannot turn the power on. Please check connection with your charger. appears and cannot charge the battery. Possible Causes and Remedies Is the battery inserted properly (page 14-5)? Has the battery run out (page 14-4)? Is there dust on the terminals of AC Charger, External Device Port or battery? Clean the terminals with a dry cotton swab, etc. Does the PIN Entry window appear? PIN Settings is set to ON, enter PIN. Cannot operate handset normally after turning it on. Does or Password Lock appear on Display? Password Lock is activated. Enter Handset Code. Does USIM not inserted. Power off the phone and insert USIM. appear on Display? Turn the power off and make sure USIM Card is inserted properly (page 14-3). Does appear on Display? Are you out of the service area or in a location where it is difficult to receive a signal? Move to a location where a signal can reach handset and try again. Cannot establish a connection for voice and video calls or use mail and Web functions. Are you using handset outside Japan? Set handset to use an operator available for the country/region you are visiting (page 13-22). Is your hand or an object covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3)? Does or Offline Mode appear on Display? Cancel Offline Mode (page 1-13). Did you dial the whole phone number starting from the area code? Does Network busy. appear on Display? The line is busy. Wait a while and try again. Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for outgoing calls? Is Reject Calls (page 13-9) set? Cannot receive voice and video calls. Is Call Forwarding (page 3-10) or Voice Mail (page 3-11) set to All Calls? Appendix Cannot make voice and video calls. 14 Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for incoming calls? 14-7 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-7 08.8.12 4:25:51 PM Troubleshooting Problem Possible Causes and Remedies Cannot send messages. Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for outgoing calls? Cannot receive messages. Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for incoming calls? Calls are interrupted or disconnected. Handset does not respond to key presses. Does appear on Display? Are you in a location where it is difficult to receive a signal? Move to a location where a signal can reach handset. Is your hand or an object covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3)? Does or Password Lock appear on Display? Password Lock is activated. Enter Handset Code. Appendix 14 14-8 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-8 08.8.12 4:25:52 PM Text Entry Keys Standard Mode Text Input Mode Kanji (hiragana) (Double-byte)* Single-byte katakana あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ かきくけこ さしすせそ たちつてとっ なにぬねの はひふへほ まみむめも やゆよゃゅょ らりるれろ わをんー、 。 アイウエオァィゥェォ カキクケコ サシスセソ タチツテトッ ナニヌネノ ハヒフヘホ マミムメモ ヤユヨャュョ ラリルレロ ワヲンー、。 Custom, ゛(dakuten), ゜(handakuten), ー(cho-on), 、(touten), 。(kuten) Key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 * # Custom, Pictographs, Emoticons, ゛(dakuten), ゜(handakuten), ー(cho-on), 、(touten), 。(kuten) Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL Toggle case E Double-byte alphanumerics (lower case) Single-byte alphanumerics (lower case) .@−_1 abc2 def3 ghi4 jkl5 mno6 pqrs7 tuv8 wxyz9 〜/?! 0 Custom, Pictographs, Emoticons Custom, Pictographs, Emoticons Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL Toggle case Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL Determine entered text/End text entry Move cursor, Insert line break with B, Scroll through suggestions with Move cursor Double-byte numbers Single-byte numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 End text entry Move cursor, Insert line break with B G L H Delete entered characters Toggle characters in reverse order * When entering a reading to Word List (page 2-15), you can enter only double-byte hiragana and "ー" (cho-on). 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-9 Appendix [ Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL Toggle case Double-byte alphanumerics (upper case) Single-byte alphanumerics (upper case) .@−_1 ABC2 DEF3 GHI4 JKL5 MNO6 PQRS7 TUV8 WXYZ9 〜/?! 0 14 ̶ 14-9 08.8.12 4:25:52 PM Text Entry Keys Beeper Mode Entering Characters in Beeper Mode Example: Entering よしお Switch the input method to Beeper mode. Enter two digits to make one character. Key combinations are as follows: q In a text entry window, press 85➡32➡15 ➡[ Press next ¡1 ™2 £3 ¢4 ∞5 §6 ¶7 •8 ª9 º0 Press first ¡1 あ い う え お A B C D ™2 か き く け こ F G H I J £3 さ し す せ そ K L M N O ¢4 た ち つ て と P Q R S T ∞5 な に ぬ ね の U V W X Y §6 は ひ ふ へ ほ Z ? ! ー / ¶7 ま み む め も ¥ & •8 や ( ゆ ) よ ª9 ら り る れ ろ 1 2 3 4 5 º0 わ を ん ゛ ゜ 6 7 8 9 0 E Appendix indicates upper and lower cases are available. Press # to switch • case immediately after character entry. • When entering in and , all the characters will be single-byte. • When entering in , , , and , hiragana will turn to katakana. • When entering in and , the characters will be in lower case. 14 14-10 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-10 08.8.12 4:25:52 PM Simple Mode Function List Functions that can be used in Simple Mode are listed below. • To use functions that are unavailable in Simple Mode, access the full menu (page 2-26). • Settings made in Simple Mode are reflected in the full menu. Main Menu Menu Item Settings My Number TV Alarms Description Page Refer to "Settings" of Simple Mode Main Menu. 14-14 Same functions as in full mode Up to six alarms can be set. 9-14 Same functions as in full mode 9-16 Notepad Calculator 9-8 Dictionary Tools Calendar 9-16 Monthly View only Impossible to save, edit and delete events Scan Data Kitchen Timer S! GPS Navi Same functions as in full mode 9-17 9-10 9-23 Same as Tools menu in full mode − Same as Main Menu in full mode 2-26 Appendix Full Menu 9-4 9-22 Ku-man's Room Full Menu 3-3 6-2 14 14-11 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-11 08.8.12 4:25:53 PM Simple Mode Function List Menu Item Description Phone Book 2-19 Video Call Phone Book New Entry 3-7 Same functions as in full mode Call Log 13-35 Same as Phone Book menu in full mode Phone Book Search 2-17 Message Box 4-8 Create New 4-4, 4-6 Retrieve New Appendix 14 Manner Mode 4-8 4-10 Templates 4-5 Unsent 4-10 Same as Messaging menu in full mode − Received/Sent 4-10 Drafts 4-10 Unsent Create Message Same functions as in full mode Drafts Full Menu Message Box − 2-20 Add to Phone Book Messaging 2-17 3-9 Group Full Menu Page Same functions as in full mode Create New 4-10 4-4, 4-6 Templates 4-5 Set/cancel Manner Mode. 1-12 14-12 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-12 08.8.12 4:25:54 PM Menu Item Alarms Description Up to six alarms can be set. Mobile Camera Digital Data Folder Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks Yahoo! Keitai Same functions as in full mode Impossible to set/cancel Security Lock − 2-22 5-3 5-6 5-6 Same functions as in full mode Manufacture # Full Menu 7-3 7-5 Same as Camera menu in full mode Saved Pages Enter URL 9-14 7-3 Same functions as in full mode Video Full Menu Page 5-3 13-19 Same as Yahoo! Keitai menu in full mode − Combinations of menu items in ■ vary according to the menu pattern. Appendix 14 14-13 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-13 08.8.12 4:25:54 PM Simple Mode Function List "Settings" of Simple Mode Main Menu Menu Item Idle Screen Font Size Description Same functions as in full mode 2-7 Clock/Calendar Mini Clock cannot be set. 2-8 Ku-man Same functions as in full mode General Can only be set to Large/Medium. Messaging Mobile Web Incoming Earpiece Vol. Keypad Tone Vol. Manner Mode Mini Tool 13-5 Same functions as in full mode 13-5, 13-21 2-28, 13-5 Can only be set for Voice Call/Video Call/Message. Same functions as in full mode 13-11 3-12 13-13 ON/OFF Set/cancel Manner Mode. 1-12 Switch Mode Switch Manner Modes (Original Modes cannot be edited). 13-11 Mini Tool 13-3 Mini Photo 13-4 Appendix Voice Mail ON VM/Call Fwd 13-43 13-5, 13-15 Text Entry Sounds Page Wallpaper Deactivate All Same functions as in full mode 3-11 3-11 Listen VM 3-11 Ans Machine 3-6 14 14-14 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-14 08.8.12 4:25:54 PM Menu Item Description Password Lock Security Page 11-3 Reject Calls 13-9 Anti-Spam 13-16 Change Password Same functions as in full mode 11-2 Date & Time 1-11 Clock 12hour/24hour 1-11 Intl. Calls Operator World Clock 9-15 Impossible to set priority and add operators 13-22 Save 1-touch A Phone Book entry can be assigned to either Softkey to make calls/send messages. Full Menu Same as Settings menu in full mode − Simple Mode OFF Cancel Simple Mode. 2-6 − Appendix 14 14-15 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-15 08.8.12 4:25:55 PM Simple Mode Function List Functions Available in Standby Operation Function Description Page [ Main Menu Refer to "Main Menu". 2-5 [ (Press and hold) Keypad Lock Same functions as in full mode 11-3 Same as My Number in Main Menu [0 My Details A Active Window A (Press and hold) Calendar 9-4 B Phone Book Search 2-20 D Dialed Numbers D (Press and hold) Sent Message Log − 2-8 Same functions as in full mode 3-9 4-13 C Received Calls 3-9 C (Press and hold) Received Message Log 4-13 J, K Use assigned Phone Book entries Make voice/video calls/send messages to assigned Phone Book entries. − J (Press and hold) Simple Mode Off Cancel Simple Mode. 2-6 S Shortcuts Menu Impossible to add functions to Shortcuts Menu 2-4 S (Press and hold) Information Prompt 1-6 Appendix L Play messages on Answering Machine 3-6 L (Press and hold) Answering Machine On/Off # (Press and hold) Manner Mode On/Off 1-12 14 R* Toggle views on External Display 2-8 R (Press and hold)* Activate set function Same functions as in full mode 3-6 2-4 * Available while handset is closed 14-16 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-16 08.8.12 4:25:55 PM Specifications Main Specifications 823T 824T Frequency Range Continuous Talk Time 1920 to 2170 MHz Approx. 180 min. (Video call: Approx. 100 min.) Continuous Standby Time Approx. 440 hrs Charging Time Dimensions When Closed (W×H×D) Approx. 120 min. Approx. 50×103×17.5 mm Maximum Output Weight Approx. 50×103×17.8 mm 0.25 W Approx. 119 g Approx. 112 g AC Charger (Sold Separately) Input Voltage Charging Temperature Range 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-17 Appendix • The values above were calculated with the battery attached. • The continuous talk time refers to the average length of time a signal can be received normally when handset is in a stationary state and a new fully charged battery is attached. • The continuous standby time refers to the average length of time a signal can be received normally when handset is closed with External Display facing outward, handset is in a stationary state, a new fully charged battery is attached and there are no calls made/received or operations performed. If handset is in a location outside the service area or where it is difficult to receive a signal (in a building, vehicle, bag, etc.), this time may be reduced to half or less. This time may also be affected by other factors such as the operating environment (battery state, temperature, etc.). • The operating time of the battery was calculated when a stable signal was received constantly. However, this time may be reduced to half or less if handset is used in a location where the signal is weak or handset is left in Standby when it is outside the service area. Repeated charging and discharging a battery shortens the operating time. If the operating time becomes too short, purchase a new battery. • If Mobile Light is used frequently for taking pictures and recording videos or as a penlight, the continuous talk time and continuous standby time become shorter. • When an S! Appli is activated, the continuous talk time and continuous standby time become significantly shorter. • If handset is used with Display illuminated frequently (for Yahoo! Keitai use, etc.), the continuous talk time and continuous standby time become shorter. • Note that the LCD Display may have defective pixels (dead or stuck pixels). 14 100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 5 to 35℃ 14-17 08.8.12 4:25:55 PM Specifications Specifications by Function Basic Operations Text Entry Word List 100 words (4 words with same reading), 12 characters per word, 8 characters per reading Clipboard 20 entries Data Folder Available Memory Approx. 59 MB*1, 2,500 entries*2 File Name 32 characters *1 Memory capacity when all files that can be deleted are deleted. Data Folder shares its memory with S! Appli Library. *2 This number does not include S! Appli entries. Up to 100 S! Appli items can be stored. Others Phone Book Number of Entries 1,000 entries Name 16 characters each for first and last names Reading 16 characters each for first and last names Phone Number 5 numbers, 32 digits E-mail Address 5 addresses, 128 characters Address Active Window 5 members on Members List Shortcuts Menu 40 entries (10 preset) Call Dialed, Received 20 entries each Postal code: 20 digits, country: 32 characters, state/city/street/additional info: 64 characters each Answering Machine 5 messages, 30 seconds per message Voice Record During Calls 60 seconds per recording 32 characters Number Memo 5 numbers, 32 digits Company 32 characters URL 128 characters International Call Service Note 256 characters Group 20 groups, group name: 16 characters Job Title Appendix Send Touch Tones Country Number List 20 countries (17 preset) 32 digits 14 14-18 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-18 08.8.12 4:25:56 PM Messaging Available Memory TV Received Approx. 5 MB, 2,000 messages View Timer 5 entries Sent, Unsent Approx. 1.5 MB, 600 messages TV Links 50 entries Drafts Approx. 700 KB, 60 messages Address S! Mail Text To/Cc/Bcc: total 20 entries, phone number: 24 digits, e-mail address: 254 characters Approx. 15,000 double-byte characters/ Approx. 30,000 single-byte characters Attachments Approx. 300 KB (including Address, Subject, Text) SMS Text 70 double-byte characters/70 single-byte katakana/160 single-byte alphanumerics Message Box 20 folders each for Received and Sent (General folder, Folder 1 to Folder 17, Idokoro folder, Ku-man folder) 3D Pictograms 150 characters Data Transfer Speed Maximum 3.6 Mbps receiving/ maximum 384 kbps sending (in 3G High Speed areas) Bookmarks 50 entries History (URL) 10 entries Effective Pixels 1.96 million pixels File Format Still pictures: JPEG, videos: MPEG-4 Picture Editing File Format JPEG (2.0 MB or less), PNG (1.0 MB or less) Picture Size W16×H16 to W240×H400 Appendix Internet Camera/Picture Editing 14 14-19 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-19 08.8.12 4:25:56 PM Specifications Camera Modes Media Player Mode Picture Size Mobile Digital Max. Zoom Playlist 10 each on handset and memory card, 50 songs per playlist Approx. 4.9× My Library 50 songs Approx. 8.3× Recent 20 entries W240×H400 Approx. 4× W240×H320 W144×H176 W120×H160 Approx. 9.3× W112×H112 Approx. 10.5× W96×H128 Approx. 12× W1600×H1200 − W1280×H960 Approx. 1.3× W640×H480 Approx. 2.5× W400×H240 Approx. 4× Playable Data • Even under the following conditions, some files may not be playable. • Although files with bit rates other than those listed below may be playable, their operation is not guaranteed. File Format AMR Handset Video Modes HE-AAC Mode Video Appendix 14 Video Mail Short Video MPEG-4 AAC-LC Size Max. Zoom W320×H240 Approx. 2.5× Approx. 20 min. Approx. 2.5× Approx. 30 sec. (Quality: Fine) Approx. 50 sec. (Quality: Normal) Approx. 60 sec. (Quality: Economy) W176×H144 W128×H96 Approx. 4.1× Max. Recording Time Approx. 5 sec. Bit Rate Sampling Frequency 4.75 to 12.2 kbps 8 kHz 16 to 128 kbps 16 to 48 kHz • Notes on AAC data ・AAC encoder software is required for converting music into AAC formats. ・SoftBank does not recommend nor guarantee operation of any particular AAC encoder software. ・Refer to the website of software provider about specifications and usage of AAC encoder software. S! Appli Available Memory on Handset Approx. 59 MB*, 100 entries * S! Appli Library shares its memory with Data Folder. 14-20 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-20 08.8.12 4:25:56 PM Tools Communication Services 20 notepads, 256 characters per notepad S! Friend's Status Calendar 400 events (100 events per day), from January 2, 2000 to December 30, 2015 S! Friend's Status Members 30 entries, 10 people per group List Tasks 100 entries, from January 2, 2000 to December 30, 2015 S! Circle Talk Time Table 8 periods per day, Monday to Saturday Participants 11 people including yourself 30 seconds each time Dictionary Japanese dictionary: 40,000 words, English-Japanese dictionary: 40,000 words, Japanese-English dictionary: 36,000 words Talk Time S! Circle Talk Members List 50 entries, 10 people per group Voice Recorder Maximum 90 minutes per recording World Clock 2 cities, city name:13 characters S! GPS Navi 20 location logs Idokoro Mail Recipients List: 5 entries, Areas List: 7 entries S! Information Channel 7 History entries, 3 MB Document Viewer Microsoft® Word (.doc), Microsoft® Excel (.xls), Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt), PDF (.pdf) Electronic Books BookSurfing®: CCF (.CCF) Barcode Reader QR code data: 10 entries Appendix Notepad 14 14-21 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-21 08.8.12 4:25:57 PM Specifications File Transfer/Backup Melody List Infrared The preinstalled melodies are shown below. Communication System IrMC1.1 Transmission Range Ringtones (Fixed Melodies) • The following are unavailable for Keypad Tone under Sound Effects. Approx. 20 cm Title Bluetooth® ® Communication System Bluetooth specification Ver.1.2 Output Bluetooth® Power Class 2 *1 Transmission Range Approx. 10 m radius Supported Bluetooth® Profiles*2 HFP (Hands-Free Profile) HSP (Headset Profile) DUN (Dialup Networking Profile) OPP (Object Push Profile) FTP (File Transfer Profile)*3 A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Frequency Band 2.4 GHz (2.402 GHz to 2.480 GHz) Searchable Devices 8 devices at a time Paired Devices 20 devices Appendix *1 Varies depending on obstacles between devices and signal conditions. *2 The specifications of Bluetooth® devices differ according to usage. There are standards for Bluetooth®. *3 Only the server function is supported. 14 14-22 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-22 Pomp And Circumstance Moonlight Serenade Hana Aloha Oe Arabesque No. 1 Harp Concerto in B Flat Major Meditation from Thais O Danny Boy Old Phone Flash News Electronic Sound 1 Electronic Sound 2 Electronic Sound 3 Electronic Sound 4 Voice 1 Voice 2 Voice 3 Voice 4 Alarm Clock Pigeon Composer ELGAR EDWARD (NON PROTECTED SHARES) MILLER GLENN (US 1) TAKI RENTARO Hawaiian ballad DEBUSSY CLAUDE ACHILL HAENDEL GEORG FRIEDRICH MASSENET JULES EMILE FREDERIC Irish ballad (TRADITIONAL) Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba Produced by Toshiba 08.8.12 4:25:57 PM Data Folder • The following files are deleted by Reset All or Clear Memory and cannot be restored to the status at the time of purchase. • Backup data of the following files is contained on the supplied CD-ROM. Title Composer Menuet BIZET GEORGES Gymnopedie SATIE ERIK ALFREDI LE (NON PROTECTED SHARES) Pavane for Dead Princess RAVEL MAURICE JOSEPH Appendix 14 14-23 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-23 08.8.12 4:25:58 PM Default Settings Messaging Function Yahoo! Keitai Default Setting Message Box Wide View: Wide View ON, Folder View: Folder View, Received/Sent: Separate View, Display Items: Addresses, Change View: List Only, Sort Setting: None (except Ku-man and Idokoro), Security Lock: Unlock, Auto-delete (Received: Set, Sent: Set) Display Font Size: Medium-Small, Scroll Unit: Line, Show Address (Main Display: Show All, Ext. Display: Show All) Creating Signature: No Signature, Default Type: SMS, Notify Type: Show Sending Confirmation: Show, Vibration: ON, DeliveryCheck: Do not Ask, Expiry (SMS: Not Specified, S! Mail: Not Specified), Priority: Normal, Delivery Time: Immediate, Reply to: OFF, Message Ctr: Number on USIM Card Receiving Retrieve Mode (Home: Immediate, Roaming: Immediate), Auto-extract (Picture: Show, Sound: Mute), Anti-Spam (Sort Messages: Do not Sort, Select Folder: Folder 17) 3D Pictograms Auto Play: OFF, Colors: Color1 Function Default Setting Font Size: Medium-Small (Yahoo! Keitai)/Extra-Small (PC Browser), Scroll Unit: 1 line, Downloads (Images: Download, Sounds: Download), Warning (PC Browser: Show, Yahoo! Keitai: Show) Settings Security Manufacture #: Send, Send Referer: Send, Cookie: Enable, Script: Ask Once (Yahoo! Keitai)/Enable (PC Browser), Authentica...: Per Session, Session Info.: Show Storage: Phone Memory Entertainment Function Default Setting S! Quick News Auto Refresh (Flash News: Manual, News: Manual, S! Loop: Manual), Image: Show Weather Indicator: Show, Prompt: Show Ku-man's Room Ku-man Data: Thumbnail View Appendix 14 14-24 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-24 08.8.12 4:25:58 PM TV Function Function Watching TV Default Setting Subtitles: ON, Switch Audio: Main, Screen Settings: (Brightness: Brightness 3, Image Quality: Normal, Sharpness: Soft, Economy Mode: OFF), Datacasting (Start Comm.: Ask before, Go to Secured: Ask before, Access Memory: Do not Ask, Send Location: Always Ask, Manufacture #: Do not Send, Storage: Phone Memory), Off-timer: OFF, First View: Full Screen, Volume: VOL12 Function Default Setting Camera Mode: Mobile, Picture Size (Mobile: W240× H400, Digital: W1280×H960), Brush Up (Mobile: Taking Pictures Recording Videos Quality Exposure: ±0.0EV S! Appli Function Settings Default Setting Screensaver: OFF, Start Time: 3 sec, Calls&Alarms (Voice Call: Pause Apps, Video Call: Pause Apps, Message: Continue Apps, Alarm: Pause Apps), Volume: Level 3, Backlight (ON/OFF: Same as Phone, Blink: ON), Vibration: ON Appendix ON, Digital: OFF), Night: OFF, Multi Shots: OFF, Add Frame: OFF, Icons Display: Show, Storage: Phone Memory, File Name: Date&Time, Auto Save: OFF, Quality: Fine, Effects: OFF, Date Stamp: OFF, Date Stamp Color: White w/Black, Mobile Light: OFF, White Balance: Auto, Color Control: Neutral, Delay Timer: OFF, Focus Mode: Auto, Grid: OFF, Flicker: Automatic, Shutter Sound: Pattern 1, Key Shortcut: ON, Exposure: ±0.0EV Video: Normal, Video Mail: Normal, Short Video: Economy (Fixed) Effects: OFF, Mobile Light: OFF, White Balance: Auto, Color Control: Neutral, Delay Timer: OFF, Flicker: Automatic, Start/End: Pattern 1, Key Shortcut: ON, Preview: ON, Exposure: ±0.0EV Scan Data Camera Default Setting Video Mode: Video Mail, ScreenDisplay: Normal screen, Icons Display: Show, Voice Record: ON, Storage: Phone Memory, File Name: Date&Time, Auto Save (Video: ON (Fixed), Video Mail/Short Video: OFF) 14 14-25 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-25 08.8.12 4:25:58 PM Default Settings Tools Function Function Default Setting Alarms Tone: Time Reading, Volume: Level 3, Vibration: OFF, Duration: 60 sec, Image: Original, Repeat: Once, Snooze: OFF Calculator Set Tax Rate: 5% Create Event Set Alarm: OFF, Show/Hide: Show, Repeat for: Do not Repeat, Category: No Category Set Holiday (Sunday: Red, Monday to Friday: Black, Saturday: Blue) Calendar Reminder Reminder: OFF, Schedule for: Today, Tone: Pattern 1, Volume: Level 3, Vibration: OFF, Duration: 60 sec, Repeat: Once BG Color: OFF, Font Color: White w/Black Kitchen Timer 10 sec Voice Recorder SelectStorage: Phone Memory Photo Stand ON/OFF: OFF, Templates: Calendar, Image: Preset, Duration: 60 min S! GPS Navi Map URL Settings: NAVITIME (http://map.navitime.jp/), Set Navi Appli: NAVITIME, Positioning Lock: OFF, LocationProperty: Always Ask Data Folder Function Data Folder Calendar Lock: Unlock, First View: Monthly, Font Color: White w/Black New Task Set Alarm: OFF, Show/Hide: Show, Priority: Normal, Status: Not Completed Appendix 14 Reminder Reminder: OFF, Schedule for: Today, Tone: Pattern 1, Volume: Level 3, Vibration: OFF, Duration: 60 sec, Repeat: Once Tasks Lock: Unlock Default Setting Change View (View Type: Thumbnail 3×3/Thumbnail 5×5 (My Pictograms Folder only), Sort by: From Latest), Security Lock: OFF Media Player Function Default Setting Audio Sort by (All Music: Title: A to Z, Artist: Title: A to Z, Album: Track No., Folder: Title: A to Z), Output Settings: Speaker/Earphone, Player Image: Original, Play Mode: All, Surround: OFF, Equalizer: Flat, Voice Cancel: OFF Videos Display Link: ON Change View: All View, Sort by: Deadline Tasks Default Setting Time Table 14-26 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-26 08.8.12 4:25:58 PM Communications Settings Function Default Setting Friend Status My Status: Offline, Request Reply: Always Answer, Answer Status (Calls: Answer OK, Mail: Reply OK, S! Circle Talk: Join OK), Status Setting: ごきげん (Good mood) Circle Talk Loud Speaker: ON Function Kacha-ble Default Setting MissedCall: ON, Messages: ON, Delivery: ON, ON, Missed CT: ON, Status: ON Incoming Phone Book Function Sounds Normal Mode Search Mode: Tab/Reading Options ExternalLight: Same as Phone, Ringtone Vol.: Same as Phone, Ringtone: Same as Phone, Vibration: Same as Phone, Duration: Same as Phone, MessageFolder: None, Secret: OFF, Ext. Display: Same as Phone ExternalLight: Same as Phone, Ringtone Vol.: Same as Phone, Ringtone: Same as Phone, Vibration: Same as Phone, Duration: Same as Phone, MessageFolder: None Addr. Bkup Auto Sync: OFF, Sync Type: Synchronize Settings Select Storage: Phone Memory, Phone Book Lock: Unlock Sound Effects Tone Type: Original (Keypad Tone: Original 1), Tone Volume: Level 1 (Keypad Tone: Silent) Manner Mode: Unset, Switch Mode: Silent Silent Ringtone Vol.: Silent, Vibration: Pattern 1, Feeling: Same as Normal Mode, Sound Effects: OFF, Battery: OFF, Answering Machine: Same as Normal Mode Alarms Ringtone Vol. (Except alarm volume): Silent, Vibration: Pattern 1, Alarms (Alarms: Same as Normal Mode, Alarm Volume: Same as Normal Mode, Vibration: Same as Normal mode), Feeling: Same as Normal Mode, Sound Effects: OFF, Battery: OFF, Answering Machine: Same as Normal Mode Manner Mode Appendix Options (Group) Ringtone: Pattern 1, Ringtone Vol.: Level 3, Vibration (Pattern): OFF, Feeling: ON, Duration: 5 sec Sound Vol.: Level 3, Earpiece Vol.: Level 5, Speaker Vol.: Level 5, Battery: ON Default Setting Phone Book Missed: 14 14-27 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-27 08.8.12 4:25:59 PM Default Settings Function Manner Mode (Continued) Default Setting Drive Ringtone Vol.: Silent, Vibration: OFF, Feeling: OFF, Sound Effects: OFF, Battery: OFF, Answering Machine: ON Original 1 to 3 Ringtone Vol.: Silent, Vibration: Pattern 1, Feeling: ON, Effects: OFF, Battery: OFF, Answering Machine: ON Display/Idle Screen (Ku-man) Function Default Setting Idle Screen Wallpaper: Preset (Picture), Others: 1-line Digit, Active Window: ON (Manual), Ext. Display: Icon+Clock Main Screens Deco (Icons): Original, Deco (Windows): Original, In-Calls: Original, Messages: Original, Download: Original, Power On: Original, Power Off: Original Function Backlight Default Setting Power Saving: 15 sec, Keypad Light: 5 sec, Displays (Lighting Time: 5 sec, Brightness: Brightness 3), Media Player: Always ON Notification Missed Call: Garnet, Messages: Emerald, Missed Call: DeliveryCheck: Sapphire, Amethyst, Missed CT: Blue Topaz, Friend Status: Citrine Illumination Voice Call: Amethyst A, Video Call: Amethyst A, Message (Pattern: GreenTourmalineA, Feeling: ON), DeliveryCheck: GreenTourmalineA, Missed Call: Mix C, Circle Talk: Mix C, Friend Status: Mix C, Opening: Blue Topaz B, Closing: Blue Topaz B, In Call: Mix F External Light Twin Illumi Kaleidoscope OFF OFF Appendix Mini Tool Mini Tool: Preset Caller Details Operator Name Picture: ON, Ext. Display: ON Idle Screen (Ku-man) Wide View IdleScreen: ON, Create Msg: ON, Msg Window: ON, Msg Lists: ON Font Settings Font Size (General: Medium, Messaging: Medium-Small, Mobile Web: Medium-Small, PC Browser: Extra-Small, Text Entry: Medium-Small), Font Color: Pattern 1 14 14-28 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-28 08.8.12 4:25:59 PM Call Settings Phone Settings Function Default Setting Clock 12hour/24hour: 24 hour, World Clock (City 1: Tokyo, City 2: Tokyo, Set as Main City: City 1, DST ON/OFF: OFF) Sub Menu View Show 言語選択 (Language) 日本語 (Japanese) Navigation Keys A: Active Window, B: Phone Book, D: Dialed Numbers, C: Received Calls Side Key Twin Illumi Default Setting Intl. Code: 0046010 Intl. Calls Japan (81), UK (44), Italy (39), Switzerland (41), Spain (34), Germany (49), Portugal (351), Netherlands (31), France (33), CountryNumber Monaco (377), USA (1), Sweden (46), Australia (61), China (86), Hong Kong (852), Taiwan (886), South Korea (82) Operator: Automatic Security Function Function Default Setting Ans Machine Setting: OFF, Set Duration: 18 sec Earphone Auto Answer (ON/OFF: OFF, Set Duration: 10 sec), Earphone Call: OFF Phone Closed: OFF, Power Saving: OFF, Power Off: OFF Answer Type Open to Talk: OFF, Any Keys: OFF Function Lock Phone Book: Unlock, Calendar: Unlock, Tasks: Unlock, Call Log: Unlock, Message Log: Unlock Video Call Alt. Picture: OFF, Image Quality: Standard, Hold Setting (Hold on Call: Preset, Hold Answer: Preset), Mute: OFF, Loud Speaker: ON, Auto Answer: OFF Reject Calls Specific #s: OFF, Unknown: OFF, Withheld: OFF, Payphone: OFF, Unavailable: OFF Offline Mode OFF Show My Number OFF Secret Mode Hide Anti-Spam Sort Messages: Do not Sort, Select Folder: Folder 17 Change Password 9999 IP Service ON Restricted Mode Web: OFF Appendix Password Lock 14 14-29 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-29 08.8.12 4:26:00 PM Default Settings Connectivity Text Entry Function Default Setting Function Default Setting Bluetooth ON/OFF: OFF, Settings (Visibility: Show, Set Handsfree: Private) Custom Window Display: Display Infrared ON/OFF: OFF Clear Setting Delete USB Connection: Always Ask, Battery: ON Input Method Standard Font Size Medium-Small Prediction Predict Text: ON, Phrase: ON Priority Function Default Setting Active Window Mid-operation Message: Pause, DeliveryCheck: Continue Video Message: Pause, DeliveryCheck: Continue Media Player Pause ON/OFF ON (Manual) Voice Recorder Message: Pause, DeliveryCheck: Continue Templates News: No Image S! Appli Voice Call: Pause Apps, Video Call: Pause Apps, Message: Continue Apps, Alarm: Pause Apps Auto Refresh Flash News: Manual, News: Manual, S! Loop: Manual Unread/Read Show All Screen Speed Neutral Circle Talk Continue TV Alarm: Pause Function Default Setting Appendix 14 14-30 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-30 08.8.12 4:26:00 PM Glossary Terminology Description A third generation (3G) mobile communication system. USIM Card Use handset with this card inserted. The card stores subscriber information such as your phone number and handset data. You can also save Phone Book entries and other data to the card. When you replace your handset, use of the same USIM Card in the new handset enables you to continue using the data stored on the card. USIM PIN A number required for using USIM Card with your handset. This number allows you to prevent others from using your handset in the event that your handset is lost or stolen. S! Mail A service that allows long text messages with picture, video and melody attachments to be exchanged. SMS A service that allows short text messages to be exchanged between handsets. SSL A communication method for transmitting data in an encrypted form over the Internet. It enables data such as information related to privacy and credit card numbers to be sent and received safely and protects against dangers on the Internet such as eavesdropping, tampering and spoofing. SSL communication uses server certificates. Server Certificate A digital certificate for identifying that a site on a server is trustworthy. The server certificate includes information necessary for SSL communication (encrypted communication), server information and a digital signature of a Certificate Authority to verify that the server is authentic. Terminology Description Cache The location in handset for temporarily storing the data of accessed Web pages, etc. S! Appli Applications including games and 3D images that can be downloaded from the Web pages of S! Appli providers. Some applications connect to the network to obtain information in real time and some applications can be activated as wallpaper. 3G High Speed A high speed data communication service that complies with HSDPA (High Speed Downlink Packet Access) protocol. Appendix 3G 14 14-31 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-31 08.8.13 3:32:50 PM Index Alphabetic Order Numeric 12hour/24hour ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-11 3D Pictograms ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-16 A Index 14 AC Charger ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-7, 14-17 Access Memory (Data Broadcasts) ・・ 13-29 Account Name ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-3 Active Window ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-8 Change Icon・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Check a Member's Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Contact Members ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-9 Edit List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 My Status ON/OFF ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 ON/OFF Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Save People to Members List ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-9 Templates ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Add Address ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-13 Add Frame (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-7 Add Frame (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Add Stamp (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Add Text (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Address Library ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Alarms ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14, 9-28 Alarm Tone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-42 Alphanumerics ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-12 Alternative Picture ・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15, 13-23 Answer Type ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Answering Machine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-6 Delete Recorded Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Response Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Anti-Spam ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-16 Any Key Answer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Areas List・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-28 Attachments ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-4 Save ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Audio Output During Calls (Earpiece/Speaker) S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-8 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Voice Call (Handsfree Call) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Audio Output Setting (Video Call) ・・・ 13-23 Authentication ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19 Authentication PIN Code (Bluetooth Passkey) ・・・ 12-4 Auto Answer (Earphone-Microphone) ・・ 13-24 Auto Answer (Video Call)・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Auto Answer List (Video Call) ・・・・・・・ 13-23 Auto Focus Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10 Auto Play (Attachments) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-14 Auto Save ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Auto-delete・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-10, 13-17 Auto-extract ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-16 Available Memory ・・・・・14-18, 14-19, 14-20 B Background Play (Multitask)・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Backlight ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5, 13-32 Backup Relocate ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 S! Addressbook Back-up ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-12 Transfer All ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-10 Barcode Reader ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-22 Battery ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-7, 14-4 Installation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-5 PC Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-37 Battery Level ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-4, 1-5, 14-4 Beeper Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-10 Bluetooth® ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-4 Delete Device ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14 Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Device Name ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14, 13-36 Dial-up Connections ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14 Disconnect ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14 ON/OFF ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-5 Paired Device List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-5 Search Device ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-5 Send a Picture/Video After Shooting ・・・・・ 7-11 Send My Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14 Set Handsfree ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Transfer Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-6 Trust Device ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Visibility ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Bookmarks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-6 Create Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Edit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Move ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Send via Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 BookSurfing® ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-21 Brightness ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5, 13-28 14-32 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-32 08.8.12 4:26:01 PM Brightness (TV) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Browser Reset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 Brush Up ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10 C Content Key Backup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-10 Buy Key ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-21 Continuous Standby Time ・・・・・・・・・・ 14-17 Continuous Talk Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-17 Conversion Prediction ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Converter ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-16, 9-29 Cookie ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19, 13-20 Copy (Characters) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Cost Limit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-22 Country Number List・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-22 Creating (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-14 Custom Window ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34 Customize Handset Address ・・・・・・・・・・・4-3 Cut (Characters) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 D Dakuten (゛)/Handakuten (゜) ・・・・・・・ 2-11 Data Broadcast Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-4 Data Broadcasts・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-2 Data Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-21 Available Memory ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31, 14-18 Datacasting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-29 Date & Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-11 Date Stamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-26 Daylight Saving Time ・・・・・・・・・ 9-15, 13-42 Default Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-24 Delay Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-7 Delete (Characters) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Delete Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16, 4-18 Delivery Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15, 13-15 Index Calculator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-16 Currency Conversion ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Calendar ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・9-4 Calendar Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 First View ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 Set Holiday・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-24 Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-2 Call Barring ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Call Barring Service Code ・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-14 Change ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-18 Call Forwarding ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-10 Call Log Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Call Time & Cost・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-16, 13-22 Call Waiting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Caller Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-4 Calls & Alarms (S! Appli) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-32 Camera・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 7-2 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Camera Modes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-3 Camera/Video Indicator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Cancel PIN Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Capture (TV) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-7 Card Reader Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-8, 12-9 Card Sync (S! Appli) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-32 Category (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-14 Center Access Code・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-14 Change Bright (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・ 7-12 Change Security Codes Call Barring Service Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-18 Handset Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-2 Internet Security Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 PIN/PIN2 ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Channel Selection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-4 Channel Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-3, 6-7 Charge Battery ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-7 AC Charger ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-7 Desktop Cradle ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-8 In-Car Charger ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-9 PC Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-37 Charger Terminals ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Charging In Progress Image ・・・・・・・・・ 13-7 Charging Indicator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Charging Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-17 Clear Authentication Info ・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 Clear Cache ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 Clear Field ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-14 Clear Memory ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-33 Clear Memory (Data Broadcasts) ・・・・ 13-29 Clear Setting (Text Entry)・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34 Clock Type ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-8 Color Control ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Communication Mode (USB Connection) ・・・ 12-8 Confirmation Window Data Broadcasts・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-29 Outgoing Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15 Reset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-33 Connection (PC Connection) ・・・・・・・・・ 12-8 14 14-33 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-33 08.8.12 4:26:01 PM Index Delivery Report ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-18 Delivery Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15, 13-15 Desktop Cradle ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-8 Dialed Numbers ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-9 Delete Call Log Records ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Redial ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 Save to Phone Book・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-19 Dial-up Connections ・・・・・・・・・ 12-14, 12-15 Dictionary ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-16 Digital Mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-3 Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-4 Display Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-7, 2-27, 13-2 Display Settings (Active Window) ・・・・ 13-8 Display Settings (Mail) ・・・・・・・ 13-15, 13-17 Document Viewer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-20 Download Screen ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-3 Drafts ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15 E Index 14 Earphone Microphone Jack ・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Earphone-Microphone Answer ・・・・・・・ 3-13 Earphone-Microphone Call ・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Earphone-Microphone Settings ・・・・・ 13-24 Earpiece ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Earpiece (Speaker) Volume During Calls S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-8 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Voice Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4 Earpiece Volume ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 Economy Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Edit Picture ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-8 Edit Text ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Edit Text (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-14 Effects ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-9, 13-25 Electronic Books ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-21 E-mail Address/URL Extensions ・・・・・・ 2-13 Emergency Calls・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-3 Emergency Positioning Request ・・・・・・・・・3-3 Emoticons ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-12 User Created ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Encoding Type ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-21 Equalizer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Events ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・9-4 Alarm ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-4, 13-38 Category ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-38 Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-5 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-5, 9-26 Edit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Font Color ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 Link Information ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-26, 13-38 Reminder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-24 Repeat for ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Show/Hide ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Stamp Icon ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-38 Expiry (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15, 13-15 Exposure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3, 7-6 External Device Port ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 External Device Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-24 External Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-5 External Lights ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 2-30, 13-6 F Feeling Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-5 File Name (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Files Attach ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-4 Copy ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-34 Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31, 8-11 Move ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-23 Rename ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-23 Sort by ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33, 8-10 Use・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 Filter (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-18 Flicker ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Focus Mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10, 13-26 Folders Copy Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Create Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22, 5-9 Delete Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-34 Move Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33, 4-19 Rename Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33, 4-17 Font Color ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15, 13-5, 13-39 Font Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Font Size Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Graphic Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-5 Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-21 Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15 Text Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Format Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-25 Forward Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16, 4-18 14-34 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-34 08.8.12 4:26:02 PM Function Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-4 G Gamendeco ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-2 Global Roaming ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-5 Operator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-22 GMT Offset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-42 Go to Secured (Data Broadcasts) ・・・・ 13-29 Graphic Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-5, 4-15 Grid・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-26 Group (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-13, 4-14, 13-14 Group (Phone Book) ・・・・・ 2-17, 2-30, 13-35 H I IC ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-2 Ichi Navi・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-35 International Call Call Abroad from Japan ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-5 Global Roaming ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-5 International Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-22 Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-2 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19 Internet Security Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-14 Register/Change ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Internet Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19 IP Service・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-44 J Jump ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-8 K Kacha-ble ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-13 Keitaideco ・・・・・・ 2-3, 2-7, 2-32, 13-2, 13-11 Key Guide Camera ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3, 7-6 Media Player ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-5, 8-6 TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-7 Key Shortcut ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Keypad ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 2-3, 6-4 Keypad Light・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Keypad Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 Kitchen Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-17 Ku-man Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-23 Ku-man's Room ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-23 Index Handset Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-14 Change ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-2 Handset Parts & Functions ・・・・・・・・・・・・1-2 Handsfree (Bluetooth®) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Handsfree Call (Voice Call) ・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Handsfree On/Off (Video Call) ・・・・・・・ 3-15 Handstrap Hole ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Hiragana to Alphanumerics/Katakana Conversion ・・ 2-11 History (Internet) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-3, 5-4 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-7 Hold Answer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Hold Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Hold Setting (Video Call) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-23 Icons (Indicators) Bluetooth® Compatible Devices ・・・・・・・・ 12-5 Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-4 External Display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-5 Message List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-10 Text Input Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 TV Links ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-7 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Idle Screen (Ku-man) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-43 Idokoro Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 Illumination ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-6 Image Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-5 Image Quality (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Image Quality (TV) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Image Quality (Video Call) ・・・・ 3-15, 13-23 In-Car Charger ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-9 Incoming Call Image ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-2 Incoming Message Image ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-2 Incoming Messages・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-8 Infinity ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10 Information Prompt ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-6 Infrared ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 Authentication Password ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 ON/OFF ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 Send a Picture/Video After Shooting ・・・・・ 7-11 Send My Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14 Transfer Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2 Infrared Port ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 12-2 Input Method ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34 Insert ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28, 4-13 Interface Language ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-7 Internal Antenna ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 14 14-35 08.8.12 4:26:03 PM Index L Landscape View Operations ・・・・・・・・・・・2-2 Language (言語選択) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-7 License Information (S! Appli) ・・・・・・ 13-32 Lighting Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Line Break ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Locate Me ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10 Location Information Send Setting ・・ 13-29, 13-41 Location Logs ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 Location Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 Location Property ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-41 Loud Speaker (Video Call) ・・・・・・・・・・ 13-23 Lower Case ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-11 M Index 14 Macro ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10 Mail Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-14 Mail Type ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-14 Default Type ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-14 Mailbox Volume ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-17 Main Menu ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-2, 2-3 Reset Options ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Simple Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-6, 2-26, 14-11 Main Screens ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-2 Main/Sub Audio ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Manner Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-12, 13-11 Manufacture # ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19, 13-29 Map URL Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-41 Media Player・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8-2 Lighting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 14-36 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-36 Priority ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-10 Melody List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-22 Memory Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-24 Backup ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-10 Relocate ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 Memory Card Slot ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Memory Status・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-29, 2-31 Message Box ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-10 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-17 Message Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Message Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30 Message List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-10 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-17, 13-18 Messaging ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-2 Microphone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Mini Photo ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-4 Mini Tool ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-3, 13-18 Missed Call Notification・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-11 Mobile Light ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 7-3, 7-6 Mobile Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-3 Mosaic (Edit Picture)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Multi Selector・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ xi, 1-3, 2-3 Reset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Multi Shots ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-7 Multiparty Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Music File Playback Window ・・・・・・・・・・・8-4 Music Player ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8-5 Mute ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13, 13-23 My Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-3, 3-12 Send ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14 My Library ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 My Locations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 My Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-4 N Name Conversion ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Navi Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10, 13-41 NAVI Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-41 New Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-8 Night ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10 Notepad・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・9-8 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-8, 9-26 Edit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-26 Notification・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-30 Notification (S! Friend's Status) ・・ 10-5, 10-9 Number Memo ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 O Offline Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-13 Off-timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 One Seg ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-2 Open to Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Operator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-22 Operator Name ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-6 Output Setting (Media Player) ・・・・・・ 13-31 Overlay (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-9 P Page Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-8 Page Search ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-7 Password Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 Paste (Characters) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 08.8.12 4:26:03 PM Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8-7 Add Tracks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Change Order ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Copy ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Create ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Play ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 Remove Tracks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Rename ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 Positioning Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-41 Power On ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10 Power Saving ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Power-off Screen ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10, 13-3 Power-on Screen ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-3 Prediction ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28, 13-34 Preview ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-27 Priority ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-10, 13-32 Priority (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16, 13-15 Program Guide ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-5 Protect (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-17 PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) ・・・ 11-5, 14-2 Q QR Codes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-22 R Received Calls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-9 Call from ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 Delete Call Log Records ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Save to Phone Book・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-19 Receiving (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-16 Recent ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Recipients List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-28 Reconvert ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-29 Record Videos・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-5 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25, 13-27 Reject Calls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13, 13-9 Reload Page ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-7 Relocate・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 Reminder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-24 Replace Text ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-29 Reply to Activate ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-9 Save an Address・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15 Reset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-33 Reset All ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-33 Reset Learned ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34 Reset Setting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-33 Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 Restricted Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Retrieve Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 Retrieve Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-16 Retrieve Network Information ・・・・・・・ 1-10 Ring Time・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30, 13-12 Ringtone ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-18, 13-11 Ringtone Volume ・・・・・・・・・ 2-30, 3-4, 13-11 Root Certificates ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19, 13-32 Rotate Image (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Index PC Connection (USB Connection) ・・・・・ 12-8 Charge Battery・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-37 Dial-up Connections ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 PC Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-20 PC Site Browser ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-4 Penlight ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 2-4 Phone Book・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-16 Call from ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-19 Change View ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30 Copy ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 Edit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30 Move ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 New Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-17 Picture ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-18, 13-4, 13-26 Search Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-20 Sort by ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30 Phone Book Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-35 Phone Number ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-3 Photo Album ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-7 Photo Stand ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-7 Phrase Prediction ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28, 13-34 Pictographs ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-12 Picture (Phone Book) ・・・・・・・・・・ 2-18, 13-4 Take a Picture for a Phone Book entry・・・ 13-26 Picture Size (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・ 7-10, 14-20 Picture Size (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-9 PIN Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 PIN/PIN2 ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-2 Change ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Play Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Player Image・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-31 14 14-37 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-37 08.8.12 4:26:04 PM Index S Index 14 S! Addressbook Back-up ・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-12 Auto Sync・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-16 Sync Log・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-16 Synchronization Type ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-13 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8-8 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-12 Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-12 Download ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 End/Exit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8, 8-9 Move ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-12 Pause ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Resume ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8, 8-9 Screensaver ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-12 Start ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 S! Appli Root Certificates ・・・・・・・・・・ 13-32 S! Appli Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-32 S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-6 Add Members ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-7 Answer・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-8 Call Another Member ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-8 Create a Group ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-7 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-10 Edit Group ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-10 Initiate ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-7 S! Friend's Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-3 Add Members ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-4, 10-9 Call/Send Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 Change Group ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 Check a Member's Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-5 Deletion Request ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 My Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-4 Notification ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-5, 10-9 Rename ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 Request Reply ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-44 Save Members to Active Window ・・・・・・ 13-44 Saving Failed Notification ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-5 Saving Request ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-5 Status Setting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-44 Status Update ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 S! GPS Navi ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10 Location Logs・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 Location Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 My Locations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 S! Information Channel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-19 Get Latest ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 History ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Weather Indicator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-19 S! Loop・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-2 S! Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-4 S! Quick News ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-18 Auto Refresh ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Check Updates・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-9 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Image ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-8 Reset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-8 Ticker Speed ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-8 Unread/Read ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-8 S! Town ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-2 Saved Pages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-6 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Rename ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Scan Data ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-22 Screen Display (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-27 Screen Settings (TV) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Script ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-19 Scroll Unit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15, 13-21 Search Mode (Phone Book) ・・・・・・・・・・ 2-20 Search Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Secret Entries ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-18 Secret Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-4 Secure Remote Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-4 Security ・・・・・・・・・・5-2, 13-19, 13-32, 13-33 Security Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-23, 4-17, 13-21 Self-delete (Mail)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 Send Location・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-29 Send Notifications (Idokoro Mail) ・・・・ 9-13 Send Picture (Video Call) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Send URL ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-7 Sending (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15 Server Certificate ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-8 Server Operations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 Set as Main City ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-15 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-40 Settings (Bluetooth®) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 Sharpness ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Short Video Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-5 Shortcuts Menu ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-4 Arrange Icons・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Change Icon・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Edit Title ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Show My ID・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 Show My Number ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 Shutter Sound ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-26 14-38 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-38 08.8.12 4:26:05 PM Phone Book ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-35 Voice Recorder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 Streaming ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8-3 Sub Menu View ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-4 Subtitles ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-5, 13-28 Surround ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Switch Audio (TV) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Switch Browsers ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-7 Switch Windows (Video Call) ・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Symbols ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-11 T Take Pictures ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-3 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25, 13-26 Tasks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・9-5 Alarm ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-5, 13-39 Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-6 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-6, 9-26 Edit ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Priority ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 Reminder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-24 Show/Hide ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Stamp Icon ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 Tasks Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-40 Templates (Graphic Mail) Save ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15 Switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15 Use・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-5 Text Copy・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19, 5-7 Text Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10, 2-27 Beeper Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-10 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34 Text Entry Keys ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-9 Text Input Modes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 Time Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・9-7 Copy ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-26 Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-7, 9-26 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-40 Timer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-6 Check/Edit/Delete ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-8 Notification ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-30 Program Guide・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-8 Timer Results ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-8 To Group (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-14 To Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 To/Cc/Bcc ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-13 Toggle Characters in Reverse Order ・・ 2-11 Touch Tones・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Transfer Music ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-8 Troubleshooting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-7 Trust Device ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-2 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 TV Antenna ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 6-3 TV Links ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-7 Twin Illuminations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 13-6 U Undo ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-14 Unread/Read (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-18 Unsent Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Index Side Key ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-4 Signal Strength ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-4, 1-5 Signature ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-14 Simple Input ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-13, 13-14 Simple Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-5, 14-11 Simple Notice ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-13 Single Kanji Conversion ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Slideshow ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22 SMS・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4-6 Move ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 SMS Center Number ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15 Snooze ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14 Softkeys ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ xi, 1-3 Software Update ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-6 Sort by (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Sort Setting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-11 Sound Effects ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-12 Sound Volume ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-12, 13-21 Sounds ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-11 Space ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Speaker ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・1-3 Speaker Volume ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-12 Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-17 Speed Dial ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-5 SSL/TLS ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-2 Standby ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10, 2-7 Start Comm. (Data Broadcasts) ・・・・・ 13-29 Start/End Tone (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-27 Storage Location Camera ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Data Broadcasts・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-29 Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 14 14-39 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-39 08.8.12 4:26:05 PM Index URL History ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-7 USB Connection (PC Connection) ・・・・・ 12-8 USIM Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-2 USIM Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 V Index 14 Vibration ・・・・・・・ 2-30, 13-12, 13-15, 13-32 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-7 Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-23 Video File Playback Window ・・・・・・・・・・・8-6 Video Mail Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-5 Video Modes・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7-5 View Settings (Weather Indicator) ・・ 13-43 View Type (Data Folder) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 Visibility・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-36 vObjects・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-32 Voice Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・3-4 Call from Phone Book ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-19 Voice Cancel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Voice Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-11 Voice Record (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-27 Voice Record During Calls ・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Voice Recorder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・9-9 Storage Location ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 Volume (S! Appli)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-32 Watch TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・6-4 Weather Forecast・・・・・・・・・ 2-9, 9-19, 13-43 Update ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Weather Indicator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-9, 9-19 View Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-43 Web (Restricted Mode) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Web Page Operations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-5 Web Search ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-9 White Balance ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-25 Wide View ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-3, 13-18 Word List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-15 Delete All ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-29 World Clock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-15 Rename City ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-28 Y Yahoo! Keitai ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・5-3 Z Zoom (Camera) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3, 7-6, 14-20 Zoom (Video Call) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 W Wallpaper ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・2-7 Wallpaper (Edit Picture) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-12 Warning ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 14-40 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-40 08.8.12 4:26:06 PM By User Action A 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-41 B Back Up Data to Memory Card (Transfer All) ・・・・・ 12-10 S! Addressbook Back-up ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-13 Setting Data (Relocate) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 C Call Dialed Numbers ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 Earphone-Microphone Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 International Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-5 Multiparty Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Received Calls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-7, 10-8 Speed Dial ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-5 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Voice Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4 Cancel Alarm ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14 Answering Machine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-6 Card Reader Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-9 Keypad Lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 Manner Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-12 Mute ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Offline Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-13 Password Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 Phone Book Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-35 PIN Lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5, 14-2 S! Information Channel Subscription ・・・・・ 9-19 Simple Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-6 Change Alternative Picture (Video Call) ・・・ 3-15, 13-23 Call Barring Service Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-18 Color of Calendar Dates ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-24 File Name・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Folder Name ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33, 4-17 Font Size (Display) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Font Size (Internet) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-21 Font Size (Mail) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-15 Font Size (Text Entry Window) ・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Handset Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-2 Handset E-mail Address ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-3 Image Quality (Video Call) ・・・・・・・ 3-15, 13-23 Internet Security Code ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Message Box View Format・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-17 My Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-4 Picture Size ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-9 PIN ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-5 Text Encoding Type (Internet) ・・・・・・・・・ 13-21 Change Order Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Main Menu Icons ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-3 Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Phone Book Entries ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30 Charge (Battery) AC Charger ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-7 Desktop Cradle ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-8 In-Car Charger ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-9 Index Access Internet ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-3, 5-4 Activate Barcode Reader ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-22 Music Player・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-5 Add Country Code to Country Number List ・・ 13-22 Functions to Shortcuts Menu ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-4 Members to S! Circle Talk Members List ・・ 10-7 Members to S! Friend's Status Members List ・・ 10-4 Operator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-22 Phone Number to Auto Answer List・・・・・ 13-23 Songs to a Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7, 8-11 Stamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Text (Edit Picture)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-11 Adjust (Earpiece/Speaker Volume) S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-8 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Voice Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4 Answer Any Key Answer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Auto Answer (Earphone-Microphone) ・・・ 13-24 Auto Answer (Video Call) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Call Waiting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Earphone-Microphone Answer ・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Open to Talk・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Response Time Setting (Answering Machine) ・・ 13-9 S! Circle Talk Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-8 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Voice Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4 Attach Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-4 14 14-41 08.8.12 4:26:06 PM Index Index 14 USB Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-37 Connect Dial-up Connections ・・・・・・・・・・ 12-14, 12-15 Earphone-Microphone ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 Handsfree Device ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-5 PC ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-8, 12-15, 13-37 USB Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-8 Convert (Characters) Determined Text (Reconvert) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-29 Hiragana to Alphanumerics/Katakana ・・・・ 2-11 Name ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Single Kanji Conversion ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Copy Characters ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Class on Time Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-26 Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Folders ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Message Text (Text Copy) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Phone Book Entries ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Text in Web Pages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-7 Create Folder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22, 5-9 Original Emoticons・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-28 Phone Book Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-17, 2-29 Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 S! Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-4 SMS ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-6 Time Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-7 vObject・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-32 Wallpaper ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-12 Customize Handset E-mail Address ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-3 Original Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-11 D Decorate S! Mail Text ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-5 Delete Alarms ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14, 9-28 Backup Data (Memory Card) ・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 Bookmarks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Characters ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Classes from Time Table ・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-7, 9-26 Entries from S! Circle Talk Members List・・・ 10-10 Events ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-5, 9-26 Folders/Files (Data Folder) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-34 Members from S! Friend's Status Members List ・・ 10-9 Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-18 Phone Book Entries ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Recorded Messages on Answering Machine ・・ 3-13 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-12 Saved Pages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Server Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 Shortcut Icons ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Tasks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-6, 9-26 Download Music/Video Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-3 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 S! Information Channel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Software Update ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-6 E Edit Active Window Members List ・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Bookmark Title ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 City Name ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-28 Entered Text ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Event ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Phone Book ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30 Picture ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-8 Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7, 8-11 S! Addressbook Back-up ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-12 S! Circle Talk Members List ・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-10 S! Friend's Status Members List・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 Task ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-25 Enable Active Window Operation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-8 End S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8, 8-9 F Format Memory Card ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-25 Forward Call Forwarding ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-10 Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-18 Server Message ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 H Hold Hold Image (Video Call)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-23 14-42 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-42 08.8.12 4:26:07 PM Incoming Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-13 I Input (Characters) Alphanumerics ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-12 Beeper Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34, 14-10 Dakuten (゛)/Handakuten (゜) ・・・・・・・・・ 2-11 E-mail Address/URL Extensions ・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Emoticons ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-12 Kanji・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 Line Break ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Lower Case ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-11 Pictographs ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-12 Space ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27 Symbols ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-11 J Jump to Specified Date on Calendar ・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-4 L 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-43 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Play Answering Machine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-6 Background Play ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-10 Files (Data Folder) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22 Music ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-4 Playlist ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-7 Videos ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-10, 8-5 Voice Recorder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-9 Protect Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-17 R M Move Bookmarks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-23 Folders ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Phone Book Entries ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-31 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-12 Shortcuts Menu Icons ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 SMS ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 O Open Ku-man's Room ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-23 P Paste Characters ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-13 Receive Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-8, 4-16 S! Friend's Status Notification ・・・・・・・・・・ 10-5 via Bluetooth® Communication ・・・・ 12-6, 12-7 via Infrared・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-3 Record Answering Machine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-6 Other Party's Voice・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Video ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-5 Voice Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-11 Voice Recorder ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-9 Register S! Quick News Contents ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-18 Rename Folder/File ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-33 Saved Page ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-9 Reply to Received Messages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-9 Index Light (Flash) Backlight ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-5 Charging Indicator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3 External Lights for Incoming Events ・・ 2-30, 13-6 External Lights for Notifications・・・・・・・・・ 13-6 Mobile Light・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3, 7-6 Penlight ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-3, 2-4 Twin Illuminations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-6 Listen to Voice Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-11 Lock Calendar Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-39 Call Log Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-15 Function Lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-4 Keypad Lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 Password Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3 PIN Lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 11-3, 14-2 Positioning Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-41 Security Lock (Data Folder) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-23 Security Lock (Internet) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-21 Security Lock (Message Box) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-17 Tasks Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-40 14 14-43 08.8.12 4:26:07 PM Index Reset Browser Settings ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-20 Handset ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-33 Multi Selector・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-26 Prediction/Conversion Dictionary ・・・・・・・ 13-34 S! Quick News ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-8 Total Call Cost ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-16 Total Call Time ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-16 Restrict Access to the Internet by URL Entry・・・・・・ 11-5 Call Barring ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Resume S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 S Index 14 Save Attachments ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-19 Bookmark ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-6 Drafts ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-15 Events ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-4 File in Web Pages・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-8 Locations to Areas List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 My Details ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12 My Locations ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-27 Number Memo・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 People to Active Window Members List ・・ 2-9, 13-44 People to Recipients List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-12 Phone Book Entry ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-17, 2-29 Phone Number to Reject List ・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-9 Saved Pages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-6 Tasks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-5 Words to Word List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-15 Search Phone Book ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-20 Text in Web Pages ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-7 Send Mail Notifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-13 Music/Video Files ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-11 Picture/Video After Shooting ・・・・・・ 7-10, 7-11 S! Mail ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-4 SMS ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-6 Touch Tones ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 via Bluetooth® Communication ・・・・・・・・・ 12-6 via Infrared・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-2, 12-3 Video Call Image ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Set Alarm ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-14 Start Navi Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-10 S! Appli ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8-8 Subscribe S! Information Channel Service ・・・・・・・・・ 9-19 Switch Text Input Modes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10 to Simple Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-5 T Take Picture ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7-3 Take Notes Notepad ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-8 Talk Call Waiting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 Handsfree ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14 Multiparty Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-17 S! Circle Talk ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-7, 10-8 Video Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-7 Voice Call ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4 Transfer by USB Connection ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-9 Setting Data (Relocate) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-15 Transfer All (Memory Card) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 12-10 Turn off Handset Power・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10 Off-timer (TV)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-28 Prediction・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13-34 Turn on Handset Power・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-10 U Update Mail List ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16 S! Appli Information on Memory Card ・・ 13-32 S! Friend's Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10-9 S! Quick News ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-9 Software ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 14-6 Weather Forecast ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 9-29 Web Page ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-7 W Watch TV ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-4 14-44 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-44 08.8.12 4:26:08 PM Warranty & After Sales Service Warranty After Sales Service A warranty card is included with handset. Carefully read the card and check that the store name and purchase date sections have been filled in correctly. Then, store it in a safe place. Be sure to refer to "Troubleshooting" (page 14-7) before submitting your handset for repair. If you are still having problems with your handset, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank General Information (page 14-46). • SoftBank and Toshiba assume no responsibility for damages to you or third parties as a result of a failure, malfunction or faulty operation of the product. Repair within Warranty Period Repair is carried out in accordance with the conditions of the warranty. Repair After Warranty Period Repair is carried out if possible and the handset owner is responsible for any repair costs. • During repair, parts may be replaced with used parts that meet our quality standards. • Data and settings may be lost or altered as a Appendix result of failure or repair of your handset. It is, therefore, recommended that you keep a backup copy of important data such as Phone Book data. SoftBank and Toshiba assume no responsibility for any damages due to the loss or alteration of handset data (contents of Phone Book, Data Folder, etc.) and settings as a result of failure or repair of your handset. • Disassembling or modifying handset is in violation of Radio Law. Your handset will not be accepted for repairs if it has been modified. 14 14-45 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-45 08.8.12 4:26:09 PM Customer Service If you have any questions about SoftBank handsets or services, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance. SoftBank Customer Centers From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157 for General Information or 113 for Customer Assistance. SoftBank Global Call Center From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491 (Please take care to dial the correct number. International charges will apply to this call.) Call These Numbers Toll Free from Landlines Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo, Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano, Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime, Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa General Information 0088-240-157 Customer Assistance 0088-240-113 General Information 0088-241-157 Customer Assistance 0088-241-113 General Information 0088-242-157 Customer Assistance 0088-242-113 General Information 0088-250-157 Customer Assistance 0088-250-113 Appendix 14 14-46 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-46 08.8.12 4:26:09 PM SoftBank 823T/824T Instruction Manual SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. * For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop. Model: SoftBank 823T SoftBank 824T Manufacturer: Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). * Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned. * Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling. 823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-47 08.8.12 4:26:10 PM ">

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement